Book Series, Vol. 20, 2018
Florentin Smarandache and Surapati Pramanik
ISBN 978-1-59973-560-3
ISBN 978-1-59973-560-3
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems
An International Book Series in Information Science and Engineering
Copyright Notice
Copyright @ Neutrosophics Sets and Systems
All rights reserved. The authors of the articles do hereby
grant Neutrosophic Sets and Systems non-exclusive,
worldwide, royalty-free license to publish and distribute
the articles in accordance with the Budapest Open Initiative: this means that electronic copying, distribution and
printing of both full-size version of the book and the individual papers published therein for non-commercial, ac-
ademic or individual use can be made by any user without
permission or charge. The authors of the articles published
in Neutrosophic Sets and Systems retain their rights to use
this book as a whole or any part of it in any other publications and in any way they see fit. Any part of Neutrosophic Sets and Systems howsoever used in other publications must include an appropriate citation of this book.
Information for Authors and Subscribers
“Neutrosophic Sets and Systems” has been created for publications on advanced studies in neutrosophy, neutrosophic set,
neutrosophic logic, neutrosophic probability, neutrosophic statistics that started in 1995 and their applications in any field, such
as the neutrosophic structures developed in algebra, geometry,
topology, etc.
The submitted papers should be professional, in good English, containing a brief review of a problem and obtained results.
Neutrosophy is a new branch of philosophy that studies the
origin, nature, and scope of neutralities, as well as their interactions with different ideational spectra.
This theory considers every notion or idea <A> together with
its opposite or negation <antiA> and with their spectrum of neutralities <neutA> in between them (i.e. notions or ideas supporting neither <A> nor <antiA>). The <neutA> and <antiA> ideas
together are referred to as <nonA>.
Neutrosophy is a generalization of Hegel's dialectics (the last one
is based on <A> and <antiA> only).
According to this theory every idea <A> tends to be neutralized
and balanced by <antiA> and <nonA> ideas - as a state of equilibrium.
In a classical way <A>, <neutA>, <antiA> are disjoint two by
two. But, since in many cases the borders between notions are
vague, imprecise, Sorites, it is possible that <A>, <neutA>, <antiA> (and <nonA> of course) have common parts two by two, or
even all three of them as well.
Neutrosophic Set and Neutrosophic Logic are generalizations
of the fuzzy set and respectively fuzzy logic (especially of intuitionistic fuzzy set and respectively intuitionistic fuzzy logic). In
neutrosophic logic a proposition has a degree of truth (T), a degree of indeterminacy (I), and a degree of falsity (F), where T, I,
F are standard or non-standard subsets of ] -0, 1+[.
The Educational Publisher Inc.
1313 Chesapeake Ave. Columbus, Ohio 43212, USA.
Neutrosophic Probability is a generalization of the classical
probability and imprecise probability.
Neutrosophic Statistics is a generalization of the classical
statistics.
What distinguishes the neutrosophics from other fields is the
<neutA>, which means neither <A> nor <antiA>.
<neutA>, which of course depends on <A>, can be indeterminacy, neutrality, tie game, unknown, contradiction, ignorance,
imprecision, etc.
All submissions should be designed in MS Word format using
our template file:
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/NSS/NSS-paper-template.doc.
A variety of scientific books in many languages can be downloaded freely from the Digital Library of Science:
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/eBooks-otherformats.htm.
To submit a paper, mail the file to the Editor-in-Chief. To order
printed issues, contact the Editor-in-Chief. This book series is a
non-commercial, academic edition. It is printed from private
donations.
Information about the neutrosophics you get from the UNM
website:
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/neutrosophy.htm.
The home page of the book series can be accessed on
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/NSS.
Copyright © Neutrosophic Sets and Systems
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 20/2018
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems
An International Book Series in Information Science and Engineering
(GLWRUsLQ&KLHI
(GLWRUV
Prof. Florentin Smarandache, PhD, Postdoc,
Math Department, University of New Mexico,
Gallup, NM 87301, USA.
W. B. Vasantha Kandasamy, Indian Institute of Technology, Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India.
A. A. Salama, Faculty of Science, Port Said University, Egypt.
Yanhui Guo, University of Illinois at Springfield, One Univ. Plaza, Springfield, IL 62703, USA.
Young Bae Jun, Gyeongsang National University, South Korea.
Francisco Gallego Lupianez, Universidad Complutense, Madrid, Spain.
Peide Liu, Shandong University of Finance and Economics, China.
Pabitra Kumar Maji, Math Department, K. N. University, India.
S. A. Albolwi, King Abdulaziz Univ., Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.
Jun Ye, Shaoxing University, China.
Madad Khan, Comsats Institute of Information Technology, Abbottabad, Pakistan.
Stefan Vladutescu, University of Craiova, Romania.
Valeri Kroumov, Okayama University of Science, Japan.
Dmitri Rabounski and Larissa Borissova, independent researchers.
Selcuk Topal, Mathematics Department, Bitlis Eren University, Turkey.
Luige Vladareanu, Romanian Academy, Bucharest, Romania.
Ibrahim El-henawy, Faculty of Computers and Informatics, Zagazig University, Egypt.
A. A. A. Agboola, Federal University of Agriculture, Abeokuta, Nigeria.
Luu Quoc Dat, Univ. of Economics and Business, Vietnam National Univ., Hanoi, Vietnam.
Maikel Leyva-Vazquez, Universidad de Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Muhammad Akram, University of the Punjab, New Campus, Lahore, Pakistan.
Irfan Deli, Muallim Rifat Faculty of Education, Kilis 7 Aralik University, Turkey.
Ridvan Sahin, Faculty of Science, Ataturk University, Erzurum 25240, Turkey.
Ibrahim M. Hezam, Faculty of Education, Ibb University, Ibb City, Yemen.
Pingping Chi, International College, Dhurakij Pundit University, Bangkok 10210, Thailand.
Karina Perez-Teruel, Universidad de las Ciencias Informaticas, La Habana, Cuba.
B. Davvaz, Department of Mathematics, Yazd University, Iran.
Victor Christianto, Malang Institute of Agriculture (IPM), Malang, Indonesia.
Ganeshsree Selvachandran, UCSI University, Jalan Menara Gading, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
Saeid Jafari, College of Vestsjaelland South, Slagelse, Denmark.
Paul Wang, Pratt School of Engineering, Duke University, USA.
Arun Kumar Sangaiah, VIT University, Vellore, India.
Kul Hur, Wonkwang University, Iksan, Jeollabukdo, South Korea.
Darjan Karabasevic, University Business Academy, Novi Sad, Serbia.
Dragisa Stanujkic, John Naisbitt University, Belgrade, Serbia.
E. K. Zavadskas, Vilnius Gediminas Technical University, Vilnius, Lithuania.
M. Ganster, Graz University of Technology, Graz, Austria.
Willem K. M. Brauers, Faculty of Applied Economics, University of Antwerp, Antwerp, Belgium.
Dr. Surapati Pramanik, Assistant Professor,
Department of Mathematics, Nandalal
Ghosh B.T. College, Panpur, Narayanpur,
Dist-North 24 Parganas, West Bengal,
India-743126
$VVRFLDWH(GLWRUV
Said Broumi, University of Hassan II,
Casablanca, Morocco.
Mohamed Abdel-Baset, Faculty of Computers
and Informatics, Zagazig University, Egypt.
Huda E. Khalid, University of Telafer, College
of Basic Education, Telafer - Mosul, Iraq.
Prof. Le Hoang Son, VNU Univ. of Science,
Vietnam National Univ. Hanoi, Vietnam.
Dr. Mumtaz Ali, University of Southern
Queensland, Australia.
$GGUHVV
³1HXWURVRSKLF6HWVDQG6\VWHPV´
$Q ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -RXUQDO LQ ,QIRUPDWLRQ
6FLHQFHDQG(QJLQHHULQJ
'HSDUWPHQWRI0DWKHPDWLFVDQG6FLHQFH
8QLYHUVLW\RI1HZ0H[LFR
*XUOH\$YHQXH
*DOOXS1086$
(PDLOVPDUDQG#XQPHGX
+RPHSDJHKWWSIVJDOOXSXQPHGX166
9ROXPH20
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity
Measure Based MADM Strategy ………………..…....…
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM
Problems under SVNS Assessments ………….....……...
Seon Jeong Kim, Seok-Zun Song, Young Bae Jun. Generalizations of Neutrosophic Subalgebras in BCK/BCIAlgebras Based on Neutrosophic Points ……………..…
8
&RQWHQWV
3
12
26
G. Muhiuddin, Hashem Bordbar, F. Smarandache,
Young Bae Jun. Further results on (ԑ, ԑ)-neutrosophic
subalgebras and ideals in BCK/BCI-algebras ……...……
36
Young Bae Jun, F. Smarandache, Mehmat Ali Ozturk.
Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCKalgebras …………………………………….....…………
44
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal K. Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic
Soft Prime Ideal …...………………….............................
54
Emad Marei. Single Valued Neutrosophic Soft
Approach to Rough Sets, Theory and Application ……
76
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets ………....................................................…
86
S. Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, T. K.
Roy: NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM Strategy under Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment....……………………..
95
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta:
Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to MultiAttribute Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview ……………………......................…
109
Copyright © Neutrosophic Sets and Systems
3
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity
Measure Based MADM Strategy
Kalyan Mondal1, Surapati Pramanik2, and Bibhas C. Giri3
1
Department of Mathematics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata: 700032, West Bengal, India. E mail:kalyanmathematic@gmail.com
²Department of Mathematics, Nandalal Ghosh B.T. College, Panpur, P O - Narayanpur, and District: North 24 Parganas, Pin Code: 743126, West
Bengal, India. Email: sura_pati@yahoo.co.in,
3
Department of Mathematics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata: 700032, West Bengal, India. Email: bibhasc.giri@jadavpuruniversity.in
Abstract: In this paper, we introduce new type of similarity
measures for single valued neutrosophic sets based on hyperbolic
sine function. The new similarity measures are namely, single
valued neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity measure and
weighted single valued neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity
measure. We prove the basic properties of the proposed
similarity measures. We also develop a multi-attribute decision-
making strategy for single valued neutrosophic set based on the
proposed weighted similarity measure. We present a numerical
example to verify the practicability of the proposed strategy.
Finally, we present a comparison of the proposed strategy with
the existing strategies to exhibit the effectiveness and practicality
of the proposed strategy.
Keywords: Single valued neutrosophic set, Hyperbolic sine function, Similarity measure, MADM, Compromise function
1 Introduction
Smarandache [1] introduced the concept of neutrosophic
set (NS) to deal with imprecise and indeterminate data. In
the concept of NS, truth-membership, indeterminacymembership, and falsity-membership are independent. Indeterminacy plays an important role in many real world
decision-making problems. NS generalizes the Cantor set
discovered by Smith [2] in 1874 and introduced by
German mathematician Cantor [3] in 1883, fuzzy set
introduced by Zadeh [4], intuitionistic fuzzy set proposed
by Atanassov [5]. Wang et al. [6] introduced the concept
of single valued neutrosophic set (SVNS) that is the subclass of a neutrosophic set. SVNS is capable to represent
imprecise, incomplete, and inconsistent information that
manifest the real world.
Neutrosophic sets and its various extensions have been
studied and applied in different fields such as medical
diagnosis [7, 8, 9], decision making problems [10, 11, 12,
13, 14], social problems [15, 16], educational problem [17,
18], conflict resolution [19], image processing [ 20, 21,
22], etc.
The concept of similarity is very important in studying
almost every scientific field. Many strategies have been
proposed for measuring the degree of similarity between
fuzzy sets studied by Chen [23], Chen et al. [24], Hyung et
al. [25], Pappis and Karacapilidis [26], Pramanik and Roy
[27], etc. Several strategies have been proposed for measuring the degree of similarity between intuitionistic fuzzy
sets studied by Xu [28], Papakostas et al. [29], Biswas and
Pramanik [30], Mondal and Pramanik [31], etc. However,
these strategies are not capable of dealing with the similarity measures involving indeterminacy. SVNS can handle
this situation. In the literature, few studies have addressed
similarity measures for neutrosophic sets and single valued
neutrosophic sets [32, 33, 34, 35].
Ye [36] proposed an MADM method with completely
unknown weights based on similarity measures under
SVNS environment. Ye [37] proposed vector similarity
measures of simplified neutrosophic sets and applied it in
multi-criteria decision making problems. Ye [38]
developed improved cosine similarity measures of
simplified neutrosophic sets for medical diagnosis. Ye [39]
also proposed exponential similarity measure of
neutrosophic numbers for fault diagnoses of steam turbine.
Ye [40] developed clustering algorithms based on
similarity measures for SVNSs. Ye and Ye [41] proposed
Dice similarity measure between single valued
neutrosophic multisets. Ye et al. [42] proposed distancebased similarity measures of single valued neutrosophic
multisets for medical diagnosis. Ye and Fu [43] developed
a single valued neutrosophic similarity measure based on
tangent function for multi-period medical diagnosis.
In hybrid environment Pramanik and Mondal [44]
proposed cosine similarity measure of rough neutrosophic
sets and provided its application in medical diagnosis.
Pramanik and Mondal [45] also proposed cotangent
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure based
MADM Strategy
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
4
similarity measure of rough neutrosophic sets and its
application to medical diagnosis.
Research gap: MADM strategy using similarity measure
based on hyperbolic sine function under single valued
neutrosophic environment is yet to appear.
Research questions:
Is it possible to define a new similarity measure
between single valued neutrosophic sets using hyperbolic sine function?
Is it possible to develop a new MADM strategy based
on the proposed similarity measures in single valued
neutrosophic environment?
Having motivated from the above researches on
neutrosophic similarity measures, we have introduced the
concept of hyperbolic sine similarity measure for SVNS
environment. The new similarity measures called single
valued neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity measure
(SVNHSSM) and single valued neutrosophic weighted
hyperbolic sine similarity measure (SVNWHSSM). The
properties of hyperbolic sine similarity are established. We
have developed a MADM model using the proposed
SVNWHSSM. The proposed hyperbolic sine similarity
measure is applied to multi-attribute decision making.
The objectives of the paper:
2 Neutrosophic preliminaries
2.1 Neutrosophic set (NS)
Definition 2.1 [1] Let U be a universe of discourse. Then
the neutrosophic set P can be presented of the form:
P = {< x:TP(x ), IP(x ), FP(x)> | x U}, where the
functions T, I, F: U→ ]−0,1+[ define respectively the
degree of membership, the degree of indeterminacy, and
the degree of non-membership of the element x U to the
set P satisfying the following the condition.
0 ≤ supTP(x) + supIP( x) + supFP(x) ≤ 3+
−
2.2 Single valued neutrosophic set (SVNS)
Definition 2.2 [6] Let X be a space of points with generic
elements in X denoted by x. A SVNS P in X is
characterized by a truth-membership function TP(x), an
indeterminacy-membership function IP(x), and a falsity
membership function FP(x), for each point x in X.
TP(x), IP(x), FP(x) [0, 1]. When X is continuous, a
SVNS P can be written as follows:
( x), I P ( x), F P ( x)
:x X
P X T P
x
When X is discrete, a SVNS P can be written as
follows:
T P ( x i ), I P ( x i ), F P ( x i )
: xi X
P in1
xi
For two SVNSs,
To define hyperbolic sine similarity measures for
SVNS environment and prove some of it’s basic
properties.
PSVNS = {<x: TP(x ), IP(x), FP(x )> | x X} and
QSVNS = {<x, TQ(x), IQ(x), FQ(x)> | x X } the two relations
are defined as follows:
To define conpromise function for determining
unknown weight of attributes.
To develop a multi-attribute decision making model
based on proposed similarity measures.
(1) PSVNS QSVNS if and only if TP(x) TQ(x),
IP(x) IQ(x), FP(x) FQ(x)
(2) PSVNS = QSVNS if and only if TP(x) = TQ(x), IP(x) =
IQ(x), FP(x) = FQ(x) for any x X .
To present a numerical example for the efficiency
and effectiveness of the proposed strategy.
Rest of the paper is structured as follows. Section 2 presents preliminaries of neutrosophic sets and single valued
neutrosophic sets. Section 3 is devoted to introduce hyperbolic sine similarity measure for SVNSs and some of its
properties. Section 4 presents a method to determine unknown attribute weights. Section 5 presents a novel decision making strategy based on proposed neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity measure. Section 6 presents an illustrative example for the application of the proposed
method. Section 7 presents a comparison analysis for the
applicability of the proposed strategy. Section 8 presents
the main contributions of the proposed strategy. Finally,
section 9 presents concluding remarks and scope of future
research.
3. Hyperbolic sine similarity measures for SVNSs
Let A = <x(TA(x), IA(x), FA(x))> and B = <x(TB(x), IB(x),
FB(x))> be two SVNSs. Now hyperbolic sine similarity
function which measures the similarity between two
SVNSs can be presented as follows (see Eqn. 1):
SVNHSSM ( A, B)
sinh T A ( xi ) T B ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi )
F A ( xi ) F B ( x i )
1 n
1
11
n i 1
(1)
Theorem 1. The defined hyperbolic sine similarity
measure SVNHSSM(A, B) between SVNSs A and B
satisfies the following properties:
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
5
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
1.
2.
3.
4.
0 SVNHSSM(A, B) 1
SVNHSSM(A, B) = 1 if and only if A = B
SVNHSSM (A, B) = SVNHSSM(B, A)
If R is a SVNS in X and A B R then
SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(A, B) and
SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(B, R).
Proofs:
1. For two neutrosophic sets A and B,
0 T A ( xi ), I A ( xi ), F A ( xi ), T B ( xi ), I B ( xi ), F B ( xi ) 1
0 T A (xi ) T B (xi ) I A (xi ) I B (xi )
F A (xi ) F B (xi ) 3
sinh T A ( x i ) T B ( x i ) I A ( x i ) I B ( x i )
F A (xi ) F B (xi )
1
0
11
Hence 0 SVNHSSM(A, B) 1
2. For any two SVNSs A and B, if A = B,
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x ) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x ) 0
Hence SVNHSSM(A, B) = 1.
Conversely,
SVNHSSM(A, B) = 1
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x ) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F R ( x) ,
F B ( x) F R ( x) F A ( x) F R ( x) .
Thus, SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(A, B) and
SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(B, R).
3.1 Weighted hyperbolic sine similarity measures
for SVNSs
Let A = <x(TA(x), IA(x), FA(x))> and B = <x(TB(x),
IB(x), FB(x))> be two SVNSs. Now weighted hyperbolic
sine similarity function which measures the similarity
between two SVNSs can be presented as follows (see Eqn.
2):
SVN WHSSM ( A, B)
sinh T A ( xi ) T B ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi )
F A ( xi ) F B ( xi )
n
1 wi
11
i 1
n
Here, 0 wi 1 , wi 1.
i 1
Theorem 2. The defined weighted hyperbolic sine
similarity measure SVNWHSSM(A, B) between SVNSs A
and B satisfies the following properties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
F A ( x) F B ( x ) 0 .
This implies, TA(x) = TB(x) , IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x).
Hence A = B.
3. Since,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) ,
0 SVNWHSSM(A, B) 1
SVNWHSSM (A, B) = 1 if and only if A = B
SVNWHSSM (A, B) = SVNWHSSM (B, A)
If R is a SVNS in X and A B R then
SVNWHSSM (A, R) SVNWHSSM(A, B) and
SVNWHSSM (A, R) SVNWHSSM (B, R).
Proofs:
1. For two neutrosophic sets A and B,
0 T A ( xi ), I A ( xi ), F A ( xi ), T B ( xi ), I B ( xi ), F B ( xi ) 1
0 T A (xi ) T B (xi ) I A (xi ) I B (xi )
F A (xi ) F B (xi ) 3
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) .
We can write, SVNHSSM(A, B) = SVNHSSM(B, A).
4. A B R
TA(x) TB(x) TR(x), IA(x) IB(x) IR(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FR(x) for x X.
Now we have the following inequalities:
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T R ( x) ,
T B ( x) T R ( x) T A ( x) T R ( x) ;
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I R ( x) ,
I B ( x) I R ( x) I A ( x) I R ( x) ;
(2)
sinh T A ( x i ) T B ( x i ) I A ( x i ) I B ( x i )
F A (xi ) F B (xi )
1
0
11
n
Again, 0 wi 1 , wi 1.
i 1
Hence 0 SVNWHSSM(A, B) 1
2. For any two SVNSs A and B, if A = B,
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
6
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
The weight of j-th attribute is defined as follows (see Eqn.
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
4).
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
wj
Hence SVNWHSSM(A, B) = 1.
Conversely,
C j ( A)
C j ( A)
(4)
n
j 1
n
Here, w j 1.
j 1
SVNWHSSM(A, B) = 1
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
Theorem 3. The compromise function Cj(A) satisfies the
following properties:
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0 .
This implies, TA(x) = TB(x) , IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x).
P1. C j ( A) 1 , if T ij 1, F ij I ij 0 .
Hence A = B.
P2. C j ( A) 0 , if T ij , I ij , F ij 0, 1, 1 .
3. Since,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
P3. C j ( A) E j ( B) , if T ijA T ijB and I ijA F ijA I ijB F ijB .
Proofs.
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) ,
P1. T ij 1, F ij I ij 0
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) .
C j ( A)
We can write, SVNWHSSM(A, B) = SVNWHSSM(B, A).
1 m
1
3 3 .m 1
m i 1
m
P2. T ij , I ij , F ij 0, 1, 1 .
4. A B R
TA(x) TB(x) TR(x), IA(x) IB(x) IR(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FR(x) for x X.
C j ( A)
1 m
0 3 0
m i 1
P3. C j ( A) C j ( B)
Now we have the following inequalities:
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T R ( x) ,
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I R ( x) ,
1 m
1 m
2T ijA I ijA F ijA 3 2T ijB I ijB F ijB 3 0
m i 1
m i 1
A
B
A
A
B
C j ( A) C j ( B) 0 , Since, T ij T ij and I ij F ij I ij F ijB .
I B ( x) I R ( x) I A ( x) I R ( x) ;
Hence, C j ( A) C j ( B) .
T B ( x) T R ( x) T A ( x) T R ( x) ;
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F R ( x) ,
5. Decision making procedure
F B ( x) F R ( x) F A ( x) F R ( x) .
Thus SVNWHSSM(A, R) SVNWHSSM(A, B) and
SVNWHSSM(A, R) SVNWHSSM(B, R).
4. Determination of unknown attribute weights
When attribute weights are completely unknown to
decision makers, the entropy measure [46] can be used to
calculate attribute weights. Biswas et al. [47] employed
entropy measure for MADM problems to determine
completely unknown attribute weights of SVNSs.
4.1 Compromise function
The compromise function of a SVNS A = T ijA , I ijA , F ijA
(i = 1, 2, ..., m; j = 1, 2, ..., n) is defined as follows (see
Eqn. 3):
m
A
C j ( A) 2 T ij I ijA F ijA 3
i 1
Let A1, A2 , ..., Am be a discrete set of alternatives, C1, C2,
..., Cn be the set of attributes of each alternative. The values associated with the alternatives Ai (i = 1, 2,..., m)
against the attribute Cj (j = 1, 2, ..., n) for MADM problem
is presented in a SVNS based decision matrix.
The steps of decision-making (see Figure 2) based on
single valued neutrosophic weighted hyperbolic sine similarity measure (SVNWHSSM) are presented using the following steps.
Step 1: Determination of the relation between alternatives and attributes
The relation between alternatives Ai (i = 1, 2, ..., m)
and the attribute Cj (j = 1, 2, ..., n) is presented in the Eqn.
(5).
(3)
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
7
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
D[ A | C ]
A1
A
2
Am
C1
T 11, I 11, F 11
T 21, I 21, F 21
T m1, I m1, F 1m1
C2
T 12, I 12, F 12
T 22, I 22, F 22
T m 2, I m 2, F m 2
Cn
T 1n, I 1n, F 1n
T 2 n, I 2 n, F 2 n
T mn, I mn, F mn
(5)
Here T ij, I ij, F ij (i = 1, 2, ..., m; j = 1, 2, ..., n) be SVNS
assessment value.
Step 2: Determine the weights of attributes
Using the Eqn. (3) and (4), decision-maker calculates the
weight of the attribute Cj (j = 1, 2, …, n).
Step 3: Determine ideal solution
Generally, the evaluation attribute can be categorized into
two types: benefit type attribute and cost type attribute. In
the proposed decision-making method, an ideal alternative
can be identified by using a maximum operator for the
benefit type attributes and a minimum operator for the cost
type attributes to determine the best value of each attribute
among all the alternatives. Therefore, we define an ideal
alternative as follows:
𝐴* = {C1*, C2*, … , Cm*}.
Here, benefit attribute
C *j
(6)
for j = 1, 2, ..., n.
Similarly, the cost attribute C *j can be presented as
follows:
(A )
(A )
(A )
C*j min T C j i , max I C j i , max F C j i
i
i
i
A1: Airtel
A2: Vodafone
A3: BSNL
A4: Reliance Jio
The person must take a decision based on the
following five attributes of SIM cards:
C1: Service quality
C2: Cost
C3: Initial talk time
C4: Call rate per second
C5: Internet and other facilities
The decision-making strategy is presented using the following steps.
Step 1: Determine the relation between alternatives
and attributes
The relation between alternatives A1, A2, A3, and A4
and the attributes C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 is presented in the Eqn.
(8).
D[ A |C 1, C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 ]
can be presented as follows:
(A )
(A )
(A )
C*j max T C j i , min I C j i , min F C j i
i
i
i
nection. Therefore, it is necessary to select suitable SIM
card for his/her mobile connection. After initial screening,
there are four possible alternatives (SIM cards) for mobile
connection. The alternatives (SIM cards) are presented as
follows:
(7)
A1
A
2
A3
A4
C1
.7, .3, .3
.5, .3, .1
.8, .2, .2
.6, .1, .3
C2
.6, .4, .3
.7, .1, .3
.6, .4, .3
.5, .1, .2
C3
.8, .1, .1
.7, .3, .1
.6, 0, .1
.6, .3, .1
C4
.5, .4, .4
.6, .1, .1
.7, .3, 0
.5, .1, .2
C5
.5, .3, .2
.5, .2, .3
.5, .3, .4
.9, .1, .1
(8)
Step 2: Determine the weights of attributes
for j = 1, 2, ..., n
Using the Eq. (3) and (4), we calculate the weight of the
attributes C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 as follows:
Step 4: Determine the similarity values
[w1, w2, w3, w4, w5] =
Using Eqns. (2) and (5), calculate SVNWHSSM values
for each alternative between positive (or negative) ideal solutions and corresponding single valued neutrosophic from
decision matrix D[A|C].
[0.2023, 0.1917, 0.2078, 0.2009, 0.1973]
Step 5: Ranking the alternatives
Ranking the alternatives is prepared based on the descending order of similarity measures. Highest value indicates the best alternative.
Step 6: End
6. Numerical example
In this section, we illustrate a numerical example as an application of the proposed approach. We consider a decision-making problem stated as follows. Suppose a person
who wants to purchase a SIM card for his/her mobile con-
Step 3: Determine ideal solution
In this problem, attributes C1, C3, C4, C5 are benefit type
attributes and , C2 is the cost type attribute.
𝐴* = {(0.8, 0.1, 0.1), (0.5, 0.4, 0.3), (0.8, 0.0, 0.1), (0.7,
0.1, 0.0), (0.9, 0.1, 0.1)}.
Step 4: Determine the weighted similarity values
Using Eq. (2) and Eq. (8), we calculate similarity measure
values for each alternative as follows.
SVNWHSSM( A*, A1 ) = 0 .92422
SVNWHSSM( A*, A2 ) = 0 .95629
SVNWHSSM( A*, A3 ) = 0 .97866
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
8
SVNWHSSM( A*, A4 ) = 0 .96795
Step 5: Ranking the alternatives
Ranking the alternatives is prepared based on the descending order of similarity measures (see Figure 1). Now
the final ranking order will be as follows.
A3 A4 A2 A1
Highest value indicates the best alternative.
Step 6: End
Weighted similarity measure values
1.0
2) We have proposed ‘compromise function’ for calculating unknown weights structure of attributes in
SVNS environment.
3) We develop a decision making strategy based on
the proposed weighted similarity measure
(SVNWHSSM).
4) Steps and calculations of the proposed strategy are
easy to use.
5) We have solved a numerical example to show the
feasibility, applicability, and effectiveness of the
proposed strategy.
9. Conclusion
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
A1
A2
A3
A4
Alternatives
FIGURE 1: Graphical representation of alternatives versus
weighted similarity measures.
7. Comparison analysis
The ranking results calculated from proposed strategy and
different existing strategies [38, 48, 49, 50] are furnished in
Table 1. We observe that the ranking results obtained from
proposed and existing strategies in the literature differ.
The proposed strategy reflects that the optimal alternative
is A3. The ranking result obtained from Ye [38] is similar
to the proposed strategy. The ranking results obtained from
Ye and Zhang [48] and Mondal and Pramanik [49] differ
from the optimal result of the proposed strategy. In Ye
[50], the ranking order differs but the best alternative is the
same to the proposed strategy.
In the paper, we have proposed hyperbolic sine similarity
measure and weighted hyperbolic sine similarity measures
for SVNSs and proved their basic properties. We have
proposed compromise function to determine unknown
weights of the attributes in SVNS environment. We have
developed a novel MADM strategy based on the proposed
weighted similarity measure to solve decision problems.
We have solved a numerical problem and compared the
obtained result with other existing strategies to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed MADM strategy.
The proposed MADM strategy can be applied in other
decision-making problem such as supplier selection, pattern recognition, cluster analysis, medical diagnosis, weaver selection [51-53], fault diagnosis [54], brick selection
[55-56], data mining [57], logistic centre location selection
[58-60], teacher selection [61, 62], etc.
Table 1 The ranking results of existing strategies
Strategies
Ye and Zhang[48]
Mondal and Pramanik [49]
Ye [38]
Ye [50]
Proposed strategy
Ranking results
A4 A2 A3 A1
A4 A3 A2 A1
A3 A4 A2 A1
A3 A2 A4 A1
A3 A4 A2 A1
8. Contributions of the proposed strategy
1) SVNHSSM and SVNWHSSM in SVNS
environment are firstly defined in the literature. We
have also proved their basic properties.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
9
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Multi attribute decision making problem
Decision making analysis phase
Determination of the relation between
alternatives and attributes
Step-1
Determine the weights of attributes
Step- 2
Determine ideal solution
Step- 3
Determine the similarity values
Step-4
Ranking the alternatives
Step-5
End
Step- 6
FIGURE 2: Phase diagram of the proposed decision making strategy
References
[4]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
F. Smarandache, A unifying field in logics, neutrosophy:
neutrosophic probability, set and logic. Rehoboth, American
Research Press, 1998.
H. J. S. Smith. On the integration of discontinuous
functions. Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society,
Series, 1(6) (1874), 140–153.
G.
Cantor.
Über
unendliche,
lineare
Punktmannigfaltigkeiten V On infinite, linear pointmanifolds (sets). Mathematische Annalen, 21 (1883), 545–
591.
[6]
[7]
L. A. Zadeh. Fuzzy sets. Information and Control, 8(1965),
338–353.
K. Atanassov. Intuitionistic fuzzy sets. Fuzzy Sets and
Systems, 20(1986), 87–-96.
H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Q. Zhang, and R.
Sunderraman. Single valued neutrosophic sets. Multispace
and Multistructure, 4(2010), 410–413.
S. Ye, and J. Ye. Dice similarity measure between single
valued neutrosophic multisets and its application in medical
diagnosis. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6(2014). 49–54.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
10
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
S. Ye, J. Fu and J. Ye. Medical diagnosis sing distancebased similarity measures of single valued neutrosophic
multisets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7(2014), 47–52.
A. Q. Ansari, R. Biswas and S. Aggarwal. Proposal for
applicability of neutrosophic set theory in medical AI.
International Journal of Computer Applications, 27(5)
(2011), 5–11.
J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic cross entropy for
multicriteria decision making problems. Applied
Mathematical Modeling, 38(2014), 1170–1175.
J. Ye. Vector similarity measures of simplified neutrosophic
sets and their application in multicriteria decision making.
International Journal of Fuzzy Systems, 16(2) (2014), 204–
215.
J. Ye. Multiple attribute group decision-making method
with completely unknown weights based on similarity
measures under single valued neutrosophic environment. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 27 (2014),
2927–2935.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Entropy based grey
relational analysis method for multi-attribute decisionmaking under single valued neutrosophic assessments. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2(2014), 102–110.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. A new methodology
for neutrosophic multi-attribute decision making with unknown weight information. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
3(2014), 42–52.
S. Pramanik, and S. N. Chackrabarti. A study on problems
of construction workers in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive maps. International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, 2(11)
(2013), 6387–6394.
K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. A study on problems of Hijras
in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive maps. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 5(2014), 21–-26.
K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Multi-criteria group decision
making approach for teacher recruitment in higher education under simplified neutrosophic environment. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6(2014), 28–34.
K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision making
model of school choice. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7
(2015), 62–68.
S. Pramanik and T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic game theoretic
approach to Indo-Pak conflict over Jammu-Kashmir. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014), 82–101.
H. D. Cheng, and Y. Guo. A new neutrosophic approach to
image thresholding. New Mathematics and Natural Computation, 4(3) (2008), 291–308.
Y. Guo, and H. D. Cheng. New neutrosophic approach to
image segmentation. Pattern Recognition, 42, (2009), 587–
595.
M. Zhang, L. Zhang, and H. D. Cheng. A neutrosophic approach to image segmentation based on watershed method.
Signal Processing, 90(5) (2010), 1510–1517.
S. M. Chen. A new approach to handling fuzzy decision
making problems. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and
Cybernetics, 18, (1988), 1012–1016.
S. M. Chen S. M. Yeh, and P.H. Hsiao. A comparison of
similarity measures of fuzzy values. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 72(1995), 79–89.
[25] L. K. Hyung, Y. S. Song and K. M. Lee. Similarity measure between fuzzy sets and between elements. Fuzzy Sets
and Systems, 62, (1994), 291–293.
[26] C. P. Pappis, and N. I. Karacapilidis. A comparative assessment of measures of similarity of fuzzy values. Fuzzy
Sets and Systems, 56(1993), 171–174.
[27] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Weighted fuzzy similarity
measure based on tangent function and its application to
medical diagnosis. International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, 4(2)
(2015), 158–164.
[28] Z. Xu. Some similarity measures of intuitionistic fuzzy sets
and their applications to multiple attribute decision making. Fuzzy Optimization and Decision Making, 6(2), (2007),
109–121.
[29] G. A. Papakostas, A. G. Hatzimichailidis, and V. G.
Kaburlasos. (2013). Distance and similarity measures
between intuitionistic fuzzy sets: A comparative analysis
from a pattern recognition point of view. Pattern
Recognition Letters, 34(14), 1609–1622.
[30] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. A study on information technology professionals’ health problem based on
intuitionistic fuzzy cosine similarity measure. Swiss Journal
of Statistical and Applied Mathematics, 2 (1) (2014), 44-50.
[31] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. (2015). Intuitionistic fuzzy
similarity measure based on tangent function and its application to multi-attribute decision making. Global Journal of
Advanced Research 2(2), 464-471.
[32] S, Broumi, and F. Smarandache. Several similarity
measures of neutrosophic sets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 1 (2013), 54–62.
[33] P. Majumder, and S. K. Samanta. On similarity and entropy
of neutrosophic sets. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 26 (2014), 1245–1252.
[34] J. Ye, and Q. Zhang. Single valued neutrosophic similarity
measures for multiple attribute decision-making. Neutrosophic Sets and System, 2(2012), 48–54.
[35] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Cosine similarity
measure based multi-attribute decision-making with trapezoidal fuzzy neutrosophic numbers. Neutrosophic Sets and
System, 8(2015), 47–58.
[36] J. Ye, Multiple attribute group decision-making method
with completely unknown weights based on similarity
measures under single valued neutrosophic environment. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 27(6)
(2014), 2927–2935.
[37] J. Ye. Vector similarity measures of simplified neutrosophic sets and their application in multicriteria decision making. International Journal of Fuzzy Systems, 16(2) (2014)
204–211.
[38] J. Ye. cosine similarity measures of simplified neutrosophic
sets for medical diagnosis. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 63(3) (2015), 171–179.
[39] J. Ye. Fault diagnoses of steam turbine using the exponential similarity measure of neutrosophic numbers. Journal of
Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 30(4) (2016), 1927–1934.
[40] J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic clustering algorithms
based on similarity measures. Journal of Classification, 34(1), (2017), 148–162.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
11
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[41] S, Ye and J. Ye. Dice similarity measure between single
valued neutrosophic multisets and its application in medical
diagnosis. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6 (2014), 48–53.
[42] S. Ye, J. Fu, and J. Ye. Medical diagnosis using distancebased similarity measures of single valued neutrosophic
multisets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7 (2015), 47–52.
[43] J. Ye, and J. Fu. Multi-period medical diagnosis method using a single valued neutrosophic similarity measure based
on tangent function. Computer Methods and Programs in
Biomedicine, 123 (2016), 142–149.
[44] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Cosine similarity measure of
rough neutrosophic sets and its application in medical diagnosis. Global Journal of Advanced Research, 2(1), (2015),
212–220.
[45] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Cotangent similarity measure
of rough neutrosophic sets and its application to medical
diagnosis. Journal of New Theory, 4 (2015), 464–471.
[46] P. Majumdar, and S. K. Samanta. On similarity and entropy
of neutrosophic sets. Journal of Intelligence and Fuzzy Systems, 26 (2014), 1245–1252.
[47] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Entropy based grey
relational analysis method for multi-attribute decisionmaking under single valued neutrosophic assessments.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014), 102–110.
[48] J. Ye and Q. S. Zhang. Single valued neutrosophic similarity
measures
for
multiple
attribute
decision
making. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014), 48–54.
[49] K. Mondal and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic tangent similarity
measure and its application to multiple attribute decision
making. Neutrosophic sets and systems, 9 (2015), 80–87.
[50] J. Ye. Single-valued neutrosophic similarity measures based
on cotangent function and their application in the fault
diagnosis of steam turbine. Soft Computing, 21(3), (2017),
817–825.
[51] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multi-criteria group
decision making in intuitionistic fuzzy environment based
on grey relational analysis for weaver selection in khadi
institution. Journal of Applied and Quantitative Methods, 10
(4) (2015), 1-14.
[52] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. An extended grey
relational analysis based interval neutrosophic multiattribute decision making for weaver selection. Journal of
New Theory, (9) (2015), 82-93.
[53] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B.C. Giri. Extended projection
based models for solving multiple attribute decision making
problems with interval valued neutrosophic information. In
F. Smarandache, & S. Pramanik (Eds.), New Trends in
Neutrosophic Theory and Applications. Pons Edition,
Brussels, 2016, 127-140.
[54] L. Shi. Correlation coefficient of simplified neutrosophic
sets for bearing fault diagnosis. Shock and Vibration, 2016
(2016), Article ID 5414361. doi: 10.1155/2016/5414361.
[55] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Intuitionistic
fuzzy multi-criteria group decision making approach to
quality-brick selection problem. Journal of Applied
Quantitative Methods, 9(2) (2014), 35-50.
[56] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision making
model for clay-brick selection in construction field based on
grey relational analysis. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 9
(2015), 72-79.
[57] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Role of
neutrosophic logic in data mining. In F. Smarandache, & S.
Pramanik (Eds.), New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory and
Application. Pons Editions, Brussels, 2016, 15-23.
[58] S. Pramanik, S, Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Logistics center
location selection approach based on neutrosophic multicriteria decision making, In F. Smarandache, & S. Pramanik
(Eds.), New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory and
Application. Pons Editions, Brussels, 2016, 161-174.
[59] S. Pramanik, S, Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic
multi-attribute group decision making strategy for logistic
center location selection. In F. Smarandache, M. A. Basset
& V. Chang (Eds.), Neutrosophic Operational Research,
Vol. III. Pons Asbl, Brussels, 2018, 13-32.
[60] S. Pramanik, S, Dalapati. GRA based multi criteria decision
making in generalized neutrosophic soft set environment.
Global Journal of Engineering Science and Research
Management, 3(5) (2016),153-169.
[61] S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS for single
valued neutrosophic soft expert set based multi-attribute
decision making problems. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
10 (2015), 88-95.
[62] S. Pramanik, and D. Mukhopadhyaya. Grey relational
analysis based intuitionistic fuzzy multi criteria group
decision-making approach for teacher selection in higher
education. International Journal of Computer Applications,
34(10) (2011), 21-29.
[63] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[64] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[65] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[66] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[67] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[68] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[69] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
Received : March 9, 2018. Accepted : April 2, 2018.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based
MADM Strategy
12
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM
Problems under SVNS Assessments
Kalyan Mondal1, Surapati Pramanik2, and Bibhas C. Giri3
1
Department of Mathematics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata: 700032, West Bengal, India. E mail:kalyanmathematic@gmail.com
²Department of Mathematics, Nandalal Ghosh B.T. College, Panpur, P O - Narayanpur, and District: North 24 Parganas, Pin Code: 743126, West
Bengal, India. Email: sura_pati@yahoo.co.in,
3
Department of Mathematics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata: 700032, West Bengal, India. Email: bibhasc.giri@jadavpuruniversity.in
Abstract: Single valued neutrosophic set is an important mathematical tool for tackling uncertainty in scientific and engineering problems because it can handle situation involving indeterminacy. In this research, we introduce new similarity measures
for single valued neutrosophic sets based on binary logarithm
function. We define two type of binary logarithm similarity
measures and weighted binary logarithm similarity measures
for single valued neutrosophic sets. Then we define hybrid
binary logarithm similarity measure and weighted hybrid binary
logarithm similarity measure for single valued neutrosophic
sets. We prove the basic properties of the proposed measures.
Then, we define a new entropy function for determining
unknown attribute weights. We develop a novel multi attribute
group decision making strategy for single valued neutrosophic
sets based on the weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measure. We present an illustrative example to demonstrate the
effectiveness of the proposed strategy. We conduct a sensitivity
analysis of the developed strategy. We also present a
comparison analysis between the obtained results from
proposed strategy and different existing strategies in the
literature.
Keywords: single valued neutrosophic set; binary logarithm function; similarity measure; entropy function; ideal solution;
MAGDM
1 Introduction
Smarandache [1] introduced neutrosophic sets (NSs) to
pave the way to deal with problems involving uncertainty,
indeterminacy and inconsistency. Wang et al. [2] grounded
the concept of single valued neutrosophic sets (SVNSs), a
subclass of NSs to tackle engineering and scientific
problems. SVNSs have been applied to solve various
problems in different fields such as medical problems [3–
5], decision making problems [6–18], conflict resolution
[19], social problems [20–21] engineering problems [2223], image processing problems [24–26] and so on.
The concept of similarity measure is very significant in
studying almost every practical field. In the literature, few
studies have addressed similarity measures for SNVSs
[27–30]. Peng et al. [31] developed SVNSs based multi
attribute decision making (MADM) strategy employing
MABAC (Multi-Attributive Border Approximation area
Comparison and similarity measure), TOPSIS (Technique
for Order Preference by Similarity to an Ideal Solution)
and a new similarity measure.
Ye [32] proposed cosine similarity measure based
neutrosophic multiple attribute decision making (MADM)
strategy. In order to overcome some disadvantages in the
definition of cosine similarity measure, Ye [33] proposed
‘improved cosine similarity measures’ based on cosine
function. Biswas et al. [34] studied cosine similarity
measure based MCDM with trapezoidal fuzzy
neutrosophic numbers. Pramanik and Mondal [35]
proposed weighted fuzzy similarity measure based on
tangent function. Mondal and Pramanik [36] proposed
intuitionistic fuzzy similarity measure based on tangent
function. Mondal and Pramanik [37] developed tangent
similarity measure of SVNSs and applied it to MADM.
Ye and Fu [38] studied medical diagnosis problem using a
SVNSs similarity measure based on tangent function. Can
and Ozguven [39] studied a MADM problem for adjusting
the proportional-integral-derivative (PID) coefficients
based on neutrosophic Hamming, Euclidean, set-theoretic,
Dice, and Jaccard similarity measures.
Several studies [40–42] have been reported in the literature
for multi-attribute group decision making (MAGDM) in
neutrosophic environment. Ye [43] studied the similarity
measure based on distance function of SVNSs and applied
it to MAGDM. Ye [44] developed several clustering
methods using distance-based similarity measures for
SVNSs.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
13
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Mondal et al. [45] proposed sine hyperbolic similarity
measure for solving MADM problems. Mondal et al. [46]
also proposed tangent similarity measure to deal with
MADM problems for interval neutrosophic environment.
Lu and Ye [47] proposed logarithmic similarity
measure for interval valued fuzzy set [48] and applied it in
fault diagnosis strategy.
Research gap:
MAGDM strategy using similarity measure based on
binary logarithm function under single valued neutrosophic
environment is yet to appear.
Research questions:
Is it possible to define a new similarity measure
between single valued neutrosophic sets using binary
logarithm function?
Is it possible to define a new entropy function for
single valued neutrosophic sets for determining unknown attribute weights?
Is it possible to develop a new MAGDM strategy
based on the proposed similarity measures in single
valued neutrosophic environment?
The objectives of the paper:
To define binary logarithm similarity measures for
SVNS environment and prove the basic properties.
To define a new entropy function for determining
unknown weight of attributes.
To develop a multi-attribute droup decision making
model based on proposed similarity measures.
To present a numerical example for the efficiency
and effectiveness of the proposed strategy.
Having motivated from the above researches on
neutrosophic similarity measures, we introduce the concept
of binary logarithm similarity measures for SVNS
environment. The properties of binary logarithm similarity
measures are established. We also propose a new entropy
function to determine unknown attribute weights. We
develope a MAGDM strategy using the proposed hybrid
binary logarithm similarity measures. The proposed
similarity measure is applied to a MAGDM problem.
The structure of the paper is as follows. Section 2
presents basic concepts of NSs, operations on NSs, SVNSs
and operations on SVNSs. Section 3 proposes binary
logarithm similarity measures and weighted binary
logarithm similarity measures, hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measure (HBLSM), weighted hybrid binary
logarithm similarity measure (WHBLSM) in SVNSs
environment. Section 4 proposes a new entropy measure to
calculate unknown attribute weights and proves basic
properties of entropy function. Section 5 presents a
MAGDM strategy based weighted hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measure. Section 6 presents an illustrative
example to demonstrate the applicability and feasibility of
the proposed strategies. Section 7 presents a sensitivity
analysis for the results of the numerical example. Section 8
conducts a comparative analysis with the other existing
strategies. Section 9 presents the key contribution of the
paper. Section 10 summarizes the paper and discusses
future scope of research.
2 Preliminaries
In this section, the concepts of NSs, SVNSs, operations on
NSs and SVNSs and binary logarithm function are
outlined.
2.1 Neutrosophic set (NS)
Assume that X be an universe of discourse. Then a
neutrosophic sets [1] N can be defined as follows:
N = {< x: TN(x), IN(x), FN(x) > | x X}.
Here the functions T, I and F define respectively the
membership degree, the indeterminacy degree, and the
non-membership degree of the element x X to the set N.
The three functions T, I and F satisfy the following the
conditions:
T, I, F: X → ]−0,1+[
−
0 ≤ supTN(x) + supIN( x) + supFN(x) ≤ 3+
For two neutrosophic sets M = {< x: TM (x), IM(x),
FM(x) > | x X} and N = {< x, TN(x), IN(x), FN(x) > | x X
}, the two relations are defined as follows:
M N if and only if TM(x) TN(x), IM(x) IN(x),
FM(x ) FN(x)
M = N if and only if TM(x) = TN(x), IM(x) = IN(x),
FM(x) = FN(x).
2.2. Single valued Neutrosophic sets (SVNSs)
Assume that X be an universe of discourse. A SVNS
[2] P in X is formed by a truth-membership function TP(x),
an indeterminacy membership function IP(x), and a falsity
membership function FP(x). For each point x in X, TP(x),
IP(x), and FP(x) [0, 1].
For continuous case, a SVNS P can be expressed as
follows:
( x), I P ( x), F P ( x)
P x T P
:x X ,
x
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
14
For discrete case, a SVNS P can be expressed as
follows:
n
( x ), ( x ),
(x )
: xi X
P TP i IP i FP i
xi
i 1
For two SVNSs P = {< x: TP(x), IP(x), FP(x)> | x X}
and Q = {< x: TQ(x), IQ(x), FQ(x)> | x X}, some definitions
are stated below:
P Q if and only if TP(x) TQ(x), IP(x) IQ(x), and
FP(x) FQ(x).
P Q if and only if TP(x) TQ(x), IP(x) IQ(x), and
FP(x) FQ(x).
P = Q if and only if TP(x) = TQ(x), IP(x) = IQ(x),
and FP(x) = FQ(x) for any x X.
Complement of P i.e. Pc ={< x: FP(x), 1− IP(x),
TP(x)> | x X }.
2.3. Some arithmetic operations on SVNSs
3.1. Binary logarithm similarity measures of SVNSs
(type-I)
Definition 2. Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and B =
<x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. The binary
logarithm similarity measure (type-I) between SVNSs A
and B are defined as follows:
BL1 ( A, B) =
1
n
n
i 1
1 TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi )
log 2 2
3 FA ( xi ) FB ( xi )
(1)
Theorem 1. The binary logarithm similarity
measure BL 1 ( A, B) between any two SVNSs A and B
satisfy the following properties:
P 1. 0 BL 1 ( A, B) 1
any two SVNSs in a universe of discourse then arithmetic
P 2. BL 1 ( A, B) 1 , if and only if A = B
P 3. BL 1 ( A, B) BL 1 ( B, A)
P4. If C is a SVNS in X and A B C then
BL 1 ( A, C ) BL 1 ( A, B) and BL 1 ( A, C ) BL 1 ( B, C ) .
operations are stated as follows.
Proof 1.
Definition 1 [49]
Let P T P( x), I P( x), F P ( x) and Q T Q( x), I Q( x), F Q( x) be
T P( x) T Q( x) T P( x)T Q( x) , I P( x) I Q( x) ,
P Q
F P ( x) F Q ( x)
T P ( x ) T Q ( x ) , I P ( x ) I Q ( x ) I P ( x ) I Q( x ) ,
P Q
F P ( x) F Q ( x) F P ( x) F Q ( x)
P 1 1 T P( x) , I P( x) , F P ( x) ; 0
P T P( x) , 1 1 I P( x) , 1 1 F P( x) ; 0
2.4. Binary logarithm function
In mathematics, the logarithm of the form log2x , x > 0 is
called binary logarithm function [50]. For example, the
binary logarithm of 1 is 0, the binary logarithm of 4 is 2,
the binary logarithm of 16 is 4, and the binary logarithm
of 64 is 6.
3. Binary logarithm similarity measures for
SVNSs
In this section, we define two types of binary logarithm
similarity measures and their hybrid and weighted hybrid
similarity measures.
From the definition of SVNS, we write,
0 ≤ TA(x) + IA( x) + FA(x) ≤ 3 and
0 ≤ TB(x) + IB(x) + FB(x) ≤ 3
0 TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) FA ( xi ) FB ( xi ) 3 ,
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
1
0 max
F (x ) F (x )
A
i
B
i
0 BL 1 ( A, B ) 1 .
Proof 2.
For any two SVNSs A and B,
A=B
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x ) F B ( x) 0
BL 1 ( A, B) 1 .
Conversely,
for BL 1 ( A, B) 1 , we have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
15
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
T A ( x) T B ( x) , I A ( x) I B ( x) , F A ( x) F B ( x)
A = B.
Proof 3.
We have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x)
BL 1 ( A, B) BL 1 ( B, A) .
Proof 4.
For A B C, we have,
TA(x) TB(x) TC(x), IA(x) IB(x) IC(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FC(x) for x X.
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ,
T B ( x) T C ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ;
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ,
I B ( x) I C ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ;
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) ,
F B ( x) F C ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) .
BL 1 ( A, C ) BL 1 ( A, B) and BL 1 ( A, C ) BL 1 ( B, C ) .
3.2. Binary logarithm similarity measures of SVNSs (
type-II)
Definition 3. [51] Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and B
= <x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. The binary
logarithm similarity measure (type-II) between SVNSs A
and B are defined as follows:
BL 2 ( A, B) =
1
n
n
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
(2)
A
i
B
i
log 2 max F ( x ) F ( x )
2
i 1
Theorem 2. The binary logarithm similarity
measure BL 2 ( A, B) between any two SVNSs A and B
satisfy the following properties:
P 1. 0 BL 2 ( A, B ) 1
P 2. BL 2 ( A, B) 1 , if and only if A = B
P 3. BL 2 ( A, B) BL 2 ( B, A)
P4. If C is a SVNS in X and A B C then
BL 2 ( A, C ) BL 2 ( A, B) and BL 2 ( A, C ) BL 2 ( B, C ) .
Proof.
Proofs of the properties are shown in [51].
3.3. Weighted binary logarithm similarity measures of
SVNSs for type-I
Definition 4. Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and
B = <x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. Then the
weighted binary logarithm similarity measure for type-I
between SVNSs A and B are defined as follows:
BL1 ( A, B) =
w
1 TA ( x i ) TB ( x i ) I A ( x i ) I B ( x i )
n
w i log 2 2
3 FA ( x i ) FB ( x i )
i 1
(3)
n
Here, 0 wi 1 and wi 1 .
i 1
Theorem 3. The weighted binary logarithm similarity
measures BL1w ( A, B) between SVNSs A and B satisfy the
following properties:
P 1. 0 BL 1w ( A, B ) 1
P 2. BL 1w ( A, B) 1 , if and only if A = B
P 3. BL 1w ( A, B) BL 1w ( B, A)
P4.
If C is a SVNS in X and A B C, then
BL1w ( A, C ) BL1w ( A, B ) and BL1w ( A, C ) BL1w ( B, C ) ;
n
wi 1 .
i 1
Proof 1.
From the definition of SVNSs A and B, we write,
0 ≤ TA(x) + IA( x) + FA(x) ≤ 3 and
0 ≤ TB(x) + IB( x) + FB(x) ≤ 3
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
1
0 max
F (x ) F (x )
B
i
A i
0 TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) FA ( xi ) FB ( xi ) 3 ,
n
0 BL1 ( A, B) 1 . since, wi 1 .
w
i 1
Proof 2.
For any two SVNSs A and B if A = B, then we have,
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
T A ( x ) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
16
n
BL1w ( A, B ) 1 , (t = 1, 2), since wi 1 .
BL 2 ( A, B) =
w
i 1
Conversely,
n
For BL1w ( A, B ) 1 , then we have,
T A ( x ) T B ( x ) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
T A ( x) T B ( x) , I A ( x ) I B ( x ) , F A ( x ) F B ( x )
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
A
i
B
i
w log 2 max F ( x ) F ( x )
2
i
i 1
(4)
n
Here, 0 wi 1 and wi 1 .
i 1
n
A = B, since wi 1 .
i 1
Proof 3.
For any two SVNSs A and B, we have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x ) I A ( x ) ,
Proof.
For proof, see [51].
3.3. Hybrid binary logarithm similarity measures
(HBLSM) for SVNSs
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x)
BL1w ( A, B ) BL1w ( B, A) for.
Definition 6. Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and B =
<x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. The hybrid
binary logarithm similarity measure between SVNSs A and
B is defined as follows:
Proof 4.
BL Hyb A, B =
For A B C, we have,
TA(x) TB(x) TC(x), IA(x) IB(x) IC(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FC(x) for x X.
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ,
T B ( x) T C ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ;
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ,
I B (x) I C (x) I A (x) I C (x) ;
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) ,
F B ( x) F C ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) .
and BL1w ( A, C ) BL1w ( B, C )
BL1w ( A, C ) BL1w ( A, B )
since in1 wi 1 .
3.4. Weighted binary logarithm similarity measures of
SVNSs for type-II
Definition 5. [51] Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and
B = <x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. Then the
weighted binary logarithm similarity measure (type-II
between SVNSs A and B is defined as follows:
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi )
n
log 2 1 I ( x ) I ( x )
2
A
i
B
i
3
i 1
FA ( xi ) FB ( xi )
1
n
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) ,
n
(1 ) log 2 max I ( x ) I ( x ) ,
2
A
i
B
i
i 1
F ( x ) F ( x )
B
i
A i
Here, 0 1 .
(5)
Theorem 4. The hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measure BL Hyb A, B between any two SVNSs A and B
satisfy the following properties:
P 1. 0 BL Hyb ( A, B) 1
P 2. BL Hyb ( A, B) 1 , if and only if A = B
P 3. BL Hyb ( A, B) BLHyb ( B, A)
P4. If C is a SVNS in X and A B C then
BL Hyb ( A, C ) BL Hyb ( A, B)
and BL Hyb ( A, C ) BL Hyb ( B, C ) .
Proof 1.
From the definition of SVNS, we write,
0 ≤ TA(x)+ IA( x)+ FA(x) ≤ 3 and
0 ≤ TB(x) + IB(x) + FB(x) ≤ 3
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri, Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
17
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
1
F (x ) F (x )
B
i
A i
0 TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi )
;
FA ( xi ) FB ( xi ) 3
0 max
0 BL Hyb ( A, B) 1 .
Proof 2.
For any two SVNSs A and B,
for A = B, we have,
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
T A ( x ) T B ( x ) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
BL Hyb ( A, B) 1 .
Conversely,
for BL Hyb ( A, B) 1 , we have,
T A ( x ) T B ( x ) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
T A ( x) T B ( x) , I A ( x ) I B ( x ) , F A ( x ) F B ( x )
A = B.
and BL Hyb ( A, C ) BL Hyb ( B, C ) .
3.4. Weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measures (WHBLSM) for SVNSs
Definition 7. Let A = <x(TA(xi), IP(xi), FP(xi))> and B =
<x(TB(xi), IB(xi), FB(xi))> be any two SVNSs. The
weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity measure
between SVNSs A and B is defined as follows:
BL wHyb A, B =
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi )
n
w log 2 1 I ( x ) I ( x )
A
i
B
i
2
3
i 1 i
FA ( xi ) FB ( xi )
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) ,
n
(1 )
wi log 2 2 max I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
i 1
F (x ) F (x )
B
i
A i
Here, 0 1 .
A and B satisfy the following properties:
P1. 0 BL wHyb ( A, B) 1
For any two SVNSs A and B, we have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
P 2. BL wHyb ( A, B) 1 , if and only if A = B
P 3. BL wHyb ( A, B) BL wHyb ( B, A)
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x)
BL Hyb ( A, B) BL Hyb ( B, A) .
P4.
If C is a SVNS in
then BL wHyb ( A, C ) BL wHyb ( A, B)
and
X
A B C,
and BL wHyb ( A, C ) BL wHyb ( B, C ) .
Proof 4.
Proof 1.
For A B C, we have,
TA(x) TB(x) TC(x), IA(x) IB(x) IC(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FC(x) for x X.
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ,
From the definition of SVNS, we write,
0 ≤ TA(x)+ IA( x)+ FA(x) ≤ 3 and
0 ≤ TB(x) + IB(x) + FB(x) ≤ 3
TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) , I A ( xi ) I B ( xi ) ,
1
0 max
F (x ) F (x )
A
i
B
i
T B ( x) T C ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ;
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ,
(6)
Theorem 5. The weighted hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measure BL wHyb ( A, B) between any two SVNSs
Proof 3.
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x ) I A ( x ) ,
0 TA ( xi ) TB ( xi ) I A ( xi ) I B ( xi )
I B ( x) I C ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ;
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) ,
F B ( x) F C ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) .
Proof 2.
BL Hyb ( A, C ) BL Hyb ( A, B )
For any two SVNSs A and B,
FA ( xi ) FB ( xi ) 3
;
0 BL wHyb ( A, B) 1 .
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
18
for A = B, we have,
TA(x) = TB(x), IA(x) = IB(x), FA(x) = FB(x)
T A ( x ) T B ( x ) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
BL wHyb ( A, B ) 1 .
Conversely,
for BL wHyb ( A, B ) 1 , we have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) 0 , I A ( x) I B ( x) 0 ,
paper, we define an entropy measure for determining
unknown attribute weights.
The entropy function of a SVNS P
Definition 8.
= T ijP ( x), I ijP ( x), F ijP ( x) (i = 1, 2, ..., m; j = 1, 2, ..., n) is
defined as follows:
E j ( P) 1
wj
1 m P
T ( x) F ijP ( x) 1 2 I ijP ( x)
n i 1 ij
2
(7)
1 E j ( P)
n nj1 E j ( P )
(8)
F A ( x) F B ( x) 0
T A ( x) T B ( x) , I A ( x ) I B ( x ) , F A ( x ) F B ( x )
A = B.
Theorem 6. The entropy function E j (P) satisfies the
Proof 3.
following properties:
For any two SVNSs A and B, we have,
T A ( x) T B ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) ,
P1. E j ( P ) 0 , if T ij 1, F ij I ij 0 .
I A ( x) I B ( x) I B ( x ) I A ( x ) ,
F A ( x) F B ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x)
BL wHyb ( A, B ) BL wHyb ( B, A) .
n
Here, w j 1
j 1
P2. E j ( P ) 1 , if T ij , I ij , F ij 0.5, 0.5, 0.5 .
P3. E j ( P) E j (Q) , if T ijP F ijP T Qij F Qij ; I ijP I Qij .
P4. E j ( P) E j ( P c ) .
Proof 4.
Proof 1.
For A B C, we have,
TA(x) TB(x) TC(x), IA(x) IB(x) IC(x),
FA(x) FB(x) FC(x) for all x X.
T A ( x) T B ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ,
T ij 1, F ij I ij 0
n
1 n
E j ( P ) 1 1 0 1 0
n i 1
n
Proof 2.
T B ( x) T C ( x) T A ( x) T C ( x) ;
I A ( x) I B ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ,
I B ( x) I C ( x) I A ( x) I C ( x) ;
F A ( x) F B ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) ,
F B ( x) F C ( x) F A ( x) F C ( x) .
BL wHyb ( A, C ) BL wHyb ( A, B ) and
BL wHyb ( A, C ) BL wHyb ( B, C ) .
4. A new entropy measure for SVNSs
Entropy strategy [52] is an important contribution for
determining indeterminate information. Zhang et al. [53]
introduced the fuzzy entropy. Vlachos and Sergiadis [54]
proposed entropy function for intuitionistic fuzzy sets.
Majumder and Samanta [55] developed some entropy
measures for SVNSs. When attribute weights are
completely unknown to decision makers, the entropy
measure is used to calculate attribute weights. In this
T ij , I ij , F ij 0.5, 0.5, 0.5 .
E j ( P) 1
1 n
0.5 0.5 0 1 0 1
n i 1
Proof 3.
P
Q
P
P
Q
Q
T ij F ij T ij F ij , I ij I ij
T ijP F ijP 1 2 I ijP T Qij F Qij 1 2 I Qij
m
i 1
2
m
2
i 1
2
2
1 m P
1 m
T ij F ijP 1 2 I ijP T Qij F Qij 1 2 I Qij
n i 1
n i 1
2
2
1 m P
1 m Q
P
P
Q
Q
1 T ij F ij 1 2 I ij 1 T ij F ij 1 2 I ij
n i 1
n i 1
E j ( P ) E j (Q) .
Proof 4.
c
Since T ij , I ij , F ij F ij ,1 I ij , T ij , we have
E j ( P) E j ( P c ) .
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
19
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
5. MAGDM strategy based on weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity measure for SVNSs
Assume that (P1, P2, ..., Pm) be the alternatives, (C1, C2, ...,
Cn) be the attributes of each alternative, and {D1, D2, ...,
Dr} be the decision makers. Decision makers provide the
rating of alternatives based on the predefined attribute.
Each decision maker constructs a neutrosophic decision
matrix associated with the alternatives based on each attribute shown in Equation (9). Using the following steps,
we present the MAGDM strategy (see figure 1) based on
weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity measure
(WHBLSM).
Step 1: Determine the relation between the alternatives
and the attributes
At first, each decision maker prepares decision matrix. The
relation between alternatives Pi (i = 1, 2, ..., m) and the attribute Cj (j = 1, 2, ..., n) corresponding to each decision
maker is presented in the Equation (9).
Dr [ P | C ] =
D
P1 T 11r ,
Dr
,
P 2 T 21
P m T mD1r ,
Dr
I 11
D
I 21r
C2
,
,
Dr
F11
D
F 21r
Dr
,
T 12
Dr
T 22 ,
Dr
,
I 12
Dr
I 22 ,
Dr
F12
D
F 22r
I mD1r , F mD1r
T mD2r , I mD2r , F mD2r
Cn
T 1Dnr ,
D
T 2 nr ,
I 1Dnr ,
D
I 2 nr ,
F 1Dnr
D
F 2 nr
Dr
Dr
Dr
, I mn
, F mn
T mn
(9)
Here,
I ijDr ,
F ijDr
(i = 1, 2, ..., m; j = 1, 2, ..., n) is the
single valued neutrosophic rating value of the alternative Pi
with respect to the attribute Cj corresponding to the decision maker Dr.
Step 2: Determine the core decision matrix
We form a new decision matrix, called core decision
matrix to combine all the decision maker’s opinions into a
group opinion. Core decision matrix minimizes the
biasness which is imposed by different decision makers
and hence credibility to the final decision increases. The
core decision matrix is presented in Equation (10).
D[ P | C ] =
C1
r
t 1
Dt
T 11
Dt
, I 11
C2
Dt
, F 11
r
t 1
Dt
T 11
Dt
, I 11
Dt
, F 11
r
r
Dt , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
D t , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
r
t 1
r
r
Dt , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
t 1
r
r
D t , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
t 1
r
r
t 1
Dt
T 11
Dt
, I 11
Dt
, F 11
r
r
r
t 1
Cn
r
D t , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
t 1
r
r
D t , Dt , Dt
T 11
I 11 F 11
t 1
r
(10)
Step 3: Determine the ideal solution
The evaluation of attributes can be categorized into benefit
attribute and cost attribute. An ideal alternative can be determined by using a maximum operator for the benefit attributes and a minimum operator for the cost attributes for
determining the best value of each attribute among all the
alternatives. An ideal alternative [42] is presented as follows:
P* = {C1*, C2*, … , Cm*}.
where the benefit attribute is
C1
T ijDr ,
P1
P
2
P
m
(P )
(P )
(P )
C*j maxT C j i , min I C j i , min F C j i
i
i
i
(11)
and the cost attribute is
(P )
(P )
(P )
C*j min T C j i , max I C j i , max F C j i
i
i
i
(12)
Step 4: Determine the attribute weights
Using Equation (8), determine the weights of the attribute.
Step 5: Determine the WHBLSM values
Using Equation (6), calculate the weighted similarity
measures for each alternative.
Step 6: Ranking the priority
All the alternatives are preference ranked based on the decreasing order of calculated measure values. The highest
value reflects the best alternative.
Step 7: End.
6. An illustrative example
Suppose that a state government wants to construct an ecotourism park for the development of state tourism and
especially for mental refreshment of children. After initial
screening, three potential spots namely, spot-1 (P1), spot-2
(P2), and spot-3 (P3) remain for further selection. A team
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
20
of three decision makers, namely, D1, D2, and D3 has been
constructed for selecting the most suitable spot with
respect to the following attributes.
Ecology (C1),
Costs (C2),
Technical facility (C3),
Transport (C4),
Risk factors (C5)
The steps of decision-making strategy to select the
best potential spot to construct an eco-tourism park based
on the proposed strategy are stated below:
D3 [ P | C ]
C1
0.7,
P1
0.4,
0
.3
0.6,
0.2,
P2
0
.3
0.6,
0.2,
P3
0
.3
6.1. Steps of MAGDM strategy
Step 2: Determine the core decision matrix
We present MAGDM strategy based on the proposed
Using Equation (10), we construct the core decision matrix
for all decision makers shown in Equation (16).
WHBLSM using the following steps.
Step 1: Determine the relation between alternatives and
attributes
The relation between alternatives P1, P2 and P3 and the attribute set {C1, C2, C3, C4, C5} corresponding to the set of
decision makers {D1, D2, D3} are presented in Equations
(13), (14), and (15).
D1[ P | C ]
C1
0.7,
P1
0.4,
0
.4
0.4,
0.3,
P2
0
.6
0.4,
0.2,
P3
0.3
C2
0.7,
0.4,
0.3
0.5,
0.2,
0.5
0.8,
0.1,
0.3
C3
0.8,
0.1,
0.1
0.6,
0.2,
0.2
0.5,
0.4,
0.4
C4
0.7,
0.2,
0,1
0.7,
0.3,
0.3
0.5,
0.2,
0.2
C5
0.6,
0.5,
0.5
0.4,
0.3,
0.4
0.7,
0.3,
0.2
C2
0.7,
0.4,
0.4
0.5,
0.2,
0.4
0.8,
0.2,
0.2
C3
0.8,
0.2,
0.2
0.5,
0.3,
0.3
0.5,
0.3,
0.3
C4
0.5,
0.2,
0,2
0.8,
0.3,
0.3
0.7,
0.2,
0.2
C5
0.5,
0.5,
0.4
0.4,
0.1,
0.4
0.7,
0.4,
0.2
(13)
C1
0.5,
0.2,
0.3
0.5,
0.4,
0.4
0.4,
0.2,
0.5
C3
0.6,
0.3,
0.3
0.7,
0.4,
0.4
0.5,
0.3,
0.3
C4
0.7,
0.2,
0,5
0.5,
0.3,
0.4
0.7,
0.4,
0.2
C5
0.5,
0.6,
0.5
0.3,
0.4,
0.4
0.5,
0.6,
0.4
(15)
D[ P | C ]
P
1
P2
P3
C1
0.984,
0.324,
0.332
0.938,
0.292,
0.420
0.949,
0.203,
0.359
C2
0.988,
0.324,
0.232
0.956,
0.162,
0.395
0.994,
0.203,
0.232
C3
0.989,
0.184,
0.184
0.979,
0.292,
0.292
0.956,
0.334,
0.334
C4
0.956,
0.203,
0.219
0.989,
0.304,
0.334
0.984,
0.255,
0.203
C5
0.961,
0.452,
0.219
0.908,
0.232,
0.404
0.984,
0.420,
0.255
(16)
Step 3: Determine the ideal solution
Here, C3 and C4 denote benefit attributes and C1, C2 and C5
denote cost attributes. Using Equations (11) and (12), we
calculate the ideal solutions as follows:
0.938, 0.324, 0.420 , 0.956 , 0.324, 0.395
P * 0.989, 0.184, 0.184 , 0.989, 0.203, 0.203
0.908, 0.452, 0.404
D2 [ P | C ]
P1
P2
P3
C2
0.8,
0.2,
0.1
0.5,
0.1,
0.3
0.6,
0.4,
0.2
,
,.
Step 4: Determine the attribute weights
(14)
Using Equation (8), we calculate the attribute weights as
follows:
[w1, w2, w3, w4, w5] =
[0.1680, 0.3300, 0.2285, 0.2485, 0.0250]
Step 5: Determine the weighted hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measures
Using Equation (6), we calculate similarity values for
alternatives shown in Table 1.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
21
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Step 6: Ranking the alternatives
Ranking order of alternatives is prepared as the descending
order of similarity values. Highest value indicates the best
alternative. Ranking results are shown in Table 1 for different values of .
10. Conclusion
Conclusions in the paper are concise as follows:
1.
Step 7. End.
7. Sensitivity analysis
In this section, we discuss the variation of ranking results
(see Table 1) for different values of . From the results
shown in Tables 1, we observe that the proposed strategy
provides the same ranking order for different values of .
2.
8. Comparison analysis
4.
In this section, we solve the problem with different
existing strategies [33, 37, 38, 56]. Outcomes are furnished
in the Table 2 and figure 2.
5.
6.
3.
9. Contributions of the proposed strategy
We propose two types of binary logarithm similarity
measures and their hybrid similarity measure for
SVNS environment. We have proved their basic
properties.
To calculate unknown weights structure of attributes
in SVNS environment, we have proposed a new entropy function.
We develop a decision making strategy based on the
proposed weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measure (WHBLSM).
We have solved a illustrative example to show the
feasibility, applicability, and effectiveness of the
proposed strategy.
7.
We have proposed hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measure and weighted hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measure for dealing indeterminacy in
decision making situation.
We have defined a new entropy function to determine
unknown attribute weights.
We have developed a new MAGDM strategy based
on the proposed weighted hybrid binary logarithm
similarity measure.
We have presented a numerical example to illustrate
the proposed strategy.
We have conducted a sensitivity analysis
We have presented comparative analyses between the
obtained results from the proposed strategies and
different existing strategies in the literature. The
proposed weighted hybrid binary logarithm similarity
measure can be applied to solve MAGDM problems
in clustering analysis, pattern recognition, personnel
selection, etc.
Future research can be continued to investigate the
proposed similarity measures in neutrosophic hybrid
environment for tackling uncertainty, inconsistency
and indeterminacy in decision making. The concept
of the paper can be applied in practical decisionmaking, supply chain management, data mining, cluster analysis, teacher selection etc.
Table 1 Ranking order for different values of .
Similarity
measures
()
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
0.10
0.25
0.40
0.55
0.70
0.90
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
BLwHyb ( P*, Pi )
Measure values
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9426 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 2) 0.9233 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 3) 0.9101
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9479 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 2) 0.9296 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 3) 0.9153
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9532 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 2) 0.9357 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 3) 0.9207
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9585 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 2) 0.9419 ; BLwHyb ( P*, P3) 0.9260
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9638 ; BLwHyb ( P*, P2) 0.9482 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 3) 0.9313
BL wHyb ( P*, P1) 0.9708 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 2) 0.9565 ; BL wHyb ( P*, P 3) 0.9384
Ranking
order
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
22
Table 2 Ranking order for different existing strategies
Similarity measures
Mondal and Pramanik [37]
Ye [33]
Biswas et al. [56] ( 0.55)
Ye and Fu [38]
Proposed strategy ( 0.55)
Measure values for P1, P2 and P3
0.8901, 0.8679, 0.8093
0.8409, 0.8189, 0.7766
0.9511, 0.9219, 0.9007
0.9161, 0.8758, 0.7900
0.9585, 0.9419, 0.9260
Ranking order
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
P1 P2 P3
WHBLSM based decision making strategy
Decision making analysis phase
Determination of the relation between
alternatives and attributes
Determine the core decision matrix
Step-1
Step- 2
Determine ideal solution
Step- 3
Determine the attribute weights
Step-4
Calculate the WHBLSM values
Ranking the alternatives
Step-5
Step- 6
Fig. 1: Decision making phases of the proposed approach
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
23
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Fig. 2: Ranking order of different strategies
References
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
F. Smarandache, A unifying field in logics, neutrosophy:
neutrosophic probability, set and logic. Rehoboth, American
Research Press, 1998.
H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Q. Zhang, and R.
Sunderraman. Single valued neutrosophic sets. Multispace
and Multistructure, 4(2010), 410–413.
Y. Guo, C. Zhou, H. P. Chan, A. Chughtai, J. Wei, L. M.
Hadjiiski, E. A. Kazerooni. Automated iterative
neutrosophic lung segmentation for image analysis in
thoracic computed tomography. Medical Physics. 40(8)
(2013), 081912. doi: 10.1118/1.4812679
K. M. Amin, A. I. Shahin, Y. Guo. A novel breast tumor
classification algorithm using neutrosophic score
features. Measurement, 81 (2016), 210–220.
Y. X. Ma, J. Q. Wang, J. Wang, X. H. Wu. An interval
neutrosophic linguistic multi-criteria group decision-making
strategy and its application in selecting medical treatment
options. Neural Computing and Applications, 28(9) (2017),
2745–2765.
J. Ye. Improved cross entropy measures of single valued
neutrosophic sets and interval neutrosophic sets and their
multicriteria decision making strategies. Cybernetics and
Information Technologies, 15(4) (2015), 13–26.
J. J. Peng, J. Q. Wang, X. H. Wu, J. Wang, X. H. Chen.
Multi-valued neutrosophic sets and power aggregation
operators with their applications in multi-criteria group
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
decision-making problems. International Journal of Computational Intelligence Systems, 8(2) (2015), 345–363.
R. Şahin, and P. Liu. Maximizing deviation strategy for
neutrosophic multiple attribute decision making with
incomplete weight information. Neural Computing and Applications, 27(7) (2017), 2017–2029.
J. Ye. Simplified neutrosophic harmonic averaging
projection-based strategy for multiple attribute decision
making problems. International Journal of Machine
Learning and Cybernetics, 8(3) (2017), 981–987.
P. Chi, P. Liu. An extended TOPSIS method for the multiple
attribute decision making problems based on interval
neutrosophic set, Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 1 (2013),
63–70.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Entropy based grey
relational analysis method for multi-attribute decision
making under single valued neutrosophic assessments.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems 2(2014), 102–110.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. A new methodology
for neutrosophic multi-attribute decision making with
unknown weight information. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems 3 (2014), 42–52.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Aggregation of
triangular fuzzy neutrosophic set information and its
application to multi-attribute decision making. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 12 (2016), 20–40.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Value and ambiguity
index based ranking method of single-valued trapezoidal
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
24
neutrosophic numbers and its application to multi-attribute
decision making. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems 12 (2016),
127–138.
[15] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multi-attribute group
decision making based on expected value of neutrosophic
trapezoidal numbers. New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory
and Applications-Vol-II. Pons Editions, Brussells (2017). In
Press.
[16] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Non-linear
programming approach for single-valued neutrosophic
TOPSIS method. New Mathematics and Natural
Computation, (2017). In Press.
[17] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Logistics center
location selection approach based on neutrosophic multicriteria decision making. New Trends in Neutrosophic
Theories and Applications, Pons-Edtitons, Brussels, 2016,
161–174.
[18] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision making
model of school choice. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7
(2015), 62–68.
[19] S. Pramanik, T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic game theoretic
approach to Indo-Pak conflict over Jammu-Kashmir.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014), 82–101.
[20] S. Pramanik, and S. N. Chackrabarti. A study on problems
of construction workers in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive maps. International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, 2(11)
(2013), 6387–6394.
[21] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. A study on problems of Hijras
in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive maps.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 5(2014), 21–26.
[22] J. Ye. Fault diagnoses of steam turbine using the exponential
similarity measure of neutrosophic numbers. Journal of
Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 30(4) (2016), 1927–1934.
[23] K. Hu, J. Ye, E. Fan, S. Shen, L. Huang, J. Pi. A novel
object tracking algorithm by fusing color and depth
information based on single valued neutrosophic crossentropy. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 32(3)
(2017), 1775–1786.
[24] Y. Guo, A. Şengür. A novel image segmentation algorithm
based on neutrosophic similarity clustering. Applied Soft
Computing, 25 (2014), 391–398.
[25] D. Koundal, S. Gupta, S. Singh. Automated delineation of
thyroid nodules in ultrasound images using spatial
neutrosophic clustering and level set. Applied Soft Computing, 40 (2016), 86–97.
[26] D. Koundal, S. Gupta, S. Singh. Speckle reduction strategy
for thyroid ultrasound images in neutrosophic domain. IET
Image Processing, 10(2) (2016), 167–75.
[27] J. Ye. Multicriteria decision-making strategy using the
correlation coefficient under single-valued neutrosophic
[28]
[29]
[30]
[31]
[32]
[33]
[34]
[35]
[36]
[37]
[38]
[39]
[40]
environment. International
Journal
of
General
Systems, 42(4) (2013), 386–394.
J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic clustering algorithms
based on similarity measures. Journal of Classification,
34(1) (2017), 148–162.
S. Broumi, F. Smarandache. Neutrosophic refined similarity
measure based on cosine function. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 6 (2014), 41–47.
S. Pramanik, P. Biswas, B. C. Giri. Hybrid vector similarity
measures and their applications to multi-attribute decision
making under neutrosophic environment. Neural Computing
and Applications, 28(5) (2017), 1163–1176.
X. Peng, J. Dai. Approaches to single-valued neutrosophic
MADM based on MABAC, TOPSIS and new similarity
measure with score function. Neural Computing and Applications, 2016, 1–16. doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s00521016-2607-y
J. Ye. Vector similarity measures of simplified neutrosophic
sets and their application in multicriteria decision
making. International Journal of Fuzzy Systems, 16(2)
(2014), 204–211.
J. Ye. Improved cosine similarity measures of simplified
neutrosophic sets for medical diagnosis. Artificial intelligence in medicine, 63(3) (2015), 171–179.
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Cosine similarity
measure based multi-attribute decision-making with
trapezoidal fuzzy neutrosophic numbers. Neutrosophic Sets
Systems, 2015, 8 (2015), 47–57.
S. Pramanik and K. Mondal. Weighted Fuzzy Similarity
Measure Based on Tangent Function and its Application to
Medical Diagnosis. International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, 4(2)
(2015), 158–164.
K. Mondal and S. Pramanik. Intuitionistic fuzzy similarity
measure based on tangent function and its application to
multi-attribute decision making. Global Journal of Advanced
Research, 2(2) (2015), 464–471.
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic tangent similarity
measure and its application to multiple attribute decision
making. Neutrosophic sets and systems, 9 (2015), 80–87.
J. Ye, J. Fu. Multi-period medical diagnosis strategy using a
single valued neutrosophic similarity measure based on
tangent function. Computer Methods and Programs in
Biomedicine, 123 (2016), 142–149.
M. S. Can, O. F. Ozguven. PID tuning with neutrosophic
similarity measure. International Journal of Fuzzy Systems,
19(2) (2016), 489–503.
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik. Multi-criteria group decision
making approach for teacher recruitment in higher education
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under
SVNS Assesments
25
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[41] under
simplified
neutrosophic
environment.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6 (2014), 28–34.
[42] P. Liu, F. Teng. An extended TODIM strategy for
multiple attribute group decision-making based on 2dimension uncertain linguistic variable. Complexity,
21(5) (2016), 20–30.
[43] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, F. Smarandache, T.
K. Roy. NS-Cross Entropy-Based MAGDM under
Single-Valued
Neutrosophic
Set
Environment.
Information, 9(2) (2018), 37; doi:10.3390/info9020037
[44] J. Ye. Multiple attribute group decision-making strategy
with completely unknown weights based on similarity
measures
under
single
valued
neutrosophic
environment. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy
Systems, 27(6) (2014), 2927–2935.
[45] J. Ye. Clustering methods using distance-based similarity
measures of single-valued neutrosophic sets. Journal of
Intelligent Systems, 23(4) (2014), 379–389.
[46] K. Mondal, S Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Single valued
neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity measure based
strategy for MADM problems. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 19 (2018) (ACCEPTED).
[47] K. Mondal, S Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Interval
neutrosophic tangent similarity measure and its
application to MADM problems. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 19 (2018) (ACCEPTED).
[48] Z. Lu, J. Ye. Logarithmic similarity measure between
interval-valued fuzzy sets and its fault diagnosis
method. Information,
9(2)
(2018),
36.
doi:
10.3390/info9020036
[49] B. Ashtiani, F. Haghighirad, A. Makui. G. A. Montazer.
Extension of fuzzy TOPSIS method based on intervalvalued fuzzy sets. Applied Soft Computing, 9(2) (2009),
457–461.
[50] J. Ye. A multi-criteria decision-making method using
aggregation operators for simplified neutrosophic sets.
Journal of Intelligent & Fuzzy Systems, 26(5) (2014),
2459–2466.
[51] J. N. Mitchell. Computer multiplication and division
using binary logarithms. IRE Transactions on Electronic
Computers, (4) (1962), 512–517.
[52] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, B. C. Giri, F. Smarandache, J.
Ye. Hybrid logarithm similarity measure based MAGDM
strategy under SVNS environment. Preprints 2018,
2018030231 (doi:10.20944/preprints201803.0231.v1)
[53] C. E. Shannon Prediction and entropy of printed
English. Bell Labs Technical Journal, 30(1) (1951), 50–
64.
[54] H. Zhang, W. Zhang, C. Mei. Entropy of interval-valued
fuzzy sets based on distance and its relationship with
similarity measure. Knowledge-Based Systems, 22(6)
(2009), 449–454.
[55] I. K. Vlachos, G. D. Sergiadis. Intuitionistic fuzzy
information–applications to pattern recognition. Pattern
Recognition Letters, 28(2) (2007), 197–206.
[56] P. Majumdar, S. K. Samanta. On similarity and entropy
of neutrosophic sets. Journal of Intelligence and Fuzzy
Systems, 26 (2014), 1245–1252.
[57] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS method
for multi-attribute group decision-making under singlevalued neutrosophic environment. Neural Computing and
Applications, 27(3) (2016), 727–737.
[58] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[59] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[60] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[61] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[62] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[63] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[64] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
Received : March 19, 2018. Accepted : April 9, 2018.
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, and Bibhas C. Giri. Hybrid Binary Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems
under SVNS Assesments
26
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Generalizations of Neutrosophic Subalgebras in BCK/BCI-Algebras
Based on Neutrosophic Points
Seon Jeong Kim1 , Seok-Zun Song2 and Young Bae Jun1
1 Department
of Mathematics, Natural Science of College, Gyeongsang National University, Jinju 52828, Korea. E-mail: skim@gnu.ac.kr
2 Department
3 Department
of Mathematics, Jeju National University, Jeju 63243, Korea. E-mail: szsong@jejunu.ac.kr
of Mathematics Education, Gyeongsang National University, Jinju 52828, Korea. E-mail: skywine@gmail.com
∗ Correspondence:
Y.B. Jun (skywine@gmail.com)
Abstract: Saeid and Jun introduced the notion of neutrosophic
points, and studied neutrosophic subalgebras of several types in
BCK/BCI-algebras by using the notion of neutrosophic points
(see [4] and [6]). More general form of neutrosophic points is considered in this paper, and generalizations of Saeid and Jun’s results are
discussed. The concepts of (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra, (q(kT ,kI ,kF ) , ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra and (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra are introduced,
and several properties are investigated. Characterizations of (∈,
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra are discussed.
Keywords: (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra; (q(kT ,kI ,kF ) , ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra; (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
1
Introduction
terizations of (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra. We
consider relations between (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra, (∈,
As a generalization of fuzzy sets, Atanassov [1] introduced the q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra and (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )degree of nonmembership/falsehood (f) in 1986 and defined the neutrosophic subalgebra.
intuitionistic fuzzy set. As a more general platform which extends the notions of the classic set and fuzzy set, intuitionistic
fuzzy set and interval valued (intuitionistic) fuzzy set, Smaran- 2 Preliminaries
dache introduced the notion of neutrosophic sets (see [7, 8]),
which is useful mathematical tool for dealing with incomplete, By a BCI-algebra, we mean a set X with a binary operation ∗
inconsistent and indeterminate information. For further particu- and the special element 0 satisfying the conditions (see [3, 5]):
lars on neutrosophic set theory, we refer the readers to the site
(a1) (∀x, y, z ∈ X)(((x ∗ y) ∗ (x ∗ z)) ∗ (z ∗ y) = 0),
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/FlorentinSmarandache.htm
Jun [4] introduced the notion of (Φ, Ψ)-neutrosophic subalgebra
of a BCK/BCI-algebra X for Φ, Ψ ∈ {∈, q, ∈ ∨ q}, and investigated related properties. He provided characterizations of an
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra and an (∈, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic
subalgebra, and considered conditions for a neutrosophic set to
be a (q, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic subalgebra. Saeid and Jun [6] gave
relations between an (∈, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic subalgebra and a
(q, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic subalgebra, and investigated properties
on neutrosophic q-subsets and neutrosophic ∈ ∨ q-subsets.
The purpose of this article is to give an algebraic tool of neutrosophic set theory which can be used in applied sciences, for
example, decision making problems, medical sciences etc. We
consider a general form of neutrosophic points, and then we
discuss generalizations of the papers [4] and [6]. As a generalization of (∈, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic subalgebras, we introduce the notions of (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra,
and (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra in BCK/BCIalgebras, and investigate several properties. We discuss charac-
(a2) (∀x, y ∈ X)((x ∗ (x ∗ y)) ∗ y = 0),
(a3) (∀x ∈ X)(x ∗ x = 0),
(a4) (∀x, y ∈ X)(x ∗ y = y ∗ x = 0 ⇒ x = y).
If a BCI-algebra X satisfies the axiom
(a5) 0 ∗ x = 0 for all x ∈ X,
then we say that X is a BCK-algebra (see [3, 5]). A nonempty
subset S of a BCK/BCI-algebra X is called a subalgebra of X
(see [3, 5]) if x ∗ y ∈ S for all x, y ∈ S.
The collection of all BCK-algebras and all BCI-algebras are
denoted by BK (X) and BI (X), respectively. Also B(X) :=
BK (X) ∪ BI (X).
We refer the reader to the books [3] and [5] for further information regarding BCK/BCI-algebras.
Let X be a non-empty set. A neutrosophic set (NS) in X (see
[7]) is a structure of the form:
A := {hx; AT (x), AI (x), AF (x)i | x ∈ X}
(2.1)
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
27
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
where AT , AI and AF are a truth membership function, an inde- (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we consider the following sets:
terminate membership function and a false membership function,
TqkT (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) + α + kT > 1},
respectively, from X into the unit interval [0, 1]. The neutroIqkI (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) + β + kI > 1},
sophic set (2.1) will be denoted by A = (AT , AI , AF ).
FqkF (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) + γ + kF < 1},
Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a set X, α, β ∈
T∈∨ qkT (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) ≥ α or
(0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we consider the following sets (see [4]):
AT (x) + α + kT > 1},
(A;
β)
:=
{x
∈
X
| AI (x) ≥ β or
I
∈∨
q
kI
T∈ (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) ≥ α},
AI (x) + β + kI > 1},
I∈ (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) ≥ β},
F∈∨ qkF (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) ≤ γ or
F∈ (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) ≤ γ},
AF (x) + γ + kF < 1}.
Tq (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) + α > 1},
We say TqkT (A; α), IqkI (A; β) and FqkF (A; γ) are neuIq (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) + β > 1},
trosophic
qk -subsets; and T∈∨ qkT (A; α), I∈∨ qkI (A; β) and
Fq (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) + γ < 1},
F∈∨ qkF (A; γ) are neutrosophic (∈ ∨ qk )-subsets. For Φ ∈ {∈,
T∈∨ q (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) ≥ α or AT (x) + α > 1},
q, qk , qkT , qkI , qkF , ∈ ∨ q, ∈ ∨ qk , ∈ ∨ qkT , ∈ ∨ qkI , ∈ ∨ qkF },
I∈∨ q (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) ≥ β or AI (x) + β > 1},
the element of TΦ (A; α) (resp., IΦ (A; β) and FΦ (A; γ)) is called
a neutrosophic TΦ -point (resp., neutrosophic IΦ -point and neuF∈∨ q (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) ≤ γ or AF (x) + γ < 1}.
trosophic FΦ -point) with value α (resp., β and γ).
We say T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are neutrosophic
∈-subsets; Tq (A; α), Iq (A; β) and Fq (A; γ) are neutrosophic qsubsets; and T∈∨ q (A; α), I∈∨ q (A; β) and F∈∨ q (A; γ) are neutrosophic ∈ ∨ q-subsets. It is clear that
T∈∨ q (A; α) = T∈ (A; α) ∪ Tq (A; α),
I∈∨ q (A; β) = I∈ (A; β) ∪ Iq (A; β),
F∈∨ q (A; γ) = F∈ (A; γ) ∪ Fq (A; γ).
T∈∨ qkT (A; α) = T∈ (A; α) ∪ TqkT (A; α),
(3.1)
I∈∨ qkI (A; β) = I∈ (A; β) ∪ IqkI (A; β),
(3.2)
F∈∨ qkF (A; γ) = F∈ (A; γ) ∪ FqkF (A; γ).
(3.3)
(2.2)
(2.3)
Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a set X, α, β ∈
(2.4) (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we consider the following sets:
Given Φ, Ψ ∈ {∈, q, ∈ ∨ q}, a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI ,
AF ) in X ∈ B(X) is called a (Φ, Ψ)-neutrosophic subalgebra
of X (see [4]) if the following assertions are valid.
x ∈ TΦ (A; αx ), y ∈ TΦ (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ TΨ (A; αx ∧ αy ),
x ∈ IΦ (A; βx ), y ∈ IΦ (A; βy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ IΨ (A; βx ∧ βy ),
x ∈ FΦ (A; γx ), y ∈ FΦ (A; γy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ FΨ (A; γx ∨ γy )
It is clear that
T∈∗ (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) > α},
I∈∗ (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) > β},
F∈∗ (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) < γ}.
(3.4)
(3.5)
(3.6)
Proposition 3.1. For any neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF )
in a set X, α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we have
(2.5)
for all x, y ∈ X, αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
α≤
β≤
γ≥
α>
β>
γ<
1−k
2
1−k
2
1−k
2
1−k
2
1−k
2
1−k
2
⇒ Tqk (A; α) ⊆ T∈∗ (A; α),
(3.7)
Iqk (A; β) ⊆ I∈∗ (A; β),
Fqk (A; γ) ⊆ F∈∗ (A; γ),
(3.8)
(3.9)
⇒ T∈ (A; α) ⊆ Tqk (A; α),
(3.10)
⇒ I∈ (A; β) ⊆ Iqk (A; β),
(3.11)
⇒ F∈ (A; γ) ⊆ Fqk (A; γ).
(3.12)
⇒
⇒
Generalizations of (∈, ∈ ∨q)-neutrosophic subalgebras
1+k
Proof. If α ≤ 1−k
2 , then 1 − α ≥ 2 and α ≤ 1 − α. Assume
that x ∈ Tqk (A; α). Then AT (x) + k > 1 − α ≥ 1+k
2 , and
1−k
1+k
∗
so AT (x) > 2 − k = 2 ≥ α. Hence x ∈ T∈ (A; α).
Similarly, we have the result (3.8). Suppose that γ ≥ 1−k
2 and let
x
∈
F
(A;
γ).
Then
A
(x)
+
γ
+
k
<
1,
and
thus
q
F
k
In what follows, let kT , kI and kF denote arbitrary elements of
[0, 1) unless otherwise specified. If kT , kI and kF are the same
1−k
AF (x) < 1 − γ − k ≤ 1 − 1−k
2 − k = 2 ≤ γ.
number in [0, 1), then it is denoted by k, i.e., k = kT = kI = kF .
3
Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a set X, α, β ∈
Hence x ∈ F∈∗ (A; γ). Suppose that α >
1−k
2 .
If x ∈ T∈ (A; α),
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
28
Corollary 3.5. If A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
subalgebra of X ∈ B(X), then neutrosophic qk -subsets
Tqk (A; α), Iqk (A; β) and Fqk (A; γ) are subalgebras of X for
all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1) whenever they are nonempty.
then
AT (x) + α + k ≥ 2α + k > 2 ·
1−k
2
+k =1
and so x ∈ Tqk (A; α). Hence T∈ (A; α) ⊆ Tqk (A; α). Similarly,
we can verify that if β > 1−k
If we take kT = kI = kF = 0 in Theorem 3.4, then we have
2 , then I∈ (A; β) ⊆ Iqk (A; β). Supthe
following corollary.
.
If
x
∈
F
(A;
γ),
then
A
(x)
≤
γ,
and
pose that γ < 1−k
∈
F
2
thus
Corollary 3.6 ([4]). If A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)1−k
neutrosophic
subalgebra of X ∈ B(X), then neutrosophic qAF (x) + γ + k ≤ 2γ + k < 2 · 2 + k = 1,
subsets Tq (A; α), Iq (A; β) and Fq (A; γ) are subalgebras of X
for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1) whenever they are nonempty.
that is, x ∈ Fqk (A; γ). Hence F∈ (A; γ) ⊆ Fqk (A; γ).
Definition 3.2. A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in X ∈ Definition 3.7. A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in X ∈
B(X) is called an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra B(X) is called a (q(kT ,kI ,kF ) , ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subof X if
algebra of X if
x ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ T∈∨qkT (A; αx ∧ αy ),
x ∈ I∈ (A; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A; βy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ I∈∨qkI (A; βx ∧ βy ),
x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A; γy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨qkF (A; γx ∨ γy )
(3.13)
for all x, y ∈ X, αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
x ∈ TqkT (A; αx ), y ∈ TqkT (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ T∈∨qkT (A; αx ∧ αy ),
x ∈ IqkI (A; βx ), y ∈ IqkI (A; βy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ I∈∨qkI (A; βx ∧ βy ),
x ∈ FqkF (A; γx ), y ∈ FqkF (A; γy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨qkF (A; γx ∨ γy )
(3.15)
for all x, y ∈ X, αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
An (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra with kT =
kI = kF = k is called an (∈, ∈ ∨qk )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
A (q(kT ,kI ,kF ) , ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra with
kT = kI = kF = k is called a (qk , ∈ ∨qk )-neutrosophic subalLemma 3.3 ([4]). A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in gebra.
X ∈ B(X) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra of X if and
Theorem 3.8. If A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a (q(kT ,kI ,kF ) , ∈
only if it satisfies:
∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X ∈ B(X), then neu
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ AT (x) ∧ AT (y)
trosophic qk -subsets TqkT (A; α), IqkI (A; β) and FqkF (A; γ) are
1−kI
T
(∀x, y ∈ X) AI (x ∗ y) ≥ AI (x) ∧ AI (y) . (3.14) subalgebras of X for all α ∈ ( 1−k
2 , 1], β ∈ ( 2 , 1] and
1−kF
γ ∈ [0, 2 ) whenever they are nonempty.
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ AF (x) ∨ AF (y)
T
Proof. Let x, y ∈ TqkT (A; α) for α ∈ ( 1−k
2 , 1]. Then x ∗ y ∈
T∈∨ qkT (A; α), that is, x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; α) or x ∗ y ∈ TqkT (A; α).
If x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; α), then x ∗ y ∈ TqkT (A; α) by (3.10).
Therefore TqkT (A; α) is a subalgebra of X. Similarly, we prove
that IqkI (A; β) is a subalgebra of X. Let x, y ∈ FqkF (A; γ)
Proof. Let x, y ∈ TqkT (A; α). Then AT (x) + α + kT > 1 and
F
for γ ∈ [0, 1−k
2 ). Then x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ), and so
AT (y) + α + kT > 1. It follows from Lemma 3.3 that
x∗y ∈ F∈ (A; γ) or x∗y ∈ FqkF (A; γ). If x∗y ∈ F∈ (A; γ), then
x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γ) by (3.12). Hence FqkF (A; γ) is a subalgebra
AT (x ∗ y) + α + kT ≥ (AT (x) ∧ AT (y)) + α + kT
of X.
= (AT (x) + α + kT ) ∧ (AT (y) + α + kT ) > 1
Theorem 3.4. If A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
subalgebra of X ∈ B(X), then neutrosophic qk -subsets
TqkT (A; α), IqkI (A; β) and FqkF (A; γ) are subalgebras of X
for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1) whenever they are nonempty.
Taking kT = kI = kF = 0 in Theorem 3.8 induces the foland so that x∗y ∈ TqkT (A; α). Hence TqkT (A; α) is a subalgebra
lowing corollary.
of X. Similarly, we can prove that IqkI (A; β) is a subalgebra of
X. Now let x, y ∈ FqkF (A; γ). Then AF (x) + γ + kF < 1 and Corollary 3.9 ([4]). If A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a (q, ∈ ∨ q)AF (y) + γ + kF < 1, which imply from Lemma 3.3 that
neutrosophic subalgebra of X ∈ B(X), then neutrosophic qsubsets Tq (A; α), Iq (A; β) and Fq (A; γ) are subalgebras of X
AF (x ∗ y) + γ + kF ≤ (AF (x) ∨ AF (y)) + γ + kF
for all α, β ∈ (0.5, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 0, 5) whenever they are
= (AF (x) + γ + kF ) ∨ (AF (y) + γ + kF ) < 1.
nonempty.
Hence x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γ) and so FqkF (A; γ) is a subalgebra of
We provide characterizations of an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neuX.
trosophic subalgebra.
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
29
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Theorem 3.10. Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in that is, a ∗ b ∈
/ FqkF (A; γF ). Thus a ∗ b ∈
/ F∈∨ qkF (A; γF ),
F
X ∈ B(X), the following are equivalent.
which is a contradiction. If AF (a) ∨ AF (b) < 1−k
2 , then a, b ∈
1−kF
1−kF
/ F∈ (A; 2 ). Also,
(1) A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic F∈ (A; 2 ) and a ∗ b ∈
subalgebra of X.
F
F
F
> 1−k
+ 1−k
= 1 − kF
AF (a ∗ b) + 1−k
2
2
2
(2) A = (AT , AI , AF ) satisfies the following assertion.
F
F
and so a∗b ∈
/ FqkF (A; 1−k
/ F∈∨ qkF (A; 1−k
V
2 ). Hence a∗b ∈
2 ),
T
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 1−k
2 }
a contradiction. Therefore
V
I
(3.16)
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
_
2 }
F
W
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
F
2 }
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
}
2
for all x, y ∈ X.
Conversely, let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X
Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )- which satisfies the condition (3.16). Let x, y ∈ X and β , β ∈
x
y
neutrosophic subalgebra of X. Assume that there exist a, b ∈ X (0, 1] be such that x ∈ I (A; β ) and y ∈ I (A; β ). Then
∈
x
∈
y
such that
^
^
^
I
I
} ≥ {βx , βy , 1−k
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
1−kT
2
2 }.
AT (a ∗ b) < {AT (a), AT (b), 2 }.
for all x, y ∈ X.
If AT (a) ∧ AT (b) <
Hence
1−kT
2
, then AT (a ∗ b) < AT (a) ∧ AT (b).
AT (a ∗ b) < αt ≤ AT (a) ∧ AT (b)
for some αt ∈ (0, 1]. It follows that a ∈ T∈ (A; αt ) and b ∈
T∈ (A; αt ) but a ∗ b ∈
/ T∈ (A; αt ). Moreover,
I
I
Suppose that βx ≤ 1−k
or βy ≤ 1−k
2
2 . Then AI (x ∗ y) ≥
βx ∧ βy , and so x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy ). Now, assume that
1−kI
I
I
and βy > 1−k
βx > 1−k
2
2 . Then AI (x ∗ y) ≥
2 , and so
AI (x ∗ y) + βx ∧ βy >
1−kI
2
+
1−kI
2
= 1 − kI ,
that is, x ∗ y ∈ IqkI (A; βx ∧ βy ). Hence
AT (a ∗ b) + αt < 2αt < 1 − kT ,
x ∗ y ∈ I∈∨ qkI (A; βx ∧ βy ).
and so a ∗ b ∈
/ TqkT (A; αt ). Thus a ∗ b ∈
/ T∈∨ qkT (A; αt ), a conT
T
tradiction. If AT (a) ∧ AT (b) ≥ 1−k
,
then a ∈ T∈ (A; 1−k
2
2 ),
1−kT
1−kT
/ T∈ (A; 2 ). Also,
b ∈ T∈ (A; 2 ) and a ∗ b ∈
Similarly, we can verify that if x ∈ T∈ (A; αx ) and y ∈
T∈ (A; αy ), then x ∗ y ∈ T∈∨ qkT (A; αx ∧ αy ). Finally, let
x, y ∈ X and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1) be such that x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ) and
y ∈ F∈ (A; γy ). Then
_
_
F
F
{γx , γy , 1−k
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }≤
2 }.
AT (a ∗ b) +
1−kT
2
<
1−kT
2
+
1−kT
2
= 1 − kT ,
T
T
i.e., a ∗ b ∈
/ TqkT (A; 1−k
/ T∈∨ qkT (A; 1−k
2 ). Hence a ∗ b ∈
2 ), a
contradiction. Consequently,
^
T
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 1−k
2 }
F
F
or γy ≥ 1−k
If γx ≥ 1−k
2
2 , then AF (x ∗ y) ≤ γx ∨ γy and thus
F
F
x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γx ∨ γy ). If γx < 1−k
and γy < 1−k
2
2 , then
1−kF
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ 2 . Hence
AF (x ∗ y) + γx ∨ γy <
1−kF
2
+
1−kF
2
= 1 − kF ,
for all x, y ∈ X. Similarly, we know that
^
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
that is, x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γx ∨ γy ). Thus
for all x, y ∈ X. Suppose that there exist a, b ∈ X such that
_
F
AF (a ∗ b) > {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 }.
Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨ qkF )-neutrosophic
subalgebra of X.
x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γx ∨ γy ).
W
F
Then AF (a ∗ b) > γF ≥ {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 } for some Corollary 3.11 ([4]). A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in
1−kF
γF ∈ [0, 1). If AF (a) ∨ AF (b) ≥ 2 , then
X ∈ B(X) is an (∈, ∈ ∨ q)-neutrosophic subalgebra of X if and
only if it satisfies:
AF (a ∗ b) > γF ≥ AF (a) ∨ AF (b)
V
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 0.5}
V
which implies that a, b ∈ F∈ (A; γF ) and a ∗ b ∈
/ F∈ (A; γF ).
(∀x, y ∈ X) AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y).0.5} .
Also,
W
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 0.5}
A (a ∗ b) + γ > 2γ ≥ 1 − k ,
F
F
F
F
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
30
Proof. It follows from taking kT = kI = kF = 0 in Theorem AF (a ∗ b) ≤ γF which is a contradiction. Thus
3.10.
_
F
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }
Theorem 3.12. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in
X ∈ B(X). Then A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )- for all x, y ∈ X. Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈
neutrosophic subalgebra of X if and only if neutrosophic ∈- ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X by Theorem 3.10.
subsets T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are subalgebras of X
1−kI
1−kF
T
for all α ∈ (0, 1−k
2 ], β ∈ (0, 2 ] and γ ∈ [ 2 , 1) when- Corollary 3.13. Let A = (A , A , A ) be a neutrosophic set
T
I
F
ever they are nonempty.
in X ∈ B(X). Then A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨ q)neutrosophic subalgebra of X if and only if neutrosophic ∈Proof. Assume that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈
subsets T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are subalgebras of
1−kI
∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X. Let β ∈ (0, 2 ]
X for all α, β ∈ (0, 0.5] and γ ∈ [0.5, 1) whenever they are
and x, y ∈ I∈ (A; β). Then AI (x) ≥ β and AI (y) ≥ β. It
nonempty.
follows from Theorem 3.10 that
^
Proof. It follows from taking kT = kI = kF = 0 in Theorem
1−kI
I
=β
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }≥β∧
2
3.12.
and so that x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; β). Hence I∈ (A; β) is a subalgebra
I
of X for all β ∈ (0, 1−k
2 ]. Similarly, we know that T∈ (A; α)
1−kF
T
is a subalgebra of X for all α ∈ (0, 1−k
2 ]. Let γ ∈ [ 2 , 1)
and x, y ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Then AF (x) ≤ γ and AF (y) ≤ γ. Using
Theorem 3.10 implies that
_
1−kF
F
= γ.
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }≤γ∨
2
Theorem 3.14. Every (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra is an (∈,
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
Proof. Straightforward.
The converse of Theorem 3.14 is not true as seen in the following example.
Example 3.15. Consider a BCI-algebra X = {0, a, b, c} with
Hence x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ), and therefore F∈ (A; γ) is a subalgebra the binary operation ∗ which is given in Table 1 (see [5]).
F
of X for all γ ∈ [ 1−k
2 , 1).
Conversely, suppose that the nonempty neutrosophic ∈-subsets
Table 1: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are subalgebras of X for all
1−kI
1−kF
1−kT
α ∈ (0, 2 ], β ∈ (0, 2 ] and γ ∈ [ 2 , 1). If there exist
a, b ∈ X such that
∗
0
a
b
c
^
0
0
a
b
c
T
AT (a ∗ b) < {AT (a), AT (b), 1−k
2 },
a
a
0
c
b
b
b
c
0
a
then a, b ∈ T∈ (A; αT ) by taking
c
c
b
a
0
^
T
αT := {AT (a), AT (b), 1−k
2 }.
Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X ∈ BI (X)
Since T∈ (A; αT ) is a subalgebra of X, it follows that a ∗ b ∈
defined by Table 2
T∈ (A; αT ), that is, AT (a ∗ b) ≥ αT . This is a contradiction, and
hence
^
Table 2: Tabular representation of “A = (AT , AI , AF )”
T
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 1−k
2 }
for all x, y ∈ X. Similarly, we can verify that
^
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
for all x, y ∈ X. Now, assume that there exist a, b ∈ X such that
_
F
AF (a ∗ b) > {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 }.
W
F
Then AF (a ∗ b) > γF ≥ {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 } for some
1−kF
γF ∈ [ 2 , 1). Hence a, b ∈ F∈ (A; γF ), and so a ∗ b ∈
F∈ (A; γF ) since F∈ (A; γF ) is a subalgebra of X. It follows that
X
0
a
b
c
AT (x)
0.6
0.7
0.3
0.3
AI (x)
0.5
0.3
0.6
0.3
AF (x)
0.2
0.6
0.6
0.4
If kT = 0.36, then
T∈ (A; α) =
X
{0, a}
if α ∈ (0, 0.3],
if α ∈ (0.3, 0.32].
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
31
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
If kI = 0.32, then
and
X
{0, b}
if β ∈ (0, 0.3],
if β ∈ (0.3, 0.34].
{0}
{0, c}
F∈ (A; γ) =
X
if γ ∈ [0.32, 0.4),
if γ ∈ [0.4, 0.6),
if γ ∈ [0.6, 1].
I∈ (A; β) =
{0}
{0, c}
F∈ (A; γ) =
X
If kF = 0.36, then
if β ∈ [0.38, 0.4),
if β ∈ [0.4, 0.6),
if β ∈ [0.6, 1).
Since X, {0}, {0, a}, {0, b} and {0, c} are subalgebras of X,
we know from Theorem 3.12 that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈,
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X for kT = 0.2,
kI = 0.3 and kF = 0.24. Note that
We know that T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are subalgebras
a∗b∈
/ Tq0.2 (A; 0.25 ∧ 0.4)
of X for all α ∈ (0, 0.32], β ∈ (0, 0.34] and γ ∈ [0.32, 1). It
follows from Theorem 3.12 that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, for a ∈ T∈ (A; 0.4) and b ∈ T∈ (A; 0.25),
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X for kT = 0.36,
b∗c∈
/ Iq0.3 (A; 0.5 ∧ 0.27)
kI = 0.32 and kF = 0.36. Since
for b ∈ I∈ (A; 0.5) and c ∈ I∈ (A; 0.27), and/or
AT (0) = 0.6 < 0.7 = AT (a) ∧ AT (a)
a∗c∈
/ Fq0.24 (A; 0.6 ∨ 0.44)
and/or
AI (0) = 0.5 > 0.3 = AI (c) ∨ AI (c),
for a ∈ F∈ (A; 0.6) and c ∈ F∈ (A; 0.44). Hence A = (AT , AI ,
we know that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is not an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic AF ) is not an (∈, q(0.2,0.3,0.24) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X.
subalgebra of X by Lemma 3.3.
Theorem 3.19. If 0 ≤ kT < jT < 1, 0 ≤ kI < jI < 1 and
Definition 3.16. A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in X ∈
0 ≤ jF < kF < 1, then every (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic
B(X) is called an (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of
subalgebra is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(jT ,jI ,jF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
X if
x ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ TqkT (A; αx ∧ αy ),
x ∈ I∈ (A; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A; βy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ IqkI (A; βx ∧ βy ),
x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A; γy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γx ∨ γy )
Proof. Straightforward.
(3.17)
for all x, y ∈ X, αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
An (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra with kT = kI =
kF = k is called an (∈, qk )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
Theorem 3.17. Every (∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra
is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
The following example shows that if 0 ≤ kT < jT < 1,
0 ≤ kI < jI < 1 and 0 ≤ jF < kF < 1, then an
(∈, ∈ ∨q(jT ,jI ,jF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra may not be an (∈,
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra.
Example 3.20. Let X be the BCI-algebra given in Example
3.15 and let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X
defined by Table 3
Table 3: Tabular representation of “A = (AT , AI , AF )”
Proof. Straightforward.
The converse of Theorem 3.17 is not true as seen in the following example.
Example 3.18. Consider the BCI-algebra X = {0, a, b, c} and
the neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) which are given in Example 3.15. Taking kT = 0.2, kI = 0.3 and kF = 0.24 imply
that
X
if α ∈ (0, 0.3],
T∈ (A; α) =
{0, a} if α ∈ (0.3, 0.4],
I∈ (A; β) =
X
{0, b}
if β ∈ (0, 0.3],
if β ∈ (0.3, 0.35],
X
0
a
b
c
AT (x)
0.42
0.40
0.48
0.40
AI (x)
0.40
0.44
0.36
0.36
AF (x)
0.44
0.66
0.66
0.33
If kT = 0.04, then
X
{0, b}
T∈ (A; α) =
{b}
if α ∈ (0, 0.40],
if α ∈ (0.40, 0.42],
if α ∈ (0.42, 0.48].
Note that T∈ (A; α) is not a subalgebra of X for α ∈ (0.42, 0.48].
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
32
If kI = 0.08, then
X
{0, a}
I∈ (A; β) =
{a}
∅
if β
if β
if β
if β
∈ (0, 0.36],
∈ (0.36, 0.40],
∈ (0.40, 0.44],
∈ (0.44, 0.46].
subalgebra of X if and only if the neutrosophic set AS =
(AST , ASI , ASF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X.
Proof. Let S be a subalgebra of X. Then neutrosophic ∈subsets T∈ (AST ; α), I∈ (AST ; β) and F∈ (AST ; γ) are obviously
1−kI
T
subalgebras of X for all α ∈ (0, 1−k
2 ], β ∈ (0, 2 ] and
Note that I∈ (A; β) is not a subalgebra of X for β ∈ (0.40, 0.44]. γ ∈ [ 1−kF , 1). Hence A = (A , A , A ) is an (∈,
S
ST
SI
SF
2
If kF = 0.42, then
∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X by Theorem 3.12.
Conversely, assume that AS = (AST , ASI , ASF ) is an (∈,
∅
if γ ∈ [0.29, 0.33),
∈
∨q
(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X. Let x, y ∈ S.
{c}
if γ ∈ [0.33, 0.44),
F∈ (A; γ) =
Then
{0, c} if γ ∈ [0.44, 0.66),
^
X
if γ ∈ [0.66, 1).
T
AST (x ∗ y) ≥ {AST (x), AST (y), 1−k
2 }
Note that F∈ (A; γ) is not a subalgebra of X for γ ∈ [0.33, 0.44).
Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is not an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )neutrosophic subalgebra of X for kT = 0.04, kI = 0.08 and
kF = 0.42.
If jT = 0.16, then
X
if α ∈ (0, 0.40],
T∈ (A; α) =
and
{0, b} if α ∈ (0.40, 0.42].
X
{0, a}
if β ∈ (0, 0.36],
if β ∈ (0.36, 0.40].
If jF = 0.12, then
F∈ (A; γ) =
ASI (x ∗ y) ≥
^
_
1−kT
2
=
1−kT
2
,
I
{ASI (x), ASI (y), 1−k
2 }
=1∧
ASF (x ∗ y) ≤
If jI = 0.20, then
I∈ (A; β) =
=1∧
1−kI
2
=
1−kI
2
F
{ASF (x), ASF (y), 1−k
2 }
=0∨
1−kF
2
=
1−kF
2
,
which imply that
AST (x ∗ y) = 1, ASI (x ∗ y) = 1 and ASF (x ∗ y) = 0.
{0, c}
X
if γ ∈ [0.44, 0.66),
if γ ∈ [0.66, 1).
Hence x ∗ y ∈ S, and so S is a subalgebra of X.
Theorem 3.22. Let S be a subalgebra of X ∈ B(X). For every
Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(jT ,jI ,jF ) )1−kI
1−kF
T
α ∈ (0, 1−k
2 ], β ∈ (0, 2 ] and γ ∈ [ 2 , 1), there exneutrosophic subalgebra of X for jT = 0.16, jI = 0.20 and
ists an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra A = (AT ,
jF = 0.12.
AI , AF ) of X such that T∈ (A; α) = S, I∈ (A; β) = S and
Given a subset S of X, consider a neutrosophic set AS = F∈ (A; γ) = S.
(AST , ASI , ASF ) in X defined by
Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X de
fined
by
(1, 1, 0) if x ∈ S,
AS (x) :=
(0, 0, 1) otherwise,
(α, β, γ) if x ∈ S,
A(x) :=
(0,
0, 1)
otherwise,
that is,
that is,
1 if x ∈ S,
AST (x) :=
0 otherwise,
α if x ∈ S,
AT (x) :=
0 otherwise,
1 if x ∈ S,
ASI (x) :=
0 otherwise,
β if x ∈ S,
AI (x) :=
0
otherwise,
and
and
0 if x ∈ S,
ASF (x) :=
1 otherwise.
γ if x ∈ S,
AF (x) :=
1
otherwise.
Theorem 3.21. A nonempty subset S of X ∈ B(X) is a
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
33
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Obviously, T∈ (A; α) = S, I∈ (A; β) = S and F∈ (A; γ) = S.
Suppose that
^
T
AT (a ∗ b) < {AT (a), AT (b), 1−k
2 }
Case 1. AI (x) ≥ β and AI (y) ≥ β. If β >
AI (x ∗ y) ≥
^
1−kI
2 ,
I
{AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }=
then
1−kI
2 ,
I
I
and so AI (x ∗ y) + β > 1−k
+ 1−k
= 1 − kI . Hence x ∗ y ∈
2
2
for
some
a,
b
∈
X.
Since
#Im(A
)
=
2,
it
follows
that
1−kI
T
I
(A;
β).
If
β
≤
,
then
V
q
kI
2
T
{AT (a), AT (b), 1−k
2 } = α and AT (a ∗ b) = 0. Hence
^
AT (a) = α = AT (b), and so a, b ∈ S. Since S is a subalgebra
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 } ≥ β,
of X, we have a ∗ b ∈ S. Thus AT (a ∗ b) = α, a contradiction.
Therefore
and thus x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; β). Hence
^
1−kT
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 2 }
x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; β) ∪ IqkI (A; β) = I∈∨ qkI (A; β).
for all x, y ∈ X. Similarly, we can verify that
^
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
for all x, y ∈ X. Assume that there exist a, b ∈ X such that
_
F
AF (a ∗ b) > {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 }.
Case 2. AI (x) ≥ β and AI (y) + β + kI > 1. If β >
then
^
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
I
= AI (y) ∧ 1−k
> (1 − β − kI ) ∧
2
= 1 − β − kI ,
1−kI
2 ,
1−kI
2
W
F
Then AF (a ∗ b) = 1 and {AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 } = γ since
#Im(AF ) = 2. It follows that AF (a) = γ = AF (b) and so that and so x ∗ y ∈ I (A; β). If β ≤ 1−kI , then
q kI
2
a, b ∈ S. Hence a ∗ b ∈ S, and so AF (a ∗ b) = γ, which is a
^
contradiction. Thus
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
_
^
1−kF
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 2 }
≥ {β, 1 − β − k , 1−kI } = β,
I
2
for all x, y ∈ X. Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ and thus x ∗ y ∈ I (A; β). Therefore x ∗ y ∈ I
∈
∈∨ qkI (A; β).
∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X by Theorem 3.10.
Case 3. AI (x) + β + kI > 1 and AI (y) ≥ β. We have
Corollary 3.23. Let S be a subalgebra of X ∈ B(X). For every x ∗ y ∈ I∈∨ qkI (A; β) by the similar way to the Case 2.
α ∈ (0, 0.5], β ∈ (0, 0.5] and γ ∈ [0.5, 1), there exists an (∈,
∈ ∨q)-neutrosophic subalgebra A = (AT , AI , AF ) of X such
Case 4. AI (x) + β + kI > 1 and AI (y) + β + kI > 1. If
1−kI
I
that T∈ (A; α) = S, I∈ (A; β) = S and F∈ (A; γ) = S.
β > 1−k
2 , then 1 − β − kI <
2 , and so
Proof. It follows from taking kT = kI = kF = 0 in Theorem
3.22.
AI (x ∗ y) ≥
^
I
{AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 } > 1 − β − kI ,
I
Theorem 3.24. Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in i.e., x ∗ y ∈ IqkI (A; β). If β ≤ 1−k
2 , then
X ∈ B(X), the following are equivalent.
^
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
(1) A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic
I
subalgebra of X.
≥ (1 − β − kI ) ∧ 1−k
2
I
≥ β,
= 1−k
2
(2) The neutrosophic (∈
∨ qk )-subsets T∈∨ qkT (A; α),
I∈∨ qkI (A; β) and F∈∨ qkF (A; γ) are subalgebras of X for
i.e., x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; β). Hence x ∗ y ∈ I∈∨ qkI (A; β). Conall α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
sequently, I∈∨ qkI (A; β) is a subalgebra of X. Similarly, we
Proof. Assume that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ can prove that if x, y ∈ T∈∨ qkT (A; α) for α ∈ (0, 1], then
∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra of X. Let x, y ∈ x ∗ y ∈ T∈∨ qkT (A; α), that is, T∈∨ qkT (A; α) is a subalgebra
I∈∨ qkI (A; β) for β ∈ (0, 1]. Then AI (x) ≥ β or AI (x) + β + of X. Let x, y ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ) for γ ∈ [0, 1). Then AF (x) ≤ γ
kI > 1, and AI (y) ≥ β or AI (y) + β + kI > 1. Using Theorem or AF (x)+γ +kF < 1, and AF (y) ≤ γ or AF (y)+γ +kF < 1.
Using Theorem 3.10, we have
3.10, we have
^
_
I
F
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }.
2 }.
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
34
Case 1. AF (x) ≤ γ and AF (y) ≤ γ. If γ <
AF (x ∗ y) ≤
_
F
{AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }=
and so AF (x ∗ y) + γ <
x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γ). If γ ≥
AF (x ∗ y) ≤
1−kF
2
_
1−kF
2
1−kF
2 ,
or AT (x ∗ y) + α + kT > 1, a contradiction. Hence
^
T
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ {AT (x), AT (y), 1−k
2 }
, then
1−kF
2
,
F
+ 1−k
= 1 − kF . Hence for all x, y ∈ X. Similarly, we can verify that
2
^
then
I
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ {AI (x), AI (y), 1−k
2 }
F
{AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 } ≤ γ,
for all x, y ∈ X. Now assume that there exist a, b ∈ X and
F
γ ∈ ( 1−k
2 , 1) such that
and thus x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Hence
AF (a ∗ b) > γ ≥
x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ) ∪ FqkF (A; γ) = F∈∨ qkF (A; γ).
Case 2. AF (x) ≤ γ and AF (y) + γ + kF < 1. If γ <
then
_
F
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }
F
= AF (y) ∨ 1−k
< (1 − γ − kF ) ∨
2
= 1 − γ − kF ,
and so x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γ). If γ ≥
AF (x ∗ y) ≤
≤
_
_
1−kF
2
1−kF
2
_
F
{AF (a), AF (b), 1−k
2 }.
Then a, b ∈ F∈ (A; γ) ⊆ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ), which implies that
,
1−kF
2
, then
F
{AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }
a ∗ b ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ).
Thus AF (a ∗ b) ≤ γ or AF (a ∗ b) + γ + kF < 1, which is a
contradiction. Hence
_
F
AF (x ∗ y) ≥ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
2 }
for all x, y ∈ X. Using Theorem 3.10, we conclude that A =
(AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra
of X.
F
{γ, 1 − γ − kF , 1−k
2 } = γ,
and thus x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Therefore x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ).
4
Conclusions
Similarly, if AI (x) + β + kI < 1 and AI (y) ≤ β, then x ∗ y ∈
F∈∨ qkF (A; γ).
Neutrosophic set theory is a nice mathematical tool which can
be applied to several fields. The aim of this paper is to consider
a general form of neutrosophic points, and to discuss generalFinally, assume that AF (x) + γ + kF < 1 and AF (y) + γ +
izations of the papers [4] and [6]. We have introduce the no1−kF
1−kF
kF < 1. If γ < 2 , then 1 − γ − kF > 2 , and so
tions of (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra, and (∈,
_
q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra in BCK/BCI-algebras,
1−kF
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 2 } < 1 − γ − kF ,
and have investigated several properties. We have discussed
characterizations of (∈, ∈ ∨q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgeF
i.e., x ∗ y ∈ FqkF (A; γ). If γ ≥ 1−k
,
then
bra.
We have considered relations between (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
2
subalgebra,
(∈, q(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra and (∈,
_
F
}
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ {AF (x), AF (y), 1−k
∈
∨q
(kT ,kI ,kF ) )-neutrosophic subalgebra. We hope the idea and
2
result
in this paper can be a mathematical tool for dealing with
F
≤ (1 − γ − kF ) ∨ 1−k
2
several informations containing uncertainty such as medical diagF
≤ γ,
= 1−k
nosis, decision making, graph theory, etc. So, based on the results
2
in this article, our future research will be focused to solve real-life
i.e., x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Hence x ∗ y ∈ F∈∨ qkF (A; γ). Therefore problems under the opinions of experts in a neutrosophic set enviF∈∨ qkF (A; γ) is a subalgebra of X.
ronment such as medical diagnosis, decision making, graph theory etc. In particular, Bucolo et al. [2] suggested a generalization
Conversely, suppose that (2) is valid. If it is possible, let
of the synchronization principles for the class of array of fuzzy
^
1−kT
logic chaotic based dynamical systems and evaluated as alternaAT (x ∗ y) < α ≤ {AT (x), AT (y), 2 }
tive approach to build locally connected fuzzy complex systems
1−kT
by manipulating both the rules driving the cells and the architecfor some α ∈ (0, 2 ). Then
ture of the system. We will also try to study complex dynamics
through neutrosophic environment. The future works also may
x, y ∈ T∈ (A; α) ⊆ T∈∨ qkT (A; α),
use the study neutrosophic set environment on several related alwhich implies that x ∗ y ∈ T∈∨ qkT (A; α). Thus AT (x ∗ y) ≥ α gebraic structures, for example, M V -algebras, BL-algebras, R0 algebras, EQ-algebras, equality algebras, M T L-algebras etc.
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
35
References
[1] K. Atanassov, Intuitionistic fuzzy sets. Fuzzy Sets and Systems 20 (1986), 87–96.
[9] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[2] M. Bucolo, L. Fortuna and M. La Rosa, Complex dynamics
through fuzzy chains, IEEE Trans. Fuzzy Syst. 12 (2004),
no. 3, 289–295.
[10] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[3] Y.S. Huang, BCI-algebra, Science Press: Beijing, China,
2006.
[11] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[4] Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of several types
in BCK/BCI-algebras, Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14
(2017), no. 1, 75–86.
[5] J. Meng and Y.B. Jun, BCK-algebra, Kyungmoon Sa Co.,
Seoul, Korea, 1994.
[6] A,B. Saeid and Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of
BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points, Ann.
Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14 (2017), no. 1, 87–97.
[7] F. Smarandache, A Unifying Field in Logics: Neutrosophic
Logic. Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Set, Neutrosophic Probability, American Reserch Press, Rehoboth, NM, USA,
1999.
[8] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophic set-a generalization of the
intuitionistic fuzzy set, Int. J. Pure Appl. Math. 24 (2005),
no. 3, 287–297.
[12] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[13] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[14] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[15] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
Received : March 23, 2018. Accepted : April 13, 2018.
S.J. Kim, S.Z. Song, Y.B. Jun, Generalizations of neutrosophic subalgebras in BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points
36
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras
G. Muhiuddin1 , Hashem Bordbar2 , Florentin Smarandache3 , Young Bae Jun4,∗
1 Department
of Mathematics, University of Tabuk, Tabuk 71491, Saudi Arabia. e-mail: chishtygm@gmail.com
2 Postdoctoral
3 Mathematics
Research Fellow, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Iran. e-mail: bordbar.amirh@gmail.com
& Science Department, University of New Mexico. 705 Gurley Ave., Gallup, NM 87301, USA. e-mail: fsmarandache@gmail.com
4 Department
of Mathematics Education, Gyeongsang National University, Jinju 52828, Korea. e-mail: skywine@gmail.com
∗ Correspondence:
Y.B. Jun (skywine@gmail.com)
Abstract: Characterizations of an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal are
considered. Any ideal in a BCK/BCI-algebra will be realized as
level neutrosophic ideals of some (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal. The relation between (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal and (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
subalgebra in a BCK-algebra is discussed. Conditions for an (∈,
∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra to be a (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal are
provided. Using a collection of ideals in a BCK/BCI-algebra, an
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal is established. Equivalence relations on
the family of all (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideals are introduced, and related properties are investigated.
Keywords: (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra, (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal.
1
Introduction
vestigated by several researchers.
By a BCI-algebra, we mean a set X with a special element 0
Neutrosophic set (NS) developed by Smarandache [8, 9, 10] in- and a binary operation ∗ that satisfies the following conditions:
troduced neutrosophic set (NS) as a more general platform which
(I) (∀x, y, z ∈ X) (((x ∗ y) ∗ (x ∗ z)) ∗ (z ∗ y) = 0),
extends the concepts of the classic set and fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy set and interval valued intuitionistic fuzzy set. Neutro- (II) (∀x, y ∈ X) ((x ∗ (x ∗ y)) ∗ y = 0),
sophic set theory is applied to various part which is refered to the
(III) (∀x ∈ X) (x ∗ x = 0),
site
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/neutrosophy.htm.
(IV) (∀x, y ∈ X) (x ∗ y = 0, y ∗ x = 0 ⇒ x = y).
Jun et al.
studied neutrosophic subalgebras/ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points (see [1], [5]
and [7]).
In this paper, we characterize an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal in a
BCK/BCI-algebra. We show that any ideal in a BCK/BCIalgebra can be realized as level neutrosophic ideals of some
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal. We investigate the relation between
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal and (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra
in a BCK-algebra. We provide conditions for an (∈, ∈)neutrosophic subalgebra to be a (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal. Using
a collection of ideals in a BCK/BCI-algebra, we establish an
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal. We discuss equivalence relations on
the family of all (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideals, and investigate related properties.
If a BCI-algebra X satisfies the following identity:
2
Preliminaries
A BCK/BCI-algebra is an important class of logical algebras
introduced by K. Iséki (see [2] and [3]) and was extensively in-
(V) (∀x ∈ X) (0 ∗ x = 0),
then X is called a BCK-algebra. Any BCK/BCI-algebra X
satisfies the following conditions:
(∀x ∈ X) (x ∗ 0 = x) ,
x≤y ⇒ x∗z ≤y∗z
(∀x, y, z ∈ X)
,
x≤y ⇒ z∗y ≤z∗x
(2.1)
(∀x, y, z ∈ X) ((x ∗ y) ∗ z = (x ∗ z) ∗ y) ,
(∀x, y, z ∈ X) ((x ∗ z) ∗ (y ∗ z) ≤ x ∗ y)
(2.3)
(2.4)
(2.2)
where x ≤ y if and only if x ∗ y = 0. A nonempty subset S of a
BCK/BCI-algebra X is called a subalgebra of X if x ∗ y ∈ S
for all x, y ∈ S. A subset I of a BCK/BCI-algebra X is called
an ideal of X if it satisfies:
0 ∈ I,
(∀x ∈ X) (∀y ∈ I) (x ∗ y ∈ I ⇒ x ∈ I) .
(2.5)
(2.6)
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals
in BCK/BCI-algebras
37
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
We refer the reader to the books [4, 6] for further information and
regarding BCK/BCI-algebras.
For any family {ai | i ∈ Λ} of real numbers, we define
_
{ai | i ∈ Λ} := sup{ai | i ∈ Λ}
and
^
(∀x, y ∈ X)
x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αy )
⇒ x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx ∧ αy )
x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βy )
⇒ x ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βx ∧ βy )
x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γy )
⇒ x ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ∨ γy )
Let X be a non-empty set. A neutrosophic set (NS) in X (see
[9]) is a structure of the form:
A∼ := {hx; AT (x), AI (x), AF (x)i | x ∈ X}
(2.9)
{ai | i ∈ Λ} := inf{ai | i ∈ Λ}.
W If Λ = {1, 2}, weVwill also use a1 ∨ a2 and a1 ∧ a2 instead of
{ai | i ∈ Λ} and {ai | i ∈ Λ}, respectively.
for all αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
3 (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and
ideals
We first provide characterizations of an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal.
where AT : X → [0, 1] is a truth membership function,
Theorem 3.1. Given a neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in
AI : X → [0, 1] is an indeterminate membership function, and
a BCK/BCI-algebra X, the following assertions are equivaAF : X → [0, 1] is a false membership function. For the sake of
lent.
simplicity, we shall use the symbol A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) for the
neutrosophic set
(1) A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
A∼ := {hx; AT (x), AI (x), AF (x)i | x ∈ X}.
Given a neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in a set X,
α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we consider the following sets:
T∈ (A∼ ; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) ≥ α},
I∈ (A∼ ; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) ≥ β},
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) ≤ γ}.
We say T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are neutrosophic
∈-subsets.
A neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in a BCK/BCIalgebra X is called an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra of X (see
[5]) if the following assertions are valid.
x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx ∧ αy ),
x ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βy )
(2.7)
(∀x, y ∈ X)
⇒
x
∗
y
∈
I
(A
;
β
∧
β
),
∈
∼
x
y
x ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ∨ γy )
(2) A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) satisfies the following assertions.
AT (0) ≥ AT (x),
(∀x ∈ X) AI (0) ≥ AI (x),
(3.1)
AF (0) ≤ AF (x)
and
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y)
(∀x, y ∈ X) AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y) (3.2)
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y)
Proof. Assume that A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)neutrosophic ideal of X. Suppose there exist a, b, c ∈ X be
such that AT (0) < AT (a), AI (0) < AI (b) and AF (0) >
AF (c). Then a ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; AT (a)), b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; AI (b)) and
c ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; AF (c)). But
0∈
/ T∈ (A∼ ; AT (a)) ∩ I∈ (A∼ ; AI (b)) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; AF (c)).
This is a contradiction, and thus AT (0) ≥ AT (x), AI (0) ≥
AI (x) and AF (0) ≤ AF (x) for all x ∈ X. Suppose that
AT (x) < AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y), AI (a) < AI (a ∗ b) ∧ AI (b)
and AF (c) > AF (c ∗ d) ∨ AF (d) for some x, y, a, b, c, d ∈ X.
for all αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
Taking α := AT (x∗y)∧AT (y), β := AI (a∗b)∧AI (b) and γ :=
A neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in a BCK/BCI- AF (c∗d)∨AF (d) imply that x∗y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α),
algebra X is called an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X (see [7]) a ∗ b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), c ∗ d ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ) and
if the following assertions are valid.
d ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). But x ∈
/ T∈ (A∼ ; α), a ∈
/ I∈ (A∼ ; β) and
c∈
/ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). This is impossible, and so (3.2) is valid.
x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αx )
Conversely, suppose A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) satisfies two con(∀x ∈ X) x ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βx ) (2.8) ditions (3.1) and (3.2). For any x, y, z ∈ X, let α, β ∈ (0, 1]
x ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx )
and γ ∈ [0, 1) be such that x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β) and
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
38
z ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). It follows from (3.1) that AT (0) ≥ AT (x) ≥ α, that
AI (0) ≥ AI (y) ≥ β and AF (0) ≤ AF (z) ≤ γ and so that
AT (x) < AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
0 ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α)∩I∈ (A∼ ; β)∩F∈ (A∼ ; γ). Let a, b, c, d, x, y ∈ X
A
I (a) < AI (a ∗ b) ∧ AI (b),
be such that a ∗ b ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αa ), b ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αb ), c ∗ d ∈
A
(u) > AF (u ∗ v) ∨ AF (v)
F
I∈ (A∼ ; βc ), d ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βd ), x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γx ), and y ∈
F∈ (A∼ ; γy ) for αa , αb , βc , βd ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1). Usfor some x, y, a, b, u, v ∈ X. Taking α := AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
ing (3.2), we have
β := AI (a ∗ b) ∧ AI (b) and γ := AF (u ∗ v) ∨ AF (v) imply that
α,
β ∈ (0, 1], γ ∈ [0, 1), x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α),
AT (a) ≥ AT (a ∗ b) ∧ AT (b) ≥ αa ∧ αb
a
∗
b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), u ∗ v ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ) and
AI (c) ≥ AI (c ∗ d) ∧ AI (d) ≥ βc ∧ βd
v
∈
F∈ (A∼ ; γ). But x ∈
/ T∈ (A∼ ; α), a ∈
/ I∈ (A∼ ; β) and u ∈
/
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y) ≤ γx ∨ γy .
F∈ (A∼ ; γ). This is a contradiction since T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β)
Hence a ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; αa ∧ αb ), c ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; βc ∧ βd ) and x ∈ and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are ideals of X. Thus
F∈ (A∼ ; γx ∨ γy ). Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
neutrosophic ideal of X.
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y)
Theorem 3.2. Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set
in a BCK/BCI-algebra X. Then the following assertions are
for all x, y ∈ X. Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈,
equivalent.
∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X by Theorem 3.1.
(1) A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
(2) The nonempty neutrosophic ∈-subsets T∈ (A∼ ; α),
I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are ideals of X for all Proposition 3.3. Every (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal A
=
∼
α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
(AT , AI , AF ) of a BCK/BCI-algebra X satisfies the followProof. Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal ing assertions.
of X and assume that T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are
AT (x) ≥ AT (y)
nonempty for α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1). Then there exist (∀x, y ∈ X) x ≤ y ⇒
AI (x) ≥ AI (y) ,
(3.3)
x, y, z ∈ X such that x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β) and z ∈
AF (x) ≤ AF (y)
F∈ (A∼ ; γ). It follows from (2.8) that
AT (x) ≥ AT (y) ∧ AT (z)
AI (x) ≥ AI (y) ∧ AI (z) .
(∀x, y, z ∈ X) x ∗ y ≤ z ⇒
0 ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α) ∩ I∈ (A∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; γ).
AF (x) ≤ AF (y) ∨ AF (z)
Let x, y, a, b, u, v ∈ X be such that x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α),
(3.4)
y ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), a ∗ b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), b ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β), u ∗ v ∈
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) and v ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). Then
Proof. Let x, y ∈ X be such that x ≤ y. Then x ∗ y = 0, and so
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y) ≥ α ∧ α = α
AI (a) ≥ AI (a ∗ b) ∧ AI (b) ≥ β ∧ β = β
AF (u) ≤ AF (u ∗ v) ∨ AF (v) ≤ γ ∨ γ = γ
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y) = AT (0) ∧ AT (y) = AT (y),
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y) = AI (0) ∧ AI (y) = AI (y),
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y) = AF (0) ∨ AF (y) = AF (y)
by (3.2), and so x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α), a ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; β) and
u ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). Hence the nonempty neutrosophic ∈-subsets by Theorem 3.1. Hence (3.3) is valid. Let x, y, z ∈ X be such
T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are ideals of X for all that x ∗ y ≤ z. Then (x ∗ y) ∗ z = 0, and thus
α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y)
Conversely, let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic
≥ (AT ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AT (z)) ∧ AT (y)
set in X for which T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ)
are nonempty and are ideals of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and
≥ (AT (0) ∧ AT (z)) ∧ AT (y)
γ ∈ [0, 1). Assume that AT (0) < AT (x), AI (0) < AI (y)
≥ AT (z) ∧ AT (y),
and AF (0) > AF (z) for some x, y, z ∈ X. Then x ∈
T∈ (A∼ ; AT (x)), y ∈ I∈ (A∼ ; AI (y)) and z ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; AF (z)),
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y)
that is, T∈ (A∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) are nonempty.
But 0 ∈
/ T∈ (A∼ ; AT (x)) ∩ I∈ (A∼ ; AI (y)) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; AF (z)),
≥ (AI ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AI (z)) ∧ AI (y)
which is a contradiction since T∈ (A∼ ; AT (x)), I∈ (A∼ ; AI (y))
≥ (AI (0) ∧ AI (z)) ∧ AI (y)
and F∈ (A∼ ; AF (z)) are ideals of X. Hence AT (0) ≥ AT (x),
≥
AI (z) ∧ AI (y)
AI (0) ≥ AI (x) and AF (0) ≤ AF (x) for all x ∈ X. Suppose
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals
in BCK/BCI-algebras
39
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
and
If x ∗ y ∈ I and y ∈
/ I, then
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y)
≤ (AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∨ AF (z)) ∨ AF (y)
≤ (AF (0) ∨ AF (z)) ∨ AF (y)
≤ AF (z) ∨ AF (y)
by Theorem 3.1.
AT (x ∗ y) = α and AT (y) = 0,
AI (x ∗ y) = β and AI (y) = 0,
AF (x ∗ y) = γ and AF (y) = 1,
It follows that
AT (x) ≥ 0 = AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
AI (x) ≥ 0 = AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
AF (x) ≤ 1 = AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y).
Theorem 3.4. Any ideal of a BCK/BCI-algebra X can be reSimilarly, if x ∗ y ∈
/ I and y ∈ I, then
alized as level neutrosophic ideals of some (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal of X.
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
Proof. Let I be an ideal of a BCK/BCI-algebra X and let
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y).
A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X given as follows:
Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
of X by Theorem 3.1. This completes the proof.
α if x ∈ I,
AT : X → [0, 1], x 7→
0 otherwise,
Lemma 3.5 ([5]). A neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in a
BCK/BCI-algebra X is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra of
β if x ∈ I,
AI : X → [0, 1], x 7→
X if and only if it satisfies:
0 otherwise,
γ if x ∈ I,
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ AT (x) ∧ AT (y)
AF : X → [0, 1], x 7→
1 otherwise
(∀x, y ∈ X) AI (x ∗ y) ≥ AI (x) ∧ AI (y) .
(3.5)
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ AF (x) ∨ AF (y)
where (α, β, γ) is a fixed ordered triple in (0, 1] × (0, 1] × [0, 1).
Then T∈ (A∼ ; α) = I, I∈ (A∼ ; β) = I and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = I. Theorem 3.6. In a BCK-algebra, every (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
Obviously, AT (0) ≥ AT (x), AI (0) ≥ AI (x) and AF (0) ≤ ideal is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra.
AF (x) for all x ∈ X. Let x, y ∈ X. If x ∗ y ∈ I and y ∈ I, then
x ∈ I. Hence
Proof. Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
of a BCK-algebra X. Since x∗y ≤ x for all x, y ∈ X, it follows
AT (x ∗ y) = AT (y) = AT (x) = α,
from Proposition 3.3 and (3.2) that
AI (x ∗ y) = AI (y) = AI (x) = β,
AT (x ∗ y) ≥ AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y) ≥ AT (x) ∧ AT (y),
AF (x ∗ y) = AF (y) = AF (x) = γ,
AI (x ∗ y) ≥ AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y) ≥ AI (x) ∧ AI (y),
AF (x ∗ y) ≤ AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y) ≤ AF (x) ∨ AF (y).
and so
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y).
If x ∗ y ∈
/ I and y ∈
/ I, then
AT (x ∗ y) = AT (y) = 0,
AI (x ∗ y) = AI (y) = 0,
AF (x ∗ y) = AF (y) = 1.
Thus
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y).
Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra of X by Lemma 3.5.
The following example shows that the converse of Theorem
3.6 is not true in general.
Example 3.7. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3} with the binary
operation ∗ which is given in Table 1.
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [6]). Let A∼ = (AT , AI ,
AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X defined by Table 2
It is routine to verify that A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)neutrosophic subalgebra of X. We know that I∈ (A∼ ; β) is an
ideal of X for all β ∈ (0, 1]. If α ∈ (0.3, 0.7], then T∈ (A∼ ; α) =
{0, 1, 3} is not an ideal of X. Also, if γ ∈ [0.2, 0.8), then
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = {0, 1, 3} is not an ideal of X. Therefore A∼ =
(AT , AI , AF ) is not an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X by Theorem 3.2.
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
40
Table 1: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
∗
0
1
2
3
0
0
1
2
3
1
0
0
1
3
2
0
0
0
3
3
0
1
2
0
ing two cases:
_
_
α = {i ∈ ΛT | i < α} and α 6= {i ∈ ΛT | i < α}.
First case implies that
x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α) ⇔ x ∈ Di for all i < α
⇔ x ∈ ∩{Di | i < α}.
(3.9)
Hence T∈ (A∼ ; α) = ∩{Di | i < α}, which is an ideal of X. For
the second case, we claim that T∈ (A∼ ; α) = ∪{Di | i ≥ α}.
Table 2: Tabular representation of A∼ = (AT , AI , AF )
If x ∈ ∪{Di | i ≥ α}, then x ∈ Di for some i ≥ α. Thus
AT (x) ≥ i ≥ α, and so x ∈ T∈ (A∼ ; α). If
/ ∪{Di | i ≥ α},
X
AT (x)
AI (x)
AF (x)
Wx ∈
then x ∈
/ Di for all i ≥ α. Since α 6= {i ∈ ΛT | i < α},
0
0.7
0.9
0.2
there exists ε > 0 such that (α − ε, α) ∩ ΛT = ∅. Hence x ∈
/ Di
1
0.7
0.6
0.2
for
all i > α − ε, which means that if x ∈ Di then i ≤ α − ε.
2
0.3
0.6
0.8
Thus AT (x) ≤ α − ε < α, and so x ∈
/ T∈ (A∼ ; α). Therefore
3
0.7
0.4
0.2
T∈ (A∼ ; α) = ∪{Di | i ≥ α} which is an ideal of X since {Dk }
forms a chain. Similarly, we can verify that I∈ (A∼ ; β) is an ideal
of X. Finally, we consider the following two cases:
We give a condition for an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra to
^
^
be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal.
γ = {j ∈ ΛF | γ < j} and γ 6= {j ∈ ΛF | γ < j}.
Theorem 3.8. Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set
For the first case, we have
in a BCK-algebra X. If A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)neutrosophic subalgebra of X that satisfies the condition (3.4),
x ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ) ⇔ x ∈ Dj for all j > γ
then it is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
⇔ x ∈ ∩{Dj | j > γ},
(3.10)
Proof. Taking x = y in (3.5) and using (III) induce the condition
and thus F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = ∩{Dj | j > γ} which is an ideal of X.
(3.1). Since x ∗ (x ∗ y) ≤ y for all x, y ∈ X, it follows from (3.4)
The second case implies that F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = ∪{Dj | j ≤ γ}. In
that
fact, if x ∈ ∪{Dj | j ≤ γ}, then x ∈ Dj for some j ≤ γ. Thus
AF (x) ≤ j ≤ γ, that is, x ∈ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). Hence ∪{Dj | j ≤
AT (x) ≥ AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
γ} ⊆ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). NowVif x ∈
/ ∪{Dj | j ≤ γ}, then x ∈
/ Dj for
AI (x) ≥ AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
all j ≤ γ. Since γ 6= {j ∈ ΛF | γ < j}, there exists ε > 0
AF (x) ≤ AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y)
such that (γ, γ+ε)∩ΛF is empty. Hence x ∈
/ Dj for all j < γ+ε,
for all x, y ∈ X. Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, and so if x ∈ Dj , then j ≥ γ + ε. Thus AF (x) ≥ γ + ε > γ, and
∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X by Theorem 3.1.
hence x ∈
/ F∈ (A∼ ; γ). Thus F∈ (A∼ ; γ) ⊆ ∪{Dj | j ≤ γ}, and
therefore
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = ∪{Dj | j ≤ γ} which is an ideal of X.
Theorem 3.9. Let {Dk | k ∈ ΛT ∪ ΛI ∪ ΛF } be a collection of Consequently, A = (A , A , A ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
∼
T
I
F
ideals of a BCK/BCI-algebra X, where ΛT , ΛI and ΛF are ideal of X by Theorem 3.2.
nonempty subsets of [0, 1], such that
A mapping f : X → Y of BCK/BCI-algebras is called
X = {Dα | α ∈ ΛT } ∪ {Dβ | β ∈ ΛI } ∪ {Dγ | γ ∈ ΛF },
a homomorphism if f (x ∗ y) = f (x) ∗ f (y) for all x, y ∈ X.
(3.6)
Note that if f : X → Y is a homomorphism of BCK/BCIT
I
F
(∀i, j ∈ Λ ∪ Λ ∪ Λ ) (i > j ⇔ Di ⊂ Dj ) .
(3.7) algebras, then f (0) = 0. Given a homomorphism f : X → Y
of BCK/BCI-algebras and a neutrosophic set A∼ = (AT , AI ,
Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X defined as A ) in Y , we define a neutrosophic set Af = (Af , Af , Af ) in
F
∼
T
I
F
follows:
X, which is called the induced neutrosophic set, as follows:
W
AT : X → [0, 1], x 7→ W {α ∈ ΛT | x ∈ Dα },
AfT : X → [0, 1], x 7→ AT (f (x)),
AI : X → [0, 1], x 7→ V{β ∈ ΛI | x ∈ Dβ },
(3.8)
AfI : X → [0, 1], x 7→ AI (f (x)),
AF : X → [0, 1], x 7→ {γ ∈ ΛF | x ∈ Dγ }.
AfF : X → [0, 1], x 7→ AF (f (x)).
Then A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
Theorem 3.10. Let f : X → Y be a homomorphism of
Proof. Let α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1) be such that T∈ (A∼ ; α) 6= BCK/BCI-algebras. If A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈,
∅, I∈ (A∼ ; β) 6= ∅ and F∈ (A∼ ; γ) 6= ∅. We consider the follow- ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of Y , then the induced neutrosophic set
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals
in BCK/BCI-algebras
41
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Af∼ = (AfT , AfI , AfF ) in X is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
AI (x) = AI (f (a)) = AfI (a)
≥ AfI (a ∗ b) ∧ AfI (b)
= AI (f (a ∗ b)) ∧ AI (f (b))
= AI (f (a) ∗ f (b)) ∧ AI (f (b))
= AI (x ∗ y) ∧ AI (y),
Proof. For any x ∈ X, we have
AfT (x) = AT (f (x)) ≤ AT (0) = AT (f (0)) = AfT (0),
AfI (x) = AI (f (x)) ≤ AI (0) = AI (f (0)) = AfI (0),
AfF (x) = AF (f (x)) ≥ AF (0) = AF (f (0)) = AfF (0).
Let x, y ∈ X. Then
AfT (x
AfT (y)
= AT (f (x ∗ y)) ∧ AT (f (y))
∗ y) ∧
= AT (f (x) ∗ f (y)) ∧ AT (f (y))
≤ AT (f (x)) = AfT (x),
AfI (x ∗ y) ∧ AfI (y) = AI (f (x ∗ y)) ∧ AI (f (y))
= AI (f (x) ∗ f (y)) ∧ AI (f (y))
≤ AI (f (x)) = AfI (x),
and
AfF (x ∗ y) ∨ AfF (y) = AF (f (x ∗ y)) ∨ AF (f (y))
= AF (f (x) ∗ f (y)) ∨ AF (f (y))
≥ AF (f (x)) = AfF (x).
and
AF (x) = AF (f (a)) = AfF (a)
≤ AfF (a ∗ b) ∨ AfF (b)
= AF (f (a ∗ b)) ∨ AF (f (b))
= AF (f (a) ∗ f (b)) ∨ AF (f (b))
= AF (x ∗ y) ∨ AF (y).
Therefore A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
of Y by Theorem 3.1.
Let N(∈,∈) (X) be the collection of all (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideals of X and let α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1). Define binary
β
γ
relations Rα
T , RI and RF on N(∈,∈) (X) as follows:
AT Rα
T BT ⇔ T∈ (A∼ ; α) = T∈ (B∼ ; α)
β
AI RI BI ⇔ I∈ (A∼ ; β) = I∈ (B∼ ; β)
AF RγF BF ⇔ F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = F∈ (B∼ ; γ)
(3.11)
Therefore Af∼ = (AfT , AfI , AfF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal for all A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) and B∼ = (BT , BI , BF ) in
of X by Theorem 3.1.
N(∈,∈) (X).
γ
β
Clearly Rα
T , RI and RF are equivalence relations on
N(∈,∈) (X). For any A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X),
Theorem 3.11. Let f : X → Y be an onto homomorphism of
let [A∼ ]T (resp., [A∼ ]I and [A∼ ]F ) denote the equivalence
BCK/BCI-algebras and let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutroclass of A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in N(∈,∈) (X) under Rα
T (resp.,
sophic set in Y . If the induced neutrosophic set Af∼ = (AfT , AfI ,
β
γ
β
α
R
and
R
).
Denote
by
N
(X)/R
,
N
(X)/R
(∈,∈)
(∈,∈)
T
I
F
I and
AfF ) in X is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X, then A∼ = (AT ,
γ
N(∈,∈) (X)/RF the collection of all equivalence classes under
AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of Y .
β
γ
Rα
T , RI and RF , respectively, that is,
Proof. Assume that the induced neutrosophic set Af∼ = (AfT ,
AfI , AfF ) in X is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X. For any
x ∈ Y , there exists a ∈ X such that f (a) = x since f is onto.
Using (3.1), we have
N(∈,∈) (X)/Rα
T = {[A∼ ]T | A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X),
β
N(∈,∈) (X)/RI = {[A∼ ]I | A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X),
N(∈,∈) (X)/RγF = {[A∼ ]F | A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X).
Now let I(X) denote the family of all ideals of X. Define
AT (x) = AT (f (a)) = AfT (a) ≤ AfT (0) = AT (f (0)) = AT (0), maps fα , gβ and hγ from N(∈,∈) (X) to I(X) ∪ {∅} by
AI (x) = AI (f (a)) = AfI (a) ≤ AfI (0) = AI (f (0)) = AI (0),
fα (A∼ ) = T∈ (A∼ ; α), gβ (A∼ ) = I∈ (A∼ ; β) and
AF (x) = AF (f (a)) = AfF (a) ≥ AfF (0) = AF (f (0)) = AF (0). hγ (A∼ ) = F∈ (A∼ ; γ),
respectively, for all A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) in N(∈,∈) (X). Then
Let x, y ∈ Y . Then f (a) = x and f (b) = y for some a, b ∈ X. fα , gβ and hγ are clearly well-defined.
It follows from (3.2) that
Theorem 3.12. For any α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), the maps
fα , gβ and hγ are surjective from N(∈,∈) (X) to I(X) ∪ {∅}.
AT (x) = AT (f (a)) = AfT (a)
≥ AfT (a ∗ b) ∧ AfT (b)
= AT (f (a ∗ b)) ∧ AT (f (b))
= AT (f (a) ∗ f (b)) ∧ AT (f (b))
= AT (x ∗ y) ∧ AT (y),
Proof. Let 0∼ := (0T , 0I , 1F ) be a neutrosophic set in X where
0T , 0I and 1F are fuzzy sets in X defined by 0T (x) = 0,
0I (x) = 0 and 1F (x) = 1 for all x ∈ X. Obviously,
0∼ := (0T , 0I , 1F ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
Also, fα (0∼ ) = T∈ (0∼ ; α) = ∅, gβ (0∼ ) = I∈ (0∼ ; β) = ∅
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
42
and hγ (0∼ ) = F∈ (0∼ ; γ) = ∅. For any ideal I of X, let Proof. Consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal 0∼ := (0T , 0I ,
A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) be the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X 1F ) of X which is given in the proof of Theorem 3.12. Then
in the proof of Theorem 3.4. Then fα (A∼ ) = T∈ (A∼ ; α) = I,
ϕα (0∼ ) = fα (0∼ ) ∩ hα (0∼ ) = T∈ (0∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (0∼ ; α) = ∅,
gβ (A∼ ) = I∈ (A∼ ; β) = I and hγ (A∼ ) = F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = I.
ϕβ (0∼ ) = gβ (0∼ ) ∩ hβ (0∼ ) = I∈ (0∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (0∼ ; β) = ∅.
Therefore fα , gβ and hγ are surjective.
For any ideal I of X, consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
Theorem 3.13. The quotient sets N(∈,∈) (X)/Rα
T , A = (A , A , A ) of X in the proof of Theorem 3.4. Then
∼
T
I
F
N(∈,∈) (X)/RβI and N(∈,∈) (X)/RγF are equivalent to
I(X) ∪ {∅} for any α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
ϕα (A∼ ) = fα (A∼ ) ∩ hα (A∼ )
= T∈ (A∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; α) = I
Proof. Let A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X). For any α, β ∈
(0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), define
and
fα∗ : N(∈,∈) (X)/Rα
T → I(X) ∪ {∅}, [A∼ ]T 7→ fα (A∼ ),
β
∗
gβ : N(∈,∈) (X)/RI → I(X) ∪ {∅}, [A∼ ]I 7→ gβ (A∼ ),
h∗γ : N(∈,∈) (X)/RγF → I(X) ∪ {∅}, [A∼ ]F 7→ hγ (A∼ ).
Assume that fα (A∼ ) = fα (B∼ ), gβ (A∼ ) = gβ (B∼ ) and
hγ (A∼ ) = hγ (B∼ ) for B∼ = (BT , BI , BF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X).
Then T∈ (A∼ ; α) = T∈ (B∼ ; α), I∈ (A∼ ; β) = I∈ (B∼ ; β) and
β
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = F∈ (B∼ ; γ) which imply that AT Rα
T BT , AI RI BI
γ
and AF RF BF . Hence [A∼ ]T = [B∼ ]T , [A∼ ]I = [B∼ ]I
and [A∼ ]F = [B∼ ]F . Therefore fα∗ , gβ∗ and h∗γ are injective. Consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal 0∼ := (0T , 0I ,
1F ) of X which is given in the proof of Theorem 3.12. Then
fα∗ ([0∼ ]T ) = fα (0∼ ) = T∈ (0∼ ; α) = ∅, gβ∗ ([0∼ ]I ) = gβ (0∼ ) =
I∈ (0∼ ; β) = ∅, and h∗γ ([0∼ ]F ) = hγ (0∼ ) = F∈ (0∼ ; γ) = ∅.
For any ideal I of X, consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) of X in the proof of Theorem 3.4. Then
fα∗ ([A∼ ]T ) = fα (A∼ ) = T∈ (A∼ ; α) = I, gβ∗ ([A∼ ]I ) =
gβ (A∼ ) = I∈ (A∼ ; β) = I, and h∗γ ([A∼ ]F ) = hγ (A∼ ) =
F∈ (A∼ ; γ) = I. Hence fα∗ , gβ∗ and h∗γ are surjective, and the
proof is over.
ϕβ (A∼ ) = gβ (A∼ ) ∩ hβ (A∼ )
= I∈ (A∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; β) = I.
Therefore ϕα and ϕβ are surjective.
Theorem 3.15. For any α, β ∈ (0, 1), the quotient sets
N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕα and N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕβ are equivalent to I(X) ∪
{∅}.
Proof. Given α, β ∈ (0, 1), define two maps ϕ∗α and ϕ∗β as follows:
ϕ∗α : N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕα → I(X) ∪ {∅}, [A∼ ]Rα 7→ ϕα (A∼ ),
ϕ∗β : N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕβ → I(X) ∪ {∅}, [A∼ ]Rβ 7→ ϕβ (A∼ ).
=
If ϕ∗α ([A∼ ]Rα ) = ϕ∗α ([B∼ ]Rα ) and ϕ∗β [A∼ ]Rβ
ϕ∗β [B∼ ]Rβ for all [A∼ ]Rα , [B∼ ]Rα ∈ N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕα and
[A∼ ]Rβ , [B∼ ]Rβ ∈ N(∈,∈) (X)/ϕβ , then
For any α, β ∈ [0, 1], we define another relations Rα and Rβ
on N(∈,∈) (X) as follows:
(A∼ , B∼ ) ∈ Rα ⇔ T∈ (A∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; α)
= T∈ (B∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (B∼ ; α),
(A∼ , B∼ ) ∈ Rβ ⇔ I∈ (A∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; β)
= I∈ (B∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (B∼ ; β)
fα (A∼ ) ∩ hα (A∼ ) = fα (B∼ ) ∩ hα (B∼ )
and
gβ (A∼ ) ∩ hβ (A∼ ) = gβ (B∼ ) ∩ hβ (B∼ ),
(3.12)
that is,
T∈ (A∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; α) = T∈ (B∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (B∼ ; α)
for all A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) and B∼ = (BT , BI , BF ) in
N(∈,∈) (X). Then the relations Rα and Rβ are also equivalence
and
relations on N(∈,∈) (X).
I∈ (A∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; β) = I∈ (B∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (B∼ ; β).
Theorem 3.14. Given α, β ∈ (0, 1), we define two maps
ϕα : N(∈,∈) (X) → I(X) ∪ {∅},
A∼ 7→ fα (A∼ ) ∩ hα (A∼ ),
ϕβ : N(∈,∈) (X) → I(X) ∪ {∅},
A∼ 7→ gβ (A∼ ) ∩ hβ (A∼ )
Hence (A∼ , B∼ ) ∈ Rα and (A∼ , B∼ ) ∈ Rβ . It follows that
[A∼ ]Rα = [B∼ ]Rα and [A∼ ]Rβ = [B∼ ]Rβ . Thus ϕ∗α and ϕ∗β
(3.13) are injective. Consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal 0∼ := (0T ,
0I , 1F ) of X which is given in the proof of Theorem 3.12. Then
for each A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) ∈ N(∈,∈) (X). Then ϕα and ϕβ
are surjective.
ϕ∗α ([0∼ ]Rα ) = ϕα (0∼ ) = fα (0∼ ) ∩ hα (0∼ )
= T∈ (0∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (0∼ ; α) = ∅
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals
in BCK/BCI-algebras
43
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
and
ϕ∗β [0∼ ]Rβ = ϕβ (0∼ ) = gβ (0∼ ) ∩ hβ (0∼ )
= I∈ (0∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (0∼ ; β) = ∅.
For any ideal I of X, consider the (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
A∼ = (AT , AI , AF ) of X in the proof of Theorem 3.4. Then
ϕ∗α ([A∼ ]Rα ) = ϕα (A∼ ) = fα (A∼ ) ∩ hα (A∼ )
= T∈ (A∼ ; α) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; α) = I
and
ϕ∗β [A∼ ]Rβ = ϕβ (A∼ ) = gβ (A∼ ) ∩ hβ (A∼ )
= I∈ (A∼ ; β) ∩ F∈ (A∼ ; β) = I.
Therefore ϕ∗α and ϕ∗β are surjective. This completes the proof.
References
[1] A. Borumand Saeid and Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points,
Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14 (2017), no. 1, 87–97.
[11] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[12] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[13] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[14] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[15] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[16] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[17] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
[2] K. Iséki, On BCI-algebras, Math. Seminar Notes 8 (1980),
125–130.
[3] K. Iséki and S. Tanaka, An introduction to the theory of
BCK-algebras, Math. Japon. 23 (1978), 1–26.
Received : March 26, 2018. Accepted : April 16, 2018.
[4] Y. Huang, BCI-algebra, Science Press, Beijing, 2006.
[5] Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of several types
in BCK/BCI-algebras, Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14
(2017), no. 1, 75–86.
[6] J. Meng and Y. B. Jun, BCK-algebras, Kyungmoonsa Co.
Seoul, Korea 1994.
[7] M.A. Öztürk and Y.B. Jun,
Neutrosophic ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points, J. Inter. Math. Virtual Inst. 8 (2018), 1–17.
[8] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Probability, Set, and Logic, ProQuest Information &
Learning, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA, 105 p., 1998.
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/eBook-neutrosophics6.pdf
(last
edition online).
[9] F. Smarandache, A Unifying Field in Logics: Neutrosophic
Logic. Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Set, Neutrosophic Probability, American Reserch Press, Rehoboth, NM, 1999.
[10] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophic set-a generalization of the
intuitionistic fuzzy set, Int. J. Pure Appl. Math. 24 (2005),
no.3, 287–297.
G. Muhiuddin, H. Bordbar, F. Smarandache, Y.B. Jun, Further results on (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras
44
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras
Young Bae Jun1 , Florentin Smarandache2 , Mehmat Ali Öztürk3
1 Department
2 Mathematics
of Mathematics Education, Gyeongsang National University, Jinju 52828, Korea. E-mail: skywine@gmail.com
& Science Department, University of New Mexico, 705 Gurley Ave., Gallup, NM 87301, USA. E-mail: fsmarandache@gmail.com
3 Faculty
of Arts and Sciences, Adiyaman University, 02040 Adiyaman, Turkey. E-mail: mehaliozturk@gmail.com
∗ Correspondence:
Abstract: The notions of a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
and a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal are introduced, and
several properties are investigated. Characterizations of a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal are obtained. Relations between
commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal and (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal are discussed. Conditions for an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal to
skywine@gmail.com
be a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal are established. Relations between commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal, falling neutrosophic ideal and commutative falling neutrosophic ideal are considered. Conditions for a falling neutrosophic ideal to be commutative are provided.
Keywords: (commutative) (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal; neutrosophic random set; neutrosophic falling shadow; (commutative) falling neutrosophic ideal.
1
Introduction
zations of a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal, and discuss
relations between a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal and
an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal. We provide conditions for an (∈,
Neutrosophic set (NS) developed by Smarandache [11, 12,
∈)-neutrosophic ideal to be a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
13] is a more general platform which extends the concepts
ideal, and consider relations between a commutative (∈, ∈)of the classic set and fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy set and
neutrosophic ideal, a falling neutrosophic ideal and a commuinterval valued intuitionistic fuzzy set.
Neutrosophic set
tative falling neutrosophic ideal. We give conditions for a falling
theory is applied to various part which is refered to the
neutrosophic ideal to be commutative.
site http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/neutrosophy.htm. Jun, Borumand
Saeid and Öztürk studied neutrosophic subalgebras/ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points (see [1], [6]
and [10]). Goodman [2] pointed out the equivalence of a fuzzy 2 Preliminaries
set and a class of random sets in the study of a unified treatment
of uncertainty modeled by means of combining probability and A BCK/BCI-algebra is an important class of logical algebras
fuzzy set theory. Wang and Sanchez [16] introduced the theory of introduced by K. Iséki (see [3] and [4]) and was extensively infalling shadows which directly relates probability concepts with vestigated by several researchers.
the membership function of fuzzy sets. The mathematical strucBy a BCI-algebra, we mean a set X with a special element 0
ture of the theory of falling shadows is formulated in [17]. Tan et and a binary operation ∗ that satisfies the following conditions:
al. [14, 15] established a theoretical approach to define a fuzzy
inference relation and fuzzy set operations based on the theory of
(I) (∀x, y, z ∈ X) (((x ∗ y) ∗ (x ∗ z)) ∗ (z ∗ y) = 0),
falling shadows. Jun and Park [7] considered a fuzzy subalgebra
and a fuzzy ideal as the falling shadow of the cloud of the subalgebra and ideal. Jun et al. [8] introduced the notion of neutro- (II) (∀x, y ∈ X) ((x ∗ (x ∗ y)) ∗ y = 0),
sophic random set and neutrosophic falling shadow. Using these
notions, they introduced the concept of falling neutrosophic sub- (III) (∀x ∈ X) (x ∗ x = 0),
algebra and falling neutrosophic ideal in BCK/BCI-algebras,
and investigated related properties. They discussed relations be- (IV) (∀x, y ∈ X) (x ∗ y = 0, y ∗ x = 0 ⇒ x = y).
tween falling neutrosophic subalgebra and falling neutrosophic
ideal, and established a characterization of falling neutrosophic If a BCI-algebra X satisfies the following identity:
ideal.
In this paper, we introduce the concepts of a commutative (∈, (V) (∀x ∈ X) (0 ∗ x = 0),
∈)-neutrosophic ideal and a commutative falling neutrosophic
ideal, and investigate several properties. We obtain characteri- then X is called a BCK-algebra. Any BCK/BCI-algebra X
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Ozturk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
45
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
satisfies the following conditions:
(0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1), we consider the following sets:
(∀x ∈ X) (x ∗ 0 = x) ,
x≤y ⇒ x∗z ≤y∗z
,
(∀x, y, z ∈ X)
x≤y ⇒ z∗y ≤z∗x
(2.1)
(∀x, y, z ∈ X) ((x ∗ y) ∗ z = (x ∗ z) ∗ y) ,
(∀x, y, z ∈ X) ((x ∗ z) ∗ (y ∗ z) ≤ x ∗ y)
(2.3)
We say T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are neutrosophic ∈(2.4) subsets.
(2.2)
T∈ (A; α) := {x ∈ X | AT (x) ≥ α},
I∈ (A; β) := {x ∈ X | AI (x) ≥ β},
F∈ (A; γ) := {x ∈ X | AF (x) ≤ γ}.
A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a BCK/BCIwhere x ≤ y if and only if x ∗ y = 0. A nonempty subset S of a
algebra
X is called an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic subalgebra of X (see
BCK/BCI-algebra X is called a subalgebra of X if x ∗ y ∈ S
if
the
following assertions are valid.
[6])
for all x, y ∈ S. A subset I of a BCK/BCI-algebra X is called
an ideal of X if it satisfies:
x ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy ),
0 ∈ I,
(2.5)
x ∈ I∈ (A; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A; βy )
(2.8)
(∀x ∈ X) (∀y ∈ I) (x ∗ y ∈ I ⇒ x ∈ I) . (2.6)
(∀x, y ∈ X)
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy ),
x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A; γy )
A subset I of a BCK-algebra X is called a commutative ideal
⇒ x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γx ∨ γy )
of X if it satisfies (2.5) and
for all αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ I, z ∈ I ⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I
(2.7)
A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a BCK/BCIalgebra
X is called an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X (see [10])
for all x, y, z ∈ X.
if the following assertions are valid.
Observe that every commutative ideal is an ideal, but the conx ∈ T∈ (A; αx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ T∈ (A; αx )
verse is not true (see [9]).
(∀x ∈ X) x ∈ I∈ (A; βx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ I∈ (A; βx ) (2.9)
x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ) ⇒ 0 ∈ F∈ (A; γx )
We refer the reader to the books [5, 9] for further information
regarding BCK/BCI-algebras.
and
For any family {ai | i ∈ Λ} of real numbers, we define
x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A; αy )
_
⇒ x ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy )
{ai | i ∈ Λ} := sup{ai | i ∈ Λ}
x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; βx ), y ∈ I∈ (A; βy )
(2.10)
(∀x, y ∈ X)
⇒ x ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy )
and
x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γx ), y ∈ F∈ (A; γy )
^
⇒ x ∈ F∈ (A; γx ∨ γy )
{ai | i ∈ Λ} := inf{ai | i ∈ Λ}.
for all αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
In what follows, let X and P(X) denote a BCK/BCIW If Λ = {1, 2}, weVwill also use a1 ∨ a2 and a1 ∧ a2 instead of
{ai | i ∈ Λ} and {ai | i ∈ Λ}, respectively.
algebra and the power set of X, respectively, unless otherwise
specified.
Let X be a non-empty set. A neutrosophic set (NS) in X (see
For each x ∈ X and D ∈ P(X), let
[12]) is a structure of the form:
A := {hx; AT (x), AI (x), AF (x)i | x ∈ X}
x̄ := {C ∈ P(X) | x ∈ C},
(2.11)
where AT : X → [0, 1] is a truth membership function, and
AI : X → [0, 1] is an indeterminate membership function, and
D̄ := {x̄ | x ∈ D}.
(2.12)
AF : X → [0, 1] is a false membership function. For the sake of
simplicity, we shall use the symbol A = (AT , AI , AF ) for the An ordered pair (P(X), B) is said to be a hyper-measurable
neutrosophic set
structure on X if B is a σ-field in P(X) and X̄ ⊆ B.
Given a probability space (Ω, A, P ) and a hyper-measurable
structure (P(X), B) on X, a neutrosophic random set on X (see
[8]) is defined to be a triple ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) in which ξT , ξI and
Given a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a set X, α, β ∈ ξF are mappings from Ω to P(X) which are A-B measurables,
A := {hx; AT (x), AI (x), AF (x)i | x ∈ X}.
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Öztürk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
46
for all x, y, z ∈ X, αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1).
that is,
Example 3.2. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3} with the binary
−1
operation ∗ which is given in Table 1.
(∀C ∈ B) ξI (C) = {ωI ∈ Ω | ξI (ωI ) ∈ C} ∈ A .
ξF−1 (C) = {ωF ∈ Ω | ξF (ωF ) ∈ C} ∈ A
Table 1: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
(2.13)
ξT−1 (C) = {ωT ∈ Ω | ξT (ωT ) ∈ C} ∈ A
Given a neutrosophic random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) on X, consider functions:
H̃T : X → [0, 1], xT 7→ P (ωT | xT ∈ ξT (ωT )),
H̃I : X → [0, 1], xI 7→ P (ωI | xI ∈ ξI (ωI )),
∗
0
1
2
3
0
0
1
2
3
1
0
0
1
3
2
0
0
0
3
3
0
1
2
0
H̃F : X → [0, 1], xF 7→ 1 − P (ωF | xF ∈ ξF (ωF )).
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [9]).
Let A =
Then H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a neutrosophic set on X, and we (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X defined by Table 2
call it a neutrosophic falling shadow (see [8]) of the neutrosophic
random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ), and ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is called a
Table 2: Tabular representation of A = (AT , AI , AF )
neutrosophic cloud (see [8]) of H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ).
For example, consider a probability space (Ω, A, P ) =
X
AT (x)
AI (x)
AF (x)
([0, 1], A, m) where A is a Borel field on [0, 1] and m is the usual
0
0.7
0.9
0.2
Lebesgue measure. Let H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a neutrosophic
1
0.3
0.6
0.8
set in X. Then a triple ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) in which
2
0.3
0.6
0.8
3
0.5
0.4
0.7
ξT : [0, 1] → P(X), α 7→ T∈ (H̃; α),
ξI : [0, 1] → P(X), β 7→ I∈ (H̃; β),
It is routine to verify that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a commutative
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
ξF : [0, 1] → P(X), γ 7→ F∈ (H̃; γ)
is a neutrosophic random set and ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is a neuTheorem 3.3. For a neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a
trosophic cloud of H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ). We will call ξ :=
BCK-algebra X, the following are equivalent.
(ξT , ξI , ξF ) defined above as the neutrosophic cut-cloud (see [8])
of H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ).
(1) The non-empty ∈-subsets T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ)
Let (Ω, A, P ) be a probability space and let ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF )
are commutative ideals of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈
be a neutrosophic random set on X. If ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and
[0, 1).
ξF (ωF ) are subalgebras (resp., ideals) of X for all ωT , ωI , ωF ∈
Ω, then the neutrosophic falling shadow H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) (2) A = (AT , AI , AF ) satisfies the following assertions.
of ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is called a falling neutrosophic subalgebra
AT (0) ≥ AT (x)
(resp., falling neutrosophic ideal) of X (see [8]).
(∀x ∈ X) AI (0) ≥ AI (x)
(3.2)
AF (0) ≤ AF (x)
3
and for all x, y, z ∈ X,
Commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideals
Definition 3.1. A neutrosophic set A = (AT , AI , AF ) in a
BCK-algebra X is called a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal of X if it satisfies the condition (2.9) and
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), z ∈ T∈ (A; αy )
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy )
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ I∈ (A; βx ), z ∈ I∈ (A; βy )
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy )
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ F∈ (A; γx ), z ∈ F∈ (A; γy )
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ F∈ (A; γx ∨ γy )
AT (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))
≥ AT ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AT (z)
AI (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))
≥ AI ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AI (z)
AF (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))
≤ AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∨ AF (z)
(3.3)
Proof. Assume that the non-empty ∈-subsets T∈ (A; α),
(3.1) I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are commutative ideals of X for all
α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1). If AT (0) < AT (a) for some a ∈ X,
then a ∈ T∈ (A; AT (a)) and 0 ∈
/ T∈ (A; AT (a)). This is a
contradiction, and so AT (0) ≥ AT (x) for all x ∈ X. Similarly,
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Ozturk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
47
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
AI (0) ≥ AI (x) for all x ∈ X. Suppose that AF (0) > AF (a) for
some a ∈ X. Then a ∈ F∈ (A; AF (a)) and 0 ∈
/ F∈ (A; AF (a)).
This is a contradiction, and thus AF (0) ≤ AF (x) for all x ∈ X.
Therefore (3.2) is valid. Assume that there exist a, b, c ∈ X such
that
AT (a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a))) < AT ((a ∗ b) ∗ c) ∧ AT (c).
subsets T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are commutative ideals
of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
Theorem 3.4. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in
a BCK-algebra X. Then A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a commutative
(∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X if and only if the non-empty neutrosophic ∈-subsets T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are commutative ideals of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
Taking α := AT ((a ∗ b) ∗ c) ∧ AT (c) implies that (a ∗ b) ∗ c ∈
T∈ (A; α) and c ∈ T∈ (A; α) but a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a)) ∈
/ T∈ (A; α), Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a commutative (∈, ∈)neutrosophic ideal of X and assume that T∈ (A; α), I∈ (A; β) and
which is a contradiction. Hence
F∈ (A; γ) are nonempty for α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1). Then
AT (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ≥ AT ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AT (z)
there exist x, y, z ∈ X such that x ∈ T∈ (A; α), y ∈ I∈ (A; β)
and z ∈ F∈ (A; γ). It follows from (2.9) that 0 ∈ T∈ (A; α),
for all x, y, z ∈ X. By the similar way, we can verify that
0 ∈ I∈ (A; β) and 0 ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Let x, y, z, a, b, c, u, v, w ∈ X
be such that
AI (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ≥ AI ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AI (z)
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ T∈ (A; α), z ∈ T∈ (A; α),
for all x, y, z ∈ X. Now suppose there are x, y, z ∈ X such that
(a ∗ b) ∗ c ∈ I∈ (A; β), c ∈ I∈ (A; β),
(u ∗ v) ∗ w ∈ F∈ (A; γ), w ∈ F∈ (A; γ).
AF (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) > AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∨ AF (z) := γ.
Then
Then (x∗y)∗z ∈ F∈ (A; γ) and z ∈ F∈ (A; γ) but x∗(y∗(y∗x)) ∈
/
F∈ (A; γ), a contradiction. Thus
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; α ∧ α) = T∈ (A; α),
a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a)) ∈ I∈ (A; β ∧ β) = I∈ (A; β),
AF (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ≤ AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∨ AF (z)
u ∗ (v ∗ (v ∗ u)) ∈ F∈ (A; γ ∨ γ) = F∈ (A; γ)
for all x, y, z ∈ X.
by (2.10).
Hence the non-empty neutrosophic ∈-subsets
T
(A;
α),
I
(A;
β) and F∈ (A; γ) are commutative ideals of X
∈
∈
Conversely, let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X
for
all
α,
β
∈
(0,
1]
and γ ∈ [0, 1).
satisfying two conditions (3.2) and (3.3). Assume that T∈ (A; α),
Conversely,
let
A
= (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X
I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are nonempty for α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈
for
which
T
(A;
α),
I∈ (A; β) and F∈ (A; γ) are nonempty and
∈
[0, 1). Let x ∈ T∈ (A; α), a ∈ I∈ (A; β) and u ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
are
commutative
ideals
of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
for α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1). Then AT (0) ≥ AT (x) ≥ α,
is
valid.
Let x, y, z ∈ X and αx , αy ∈ (0, 1]
Obviously,
(2.9)
AI (0) ≥ AI (a) ≥ β, and AF (0) ≤ AF (u) ≤ γ by (3.2). It
be
such
that
(x
∗
y)
∗
z
∈
T∈ (A; αx ) and z ∈ T∈ (A; αy ). Then
follows that 0 ∈ T∈ (A; α), 0 ∈ I∈ (A; β) and 0 ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Let
a, b, c ∈ X be such that (a ∗ b) ∗ c ∈ T∈ (A; α) and c ∈ T∈ (A; α) (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ T∈ (A; α) and z ∈ T∈ (A; α) where α = αx ∧ αy .
Since T∈ (A; α) is a commutative ideal of X, it follows that
for α ∈ (0, 1]. Then
AT (a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a))) ≥ AT ((a ∗ b) ∗ c) ∧ AT (c) ≥ α
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; α) = T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy ).
by (3.3), and so a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a)) ∈ T∈ (A; α). If (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ Similarly, if (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ I∈ (A; βx ) and z ∈ I∈ (A; βy ) for all
I∈ (A; β) and z ∈ I∈ (A; β) for all x, y, z ∈ X and β ∈ (0, 1], x, y, z ∈ X and βx , βy ∈ (0, 1], then
then AI ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ≥ β and AI (z) ≥ β. Hence the condition
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy ).
(3.3) implies that
AI (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ≥ AI ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∧ AI (z) ≥ β,
that is, x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I∈ (A; β). Finally, suppose that
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ F∈ (A; γ) and z ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
Now, suppose that (x∗y)∗z ∈ F∈ (A; γx ) and z ∈ F∈ (A; γy ) for
all x, y, z ∈ X and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1). Then (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
and z ∈ F∈ (A; γ) where γ = γx ∨ γy . Hence
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ F∈ (A; γ) = F∈ (A; γx ∨ γy )
for all x, y, z ∈ X and γ ∈ (0, 1]. Then AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ≤ γ and since F∈ (A; γ) is a commutative ideal of X. Therefore A =
(AT , AI , AF ) is a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
AF (z) ≤ γ, which imply from the condition (3.3) that
AF (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ≤ AF ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∨ AF (z) ≤ γ.
Corollary 3.5. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in
Hence x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ F∈ (A; γ). Therefore the non-empty ∈- a BCK-algebra X. Then A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a commutaY.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Öztürk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
48
tive (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X if and only if it satisfies two
conditions (3.2) and (3.3).
Proposition 3.6. Every commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
A = (AT , AI , AF ) of a BCK-algebra X satisfies:
x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; α)
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; α)
x ∗ y ∈ I∈ (A; β)
(3.4)
(∀x, y ∈ X)
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I∈ (A; β)
x ∗ y ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
⇒ x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [9]).
Let A =
(AT , AI , AF ) be a neutrosophic set in X defined by Table 4
Table 4: Tabular representation of A = (AT , AI , AF )
X
0
1
2
3
4
AT (x)
0.66
0.55
0.33
0.33
0.33
AI (x)
0.77
0.45
0.66
0.45
0.45
AF (x)
0.27
0.37
0.47
0.67
0.67
for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and γ ∈ [0, 1).
Routine calculations show that A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)neutrosophic ideal of X. But it is not a commutative (∈, ∈)neutrosophic ideal of X since (2 ∗ 3) ∗ 0 ∈ T∈ (A; 0.6) and 0 ∈
Theorem 3.7. Every commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of
T∈ (A; 0.5) but 2 ∗ (3 ∗ (3 ∗ 2)) ∈
/ T∈ (A; 0.5 ∧ 0.6), (1 ∗ 3) ∗
a BCK-algebra X is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
2 ∈ I∈ (A; 0.55) and 2 ∈ I∈ (A; 0.63) but 1 ∗ (3 ∗ (3 ∗ 1)) ∈
/
Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be a commutative (∈, ∈)- I∈ (A; 0.55 ∧ 0.63), and/or (2 ∗ 3) ∗ 0 ∈ F∈ (A; 0.43) and 0 ∈
F∈ (A; 0.39) but 2 ∗ (3 ∗ (3 ∗ 2)) ∈
/ F∈ (A; 0.43 ∨ 0.39).
neutrosophic ideal of a BCK-algebra X. Assume that
Proof. It is induced by taking z = 0 in (3.1).
We provide conditions for an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal to be
a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal.
x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; αx ), y ∈ T∈ (A; αy ),
a ∗ b ∈ I∈ (A; βa ), b ∈ I∈ (A; βb ),
c ∗ d ∈ F∈ (A; γc ), d ∈ F∈ (A; γd )
Theorem 3.9. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal of a BCK-algebra X in which the condition (3.4) is valid.
Then A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic
ideal of X.
for all x, y, a, b, c, d ∈ X. Using (2.1), we have
(x ∗ 0) ∗ y = x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; αx ),
(a ∗ 0) ∗ b = a ∗ b ∈ I∈ (A; βa ),
(c ∗ 0) ∗ d = c ∗ d ∈ F∈ (A; γc ).
Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
of X and x, y, z ∈ X be such that (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ T∈ (A; αx ) and
It follows from (3.1), (2.1) and (V) that
z ∈ T∈ (A; αy ) for αx , αy ∈ (0, 1]. Then x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy )
since A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
x = x ∗ 0 = x ∗ (0 ∗ (0 ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy ),
It follows from (3.4) that x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; αx ∧ αy ).
a = a ∗ 0 = a ∗ (0 ∗ (0 ∗ a)) ∈ I∈ (A; βa ∧ βb ),
Similarly, if (x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ I∈ (A; βx ) and z ∈ I∈ (A; βy ), then
c = c ∗ 0 = c ∗ (0 ∗ (0 ∗ c)) ∈ F∈ (A; γc ∨ γd ).
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ I∈ (A; βx ∧ βy ). Let a, b, c ∈ X and γa , γb ∈
[0, 1) be such that (a ∗ b) ∗ c ∈ F∈ (A; γa ) and c ∈ F∈ (A; γa ).
Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of
Then a ∗ b ∈ F∈ (A; γa ∨ γb ), which implies from (3.4) that
X.
a ∗ (b ∗ (b ∗ a)) ∈ F∈ (A; γa ∨ γb ). Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF )
The converse of Theorem 3.7 is not true as seen in the follow- is a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal of X.
ing example.
Lemma 3.10. Every (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal A =
Example 3.8. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} with the binary (AT , AI , AF ) of a BCK-algebra X satisfies:
operation ∗ which is given in Table 3
y, z ∈ T∈ (A; α) ⇒ x ∈ T∈ (A; α)
y, z ∈ I∈ (A; β) ⇒ x ∈ I∈ (A; β)
(3.5)
Table 3: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
y, z ∈ F∈ (A; γ) ⇒ x ∈ F∈ (A; γ)
∗
0
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
2
3
4
1
0
0
2
3
4
2
0
1
0
3
4
3
0
0
0
0
3
4
0
0
0
0
0
for all α, β ∈ [0, 1), γ ∈ (0, 1] and x, y, z ∈ X with x ∗ y ≤ z.
Proof. For any α, β ∈ [0, 1), γ ∈ (0, 1] and x, y, z ∈ X with
x ∗ y ≤ z, let y, z ∈ T∈ (A; α), y, z ∈ I∈ (A; β) and y, z ∈
F∈ (A; γ). Then
(x ∗ y) ∗ z = 0 ∈ T∈ (A; α) ∩ I∈ (A; β) ∩ F∈ (A; γ)
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Ozturk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
49
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
by (2.9). It follows from (2.10) that
Table 5: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
x ∗ y ∈ T∈ (A; α) ∩ I∈ (A; β) ∩ F∈ (A; γ)
∗
0
1
2
3
4
and so that
x ∈ T∈ (A; α) ∩ I∈ (A; β) ∩ F∈ (A; γ).
Thus (3.5) is valid.
0
0
1
2
3
4
1
0
0
1
3
4
2
0
0
0
3
4
3
0
1
2
0
4
4
0
1
2
3
0
Theorem 3.11. In a commutative BCK-algebra, every (∈, ∈)neutrosophic ideal is a commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal.
Proof. Let A = (AT , AI , AF ) be an (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal
of a commutative BCK-algebra X. Let x, y, z ∈ X be such that trosophic random set on X which is given as follows:
{0, 3}
if t ∈ [0, 0.25),
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ T∈ (A; αx ) ∩ I∈ (A; βx ) ∩ F∈ (A; γx )
{0, 4}
if t ∈ [0.25, 0.55),
ξT : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
and
{0,
1,
2}
if t ∈ [0.55, 0.85),
{0, 3, 4} if t ∈ [0.85, 1],
z ∈ T∈ (A; αy ) ∩ I∈ (A; βy ) ∩ F∈ (A; γy )
for αx , αy , βx , βy ∈ (0, 1] and γx , γy ∈ [0, 1). Note that
((x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ∗ ((x ∗ y) ∗ z)) ∗ z
= ((x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ∗ z) ∗ ((x ∗ y) ∗ z)
≤ (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ∗ (x ∗ y)
= (x ∗ (x ∗ y)) ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))
=0
by (2.3), (2.4) and (III), which implies that
(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x))) ∗ ((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ≤ z.
{0, 1, 2}
{0, 1, 2, 3}
ξI : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0, 1, 2, 4}
if t ∈ [0, 0.45),
if t ∈ [0.45, 0.75),
if t ∈ [0.75, 1],
and
{0}
{0, 3}
{0, 4}
ξF : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0,
1, 2, 3}
X
if t ∈ (0.9, 1],
if t ∈ (0.7, 0.9],
if t ∈ (0.5, 0.7],
if t ∈ (0.3, 0.5],
if t ∈ [0, 0.3].
Then ξT (t), ξI (t) and ξF (t) are commutative ideals of X for
all t ∈ [0, 1]. Hence the neutrosophic falling shadow H̃ :=
(H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) of ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is a commutative falling neux ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ T∈ (A; αx ) ∩ I∈ (A; βx ) ∩ F∈ (A; γx ).
trosophic ideal of X, and it is given as follows:
Therefore A = (AT , AI , AF ) is a commutative (∈, ∈)1
if x = 0,
neutrosophic ideal of X.
0.3
if x ∈ {1, 2},
H̃T (x) =
0.4
if
x = 3,
0.45 if x = 4,
It follows from Lemma 3.10 that
4
Commutative falling neutrosophic
ideals
Definition 4.1. Let (Ω, A, P ) be a probability space and let ξ :=
(ξT , ξI , ξF ) be a neutrosophic random set on a BCK-algebra
X. Then the neutrosophic falling shadow H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) and
of ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is called a commutative falling neutrosophic
ideal of X if ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and ξF (ωF ) are commutative ideals
of X for all ωT , ωI , ωF ∈ Ω.
1
0.3
H̃I (x) =
0.25
if x ∈ {0, 1, 2},
if x = 3,
if x = 4,
0
0.5
H̃F (x) =
0.3
if x = 0,
if x ∈ {1, 2, 4},
if x = 3.
Example 4.2. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} with the binary
operation ∗ which is given in Table 5
Given a probability space (Ω, A, P ), let H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F )
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [9]).
Consider
(Ω, A, P ) = ([0, 1], A, m) and let ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) be a neu- be a neutrosophic falling shadow of a neutrosophic random set
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Öztürk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
50
ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ). For x ∈ X, let
for all x, y, z ∈ X. Then
Ω(x; ξT ) := {ωT ∈ Ω | x ∈ ξT (ωT )},
Ω(x; ξI ) := {ωI ∈ Ω | x ∈ ξI (ωI )},
Ω(x; ξF ) := {ωF ∈ Ω | x ∈ ξF (ωF )}.
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ ξT (ωT ) ∩ ξI (ωI ) ∩ ξF (ωF ).
Note that
((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∗ (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))
= ((x ∗ y) ∗ (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))) ∗ z
≤ ((y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∗ y) ∗ z = ((y ∗ y) ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∗ z
= (0 ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∗ z = 0 ∗ z = 0,
Then Ω(x; ξT ), Ω(x; ξI ), Ω(x; ξF ) ∈ A (see [8]).
Proposition 4.3. Let H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a neutrosophic
falling shadow of the neutrosophic random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF )
on a BCK-algebra X. If H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a commutative which yields
falling neutrosophic ideal of X, then
Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξT ) ∩ Ω(z; ξT )
⊆ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξT )
Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξI ) ∩ Ω(z; ξI )
⊆ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξI )
Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξF ) ∩ Ω(z; ξF )
⊆ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξF )
((x ∗ y) ∗ z) ∗ (x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)))
= 0 ∈ ξT (ωT ) ∩ ξI (ωI ) ∩ ξF (ωF ).
(4.1) Since ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and ξF (ωF ) are commutative ideals and
hence ideals of X, it follows that
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ ξT (ωT ) ∩ ξI (ωI ) ∩ ξF (ωF ).
and
Hence
Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξT ) ⊆ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξT )
Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξI ) ⊆ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξI )
Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξF ) ⊆ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξF )
ωT ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξT ),
ωI ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξI ),
ωF ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξF ).
(4.2)
for all x, y, z ∈ X.
Therefore (4.2) is valid.
Given a probability space (Ω, A, P ), let
Proof. Let
ωT ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξT ) ∩ Ω(z; ξT ),
ωI ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξI ) ∩ Ω(z; ξI ),
ωF ∈ Ω((x ∗ y) ∗ z; ξF ) ∩ Ω(z; ξF )
F(X) := {f | f : Ω → X is a mapping}.
Define a binary operation ⊛ on F(X) as follows:
(∀ω ∈ Ω) ((f ⊛ g)(ω) = f (ω) ∗ g(ω))
for all x, y, z ∈ X. Then
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ ξT (ωT ) and z ∈ ξT (ωT ),
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ ξI (ωI ) and z ∈ ξI (ωI ),
(x ∗ y) ∗ z ∈ ξF (ωF ) and z ∈ ξF (ωF ).
Since ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and ξF (ωF ) are commutative ideals of X,
it follows from (2.7) that
θ : Ω → X, ω 7→ 0.
For any subset A of X and gT , gI , gF ∈ F(X), consider the
followings:
AgT := {ωT ∈ Ω | gT (ωT ) ∈ A},
AgI := {ωI ∈ Ω | gI (ωI ) ∈ A},
AgF := {ωF ∈ Ω | gF (ωF ) ∈ A}
and so that
Hence (4.1) is valid. Now let
ωT ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξT ),
ωI ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξI ),
ωF ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξF )
(4.4)
for all f, g ∈ F(X). Then (F(X); ⊛, θ) is a BCK/BCIalgebra (see [7]) where θ is given as follows:
x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)) ∈ ξT (ωT ) ∩ ξI (ωI ) ∩ ξF (ωF )
ωT ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξT ),
ωI ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξI ),
ωF ∈ Ω(x ∗ (y ∗ (y ∗ x)); ξF ).
(4.3)
and
ξT : Ω → P(F(X)), ωT 7→ {gT ∈ F(X) | gT (ωT ) ∈ A},
ξI : Ω → P(F(X)), ωI 7→ {gI ∈ F(X) | gI (ωI ) ∈ A},
ξF : Ω → P(F(X)), ωF 7→ {gF ∈ F(X) | gF (ωF ) ∈ A}.
Then AgT , AgI , AgF ∈ A (see [8]).
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Ozturk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
51
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Theorem 4.4. If K is a commutative ideal of a BCK-algebra of X.
X, then
The converse of Theorem 4.5 is not true as seen in the following example.
ξT (ωT ) = {gT ∈ F(X) | gT (ωT ) ∈ K},
ξI (ωI ) = {gI ∈ F(X) | gI (ωI ) ∈ K},
Example 4.6. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} with the binary
ξF (ωF ) = {gF ∈ F(X) | gF (ωF ) ∈ K}
operation ∗ which is given in Table 6
are commutative ideals of F(X).
Proof. Assume that K is a commutative ideal of a BCK-algebra
X. Since θ(ωT ) = 0 ∈ K, θ(ωI ) = 0 ∈ K and θ(ωF ) = 0 ∈ K
for all ωT , ωI , ωF ∈ Ω, we have θ ∈ ξT (ωT ), θ ∈ ξI (ωI ) and
θ ∈ ξF (ωF ). Let fT , gT , hT ∈ F(X) be such that
(fT ⊛ gT ) ⊛ hT ∈ ξT (ωT ) and hT ∈ ξT (ωT ).
Then
Table 6: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
∗
0
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
2
3
4
1
0
0
2
2
4
2
0
1
0
1
4
3
0
0
0
0
4
(fT (ωT ) ∗ gT (ωT )) ∗ hT (ωT ) = ((fT ⊛ gT ) ⊛ hT )(ωT ) ∈ K
4
0
1
2
3
0
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [9]).
Consider
(Ω, A, P ) = ([0, 1], A, m) and let ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) be a neutrosophic random set on X which is given as follows:
{0, 1}
if t ∈ [0, 0.2),
(fT ⊛ (gT ⊛ (gT ⊛ fT )))(ωT )
{0,
2}
if
t ∈ [0.2, 0.55),
= fT (ωT ) ∗ (gT (ωT ) ∗ (gT (ωT ) ∗ fT (ωT ))) ∈ K,
ξT : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0,
2,
4}
if
t ∈ [0.55, 0.75),
{0,
1,
2,
3}
if
t ∈ [0.75, 1],
that is, fT ⊛ (gT ⊛ (gT ⊛ fT )) ∈ ξT (ωT ). Hence ξT (ωT ) is a
commutative ideal of F(X). Similarly, we can verify that ξI (ωI )
is a commutative ideal of F(X). Now, let fF , gF , hF ∈ F(X)
{0, 1}
if t ∈ [0, 0.34),
be such that (fF ⊛ gF ) ⊛ hF ∈ ξF (ωF ) and hF ∈ ξF (ωF ). Then
{0, 4}
if t ∈ [0.34, 0.66),
ξI : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0,
1,
4}
if t ∈ [0.66, 0.78),
(fF (ωF ) ∗ gF (ωF )) ∗ hF (ωF )
X
if t ∈ [0.78, 1],
= ((fF ⊛ gF ) ⊛ hF )(ωF ) ∈ K
and
and hF (ωF ) ∈ K. Then
{0}
if t ∈ (0.87, 1],
(fF ⊛ (gF ⊛ (gF ⊛ fF )))(ωF )
{0,
2}
if t ∈ (0.76, 0.87],
{0,
4}
if t ∈ (0.58, 0.76],
ξ
:
[0,
1]
→
P(X),
x
→
7
= fF (ωF ) ∗ (gF (ωF ) ∗ (gF (ωF ) ∗ fF (ωF ))) ∈ K,
F
{0,
2,
4}
if t ∈ (0.33, 0.58],
and so fF ⊛ (gF ⊛ (gF ⊛ fF )) ∈ ξF (ωF ). Hence ξF (ωF ) is a
X
if t ∈ [0, 0.33].
commutative ideal of F(X). This completes the proof.
Then ξT (t), ξI (t) and ξF (t) are commutative ideals of X for
Theorem 4.5. If we consider a probability space (Ω, A, P ) = all t ∈ [0, 1]. Hence the neutrosophic falling shadow H̃ :=
([0, 1], A, m), then every commutative (∈, ∈)-neutrosophic ideal (H̃ , H̃ , H̃ ) of ξ := (ξ , ξ , ξ ) is a commutative falling neuT
I
F
T I F
of a BCK-algebra is a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal. trosophic ideal of X, and it is given as follows:
Proof. Let H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a commutative (∈, ∈
1
if x = 0,
)-neutrosophic ideal of X. Then T∈ (H̃; α), I∈ (H̃; β) and
0.45 if x = 1,
F∈ (H̃; γ) are commutative ideals of X for all α, β ∈ (0, 1] and
0.8
if x = 2,
H̃T (x) =
γ ∈ [0, 1). Hence a triple ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) in which
0.25
if
x = 3,
0.2
if
x
= 4,
ξT : [0, 1] → P(X), α 7→ T∈ (H̃; α),
and hT (ωT ) ∈ K. Since K is a commutative ideal of X, it
follows from (2.7) that
ξI : [0, 1] → P(X), β 7→ I∈ (H̃; β),
ξF : [0, 1] → P(X), γ 7→ F∈ (H̃; γ)
is a neutrosophic cut-cloud of H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ). Therefore
H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal
1
0.68
H̃I (x) =
0.22
0.66
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Öztürk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
if x = 0,
if x = 1,
if x ∈ {2, 3},
if x = 4,
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
52
and
and
0
0.67
H̃F (x) =
0.31
0.24
{0}
{0, 3}
ξF : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0, 1, 2, 4}
X
if x = 0,
if x ∈ {1, 3},
if x = 2,
if x = 4.
if t ∈ (0.84, 1],
if t ∈ (0.76, 0.84],
if t ∈ (0.58, 0.76],
if t ∈ [0, 0.58].
But H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is not a commutative (∈, ∈)- Then ξT (t), ξI (t) and ξF (t) are ideals of X for all t ∈ [0, 1].
Hence the neutrosophic falling shadow H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) of
neutrosophic ideal of X since
ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) is a falling neutrosophic ideal of X. But it
(3 ∗ 4) ∗ 2 ∈ T∈ (H̃; 0.4) and 2 ∈ T∈ (H̃; 0.6),
is not a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal of X because if
α ∈ [0, 0.27), β ∈ [0, 0.35) and γ ∈ (0.76, 0.84], then ξT (α) =
but 3 ∗ (4 ∗ (4 ∗ 3)) = 3 ∈
/ T∈ (H̃; 0.4).
{0, 3}, ξI (β) = {0, 3} and ξF (γ) = {0, 3} are not commutative
ideals of X respectively.
We provide relations between a falling neutrosophic ideal and
Since every ideal is commutative in a commutative BCKa commutative falling neutrosophic ideal .
algebra, we have the following theorem.
Theorem 4.7. Let (Ω, A, P ) be a probability space and let
H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a neutrosophic falling shadow of a neu- Theorem 4.9. Let (Ω, A, P ) be a probability space and let
trosophic random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) on a BCK-algebra. If H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a neutrosophic falling shadow of a neuH̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal trosophic random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) on a commutative BCKalgebra. If H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a falling neutrosophic ideal
of X, then it is a falling neutrosophic ideal of X.
of X, then it is a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal of X.
Proof. Let H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) be a commutative falling neutrosophic ideal of a BCK-algebra X. Then ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and Corollary 4.10. Let (Ω, A, P ) be a probability space. For any
ξF (ωF ) are commutative ideals of X for all ωT , ωI , ωF ∈ Ω. BCK-algebra X which satisfies one of the following assertions
Thus ξT (ωT ), ξI (ωI ) and ξF (ωF ) are ideals of X for all ωT , ωI ,
(∀x, y ∈ X)(x ≤ y ⇒ x ≤ y ∗ (y ∗ x)),
(4.5)
ωF ∈ Ω. Therefore H̃ := (H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a falling neutro(∀x, y ∈ X)(x ≤ y ⇒ x = y ∗ (y ∗ x)),
(4.6)
sophic ideal of X.
(∀x, y ∈ X)(x ∗ (x ∗ y) = y ∗ (y ∗ (x ∗ (x ∗ y)))),
(4.7)
The following example shows that the converse of Theorem
(∀x,
y,
z
∈
X)(x,
y
≤
z,
z
∗
y
≤
z
∗
x
⇒
x
≤
y),
(4.8)
4.7 is not true in general.
(∀x, y, z ∈ X)(x ≤ z, z ∗ y ≤ z ∗ x ⇒ x ≤ y),
(4.9)
Example 4.8. Consider a set X = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} with the binary
operation ∗ which is given in Table 7
let H̃ := (H̃ , H̃ , H̃ ) be a neutrosophic falling shadow of
T
Table 7: Cayley table for the binary operation “∗”
∗
0
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
2
3
4
1
0
0
1
3
4
2
0
0
0
3
4
3
0
1
2
0
4
4
0
0
0
3
0
Then (X; ∗, 0) is a BCK-algebra (see [9]).
Consider
(Ω, A, P ) = ([0, 1], A, m) and let ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) be a neutrosophic random set on X which is given as follows:
if t ∈ [0, 0.27),
{0, 3}
{0, 1, 2, 3} if t ∈ [0.27, 0.66),
ξT : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0, 1, 2, 4} if t ∈ [0.67, 1],
ξI : [0, 1] → P(X), x 7→
{0, 3}
{0, 1, 2, 4}
if t ∈ [0, 0.35),
if t ∈ [0.35, 1],
I
F
a neutrosophic random set ξ := (ξT , ξI , ξF ) on X. If H̃ :=
(H̃T , H̃I , H̃F ) is a falling neutrosophic ideal of X, then it is a
commutative falling neutrosophic ideal of X.
References
[1] A. Borumand Saeid and Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points,
Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14 (2017), no. 1, 87–97.
[2] I.R. Goodman, Fuzzy sets as equivalence classes of random
sets, in “Recent Developments in Fuzzy Sets and Possibility Theory”(R. Yager, Ed.), Pergamon, New York 1982, pp.
327–343.
[3] K. Iséki, On BCI-algebras, Math. Seminar Notes 8 (1980),
125–130.
[4] K. Iséki and S. Tanaka, An introduction to the theory of
BCK-algebras, Math. Japon. 23 (1978), 1–26.
[5] Y. Huang, BCI-algebra, Science Press, Beijing, 2006.
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Ozturk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
53
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[6] Y.B. Jun, Neutrosophic subalgebras of several types
in BCK/BCI-algebras, Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. 14
(2017), no. 1, 75–86.
[7] Y.B. Jun and C.H. Park, Falling shadows applied to subalgebras and ideals of BCK/BCI-algebras, Honam Math. J.
34 (2012), no. 2, 135–144.
[8] Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache and H. Bordbar, Neutrosophic
falling shadows applied to subalgebras and ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras, Ann. Fuzzy Math. Inform. (submitted).
[9] J. Meng and Y. B. Jun, BCK-algebras, Kyungmoonsa Co.
Seoul, Korea 1994.
[10] M.A. Öztürk and Y.B. Jun,
Neutrosophic ideals in
BCK/BCI-algebras based on neutrosophic points, J. Inter. Math. Virtual Inst. 8 (2018), 1–17.
[11] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Probability, Set, and Logic, ProQuest Information &
Learning, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA, 105 p., 1998.
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/eBook-neutrosophics6.pdf
(last
edition online).
[12] F. Smarandache, A Unifying Field in Logics: Neutrosophic
Logic. Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Set, Neutrosophic Probability, American Reserch Press, Rehoboth, NM, 1999.
[13] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophic set-a generalization of the
intuitionistic fuzzy set, Int. J. Pure Appl. Math. 24 (2005),
no.3, 287–297.
[18] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[19] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[20] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[21] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[22] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[23] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[24] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
Received : April 5, 2018. Accepted : April 20, 2018.
[14] S.K. Tan, P.Z. Wang and E.S. Lee, Fuzzy set operations
based on the theory of falling shadows, J. Math. Anal. Appl.
174 (1993), 242–255.
[15] S.K. Tan, P.Z. Wang and X.Z. Zhang, Fuzzy inference relation based on the theory of falling shadows, Fuzzy Sets and
Systems 53 (1993), 179–188.
[16] P.Z. Wang and E. Sanchez, Treating a fuzzy subset as a projectable random set, in: “Fuzzy Information and Decision”
(M. M. Gupta, E. Sanchez, Eds.), Pergamon, New York,
1982, pp. 212–219.
[17] P.Z. Wang, Fuzzy Sets and Falling Shadows of Random
Sets, Beijing Normal Univ. Press, People’s Republic of
China, 1985. [In Chinese]
Y.B. Jun, F. Smarandache, M.A. Öztürk, Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in BCK-algebras.
54
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Tuhin Bera1 and Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra2
1
2
Department of Mathematics, Boror S. S. High School, Bagnan, Howrah-711312,
WB, India, E-mail : tuhin78bera@gmail.com
Department of Mathematics, Panskura Banamali College, Panskura RS-721152,
WB, India, E-mail : nirmal hridoy@yahoo.co.in
Abstract
The motivation of the present paper is to extend the concept of neutrosophic soft prime ideal over a ring. In this paper the concept of neutrosophic soft
completely prime ideals, neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideals and neutrosophic soft prime k - ideals have been introduced. These are illustrated with suitable
examples also. Several related properties, theorems and structural characteristics of
each are studied here.
Keywords
Neutrosophic soft completely prime ideals; Neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideals; Neutrosophic soft prime k - ideals.
1
Introduction
Because of the insufficiency in the available information situation, evaluation of membership values and nonmembership values are not always possible to handle the uncertainties appearing in daily life situations. So there exists an indeterministic part upon
which hesitation survives. The neutrosophic set theory by Smarandache [1,2] which
is a generalisation of fuzzy set and intuitionistic fuzzy set theory, makes description
of the objective world more realistic, practical and very promising in nature. The
neutrosophic logic includes the information about the percentage of truth, indeterminacy and falsity grade in several real world problems in law, medicine, engineering,
management, industrial, IT sector etc which are not available in intuitionistic fuzzy
set theory. But each of the theories suffers from inherent difficulties because of the
inadequacy of parametrization tools. Molodtsov [3] introduced a nice concept of soft
set theory which is free from the parametrization inadequacy syndrome of different
theories dealing with uncertainty. The parametrization tool of soft set theory makes
it very convenient and easy to apply in practice. The classical algebraic structures
were extended over fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy set, soft set, fuzzy soft set and intuitionistic fuzzy soft set by so many authors, for instance, Rosenfeld [4], Malik and
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Mordeson [5,6], Lavanya and Kumar [8], Bakhadach et al. [9], Dutta et al. [10-12],
Maji et al. [13], Aktas and Cagman [14], Augunoglu and Aygun [15], Zhang [16],
Maheswari and Meera [17] and others.
The notion of neutrosophic soft set theory (NSS) has been innovated by Maji [18].
Later, it has been modified by Deli and Broumi [19]. Cetkin et al. [20,21], Bera and
Mahapatra [22-26] and others have produced their research works on fundamental
algebraic structures on the NSS theory context.
This paper presents the notion of neutrosophic soft completely prime ideals, neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideals and neutrosophic soft prime k-ideals along
with investigation of some related properties and theorems. The content of the present
paper is designed as following :
Section 2 gives some preliminary useful definitions related to it. In Section 3, neutrosophic soft completely prime ideals is defined and illustrated by suitable examples
along with investigation of its structural characteristics. Section 4 deals with the
notion of neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideals with development of related
theorems. The concept of neutrosophic soft prime k-ideals along with some properties
has been introduced in Section 6. Finally, the conclusion of our work has been stated
in Section 7.
2
Preliminaries
We recall some basic definitions related to fuzzy set, soft set, neutrosophic soft set
for the sake of completeness.
2.1
Definition [24]
1. A binary operation ∗ : [0, 1] × [0, 1] → [0, 1] is said to be continuous t - norm if ∗
satisfies the following conditions :
(i) ∗ is commutative and associative.
(ii) ∗ is continuous.
(iii) a ∗ 1 = 1 ∗ a = a, ∀a ∈ [0, 1].
(iv) a ∗ b ≤ c ∗ d if a ≤ c, b ≤ d with a, b, c, d ∈ [0, 1].
A few examples of continuous t-norm are a ∗ b = ab, a ∗ b = min{a, b}, a ∗ b =
max{a + b − 1, 0}.
2. A binary operation ⋄ : [0, 1] × [0, 1] → [0, 1] is said to be continuous t - conorm (s
- norm) if ⋄ satisfies the following conditions :
(i) ⋄ is commutative and associative.
(ii) ⋄ is continuous.
(iii) a ⋄ 0 = 0 ⋄ a = a, ∀a ∈ [0, 1].
(iv) a ⋄ b ≤ c ⋄ d if a ≤ c, b ≤ d with a, b, c, d ∈ [0, 1].
A few examples of continuous s-norm are a ⋄ b = a + b − ab, a ⋄ b = max{a, b}, a ⋄ b =
min{a + b, 1}.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
55
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
56
2.2
Definition [1]
Let X be a space of points (objects), with a generic element in X denoted by x.
A neutrosophic set A in X is characterized by a truth-membership function TA ,
an indeterminacy-membership function IA and a falsity-membership function FA .
TA (x), IA (x) and FA (x) are real standard or non-standard subsets of ]− 0, 1+ [. That
is TA , IA , FA : X →]− 0, 1+ [. There is no restriction on the sum of TA (x), IA (x), FA (x)
and so, − 0 ≤ sup TA (x) + sup IA (x) + sup FA (x) ≤ 3+ .
2.3
Definition [3]
Let U be an initial universe set and E be a set of parameters. Let P (U ) denote the
power set of U . Then for A ⊆ E, a pair (F, A) is called a soft set over U , where
F : A → P (U ) is a mapping.
2.4
Definition [18]
Let U be an initial universe set and E be a set of parameters. Let N S(U ) denote the
set of all NSs of U . Then for A ⊆ E, a pair (F, A) is called an NSS over U , where
F : A → N S(U ) is a mapping.
This concept has been redefined by Deli and Broumi [19] as given below.
2.5
Definition [19]
1. Let U be an initial universe set and E be a set of parameters. Let N S(U ) denote
the set of all NSs of U . Then, a neutrosophic soft set N over U is a set defined by a
set valued function fN representing a mapping fN : E → N S(U ) where fN is called
approximate function of the neutrosophic soft set N . In other words, the neutrosophic
soft set is a parameterized family of some elements of the set N S(U ) and therefore it
can be written as a set of ordered pairs,
N = {(e, fN (e)) : e ∈ E}
= {(e, {< x, TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (x) >: x ∈ U }) : e ∈ E}
where TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (x) ∈ [0, 1], respectively called the truth-membership,
indeterminacy-membership, falsity-membership function of fN (e). Since supremum
of each T, I, F is 1 so the inequality 0 ≤ TfN (e) (x) + IfN (e) (x) + FfN (e) (x) ≤ 3 is
obvious.
2. Let N1 and N2 be two NSSs over the common universe (U, E). Then N1 is said to
be the neutrosophic soft subset of N2 if TfN1 (e) (x) ≤ TfN2 (e) (x), IfN1 (e) (x) ≥ IfN2 (e) (x),
FfN1 (e) (x) ≥ FfN2 (e) (x), ∀e ∈ E and ∀x ∈ U .
We write N1 ⊆ N2 and then N2 is the neutrosophic soft superset of N1 .
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
2.6
Proposition [22]
An NSS N over the group (G, o) is called a neutrosophic soft group iff followings hold
on the assumption that a ∗ b = min{a, b} and a ⋄ b = max{a, b}.
TfN (e) (xoy −1 ) ≥ TfN (e) (x) ∗ TfN (e) (y),
IfN (e) (xoy −1 ) ≤ IfN (e) (x) ⋄ IfN (e) (y),
FfN (e) (xoy −1 ) ≤ FfN (e) (x) ⋄ FfN (e) (y)); ∀x, y ∈ G, ∀e ∈ E.
2.7
Definition [24]
1. A neutrosophic soft ring N over the ring (R, +, ·) is called a neutrosophic soft left
ideal over R if fN (e) is a neutrosophic left ideal of R for each e ∈ E i.e.,
(i) fN (e) is a neutrosophic subgroup of (R, +) for each e ∈ E and
TfN (e) (x · y) ≥ TfN (e) (y)
(ii) IfN (e) (x · y) ≤ IfN (e) (y)
FfN (e) (x · y) ≤ FfN (e) (y); for x, y ∈ R.
2. A neutrosophic soft ring N over the ring (R, +, ·) is called a neutrosophic soft
right ideal over R if fN (e) is a neutrosophic right ideal of R for each e ∈ E i.e.,
(i) fN (e) is a neutrosophic subgroup of (R, +) for each e ∈ E and
TfN (e) (x · y) ≥ TfN (e) (x)
(ii) IfN (e) (x · y) ≤ IfN (e) (x)
FfN (e) (x · y) ≤ FfN (e) (x); for x, y ∈ R.
3. A neutrosophic soft ring N over the ring (R, +, ·) is called a neutrosophic soft
ideal over R if fN (e) is a both neutrosophic left and right ideal of R for each e ∈ E.
2.8
Definition [25]
1. Let ϕ : U → V and ψ : E → E be two functions where E is the parameter set for
each of the crisp sets U and V . Then the pair (ϕ, ψ) is called an NSS function from
(U, E) to (V, E). We write, (ϕ, ψ) : (U, E) → (V, E). If M is an NSS over U via
parametric set E, we shall write (M, E) an NSS over U .
2. Let (M, E), (N, E) be two NSSs defined over U, V respectively and (ϕ, ψ) be an
NSS function from (U, E) to (V, E). Then,
(i) The image of (M, E) under (ϕ, ψ), denoted by (ϕ, ψ)(M, E), is an NSS over V
and is defined by :
(ϕ, ψ)(M, E) = (ϕ(M ), ψ(E)) = {< ψ(a), fϕ(M ) >: a ∈ E} where ∀b ∈ ψ(E), ∀y ∈ V ,
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y) =
Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y) =
Ffϕ(M ) (b) (y) =
maxϕ(x)=y maxψ(a)=b [TfM (a) (x)], if x ∈ ϕ−1 (y)
0 , otherwise.
minϕ(x)=y minψ(a)=b [IfM (a) (x)], if x ∈ ϕ−1 (y)
1 , otherwise.
minϕ(x)=y minψ(a)=b [FfM (a) (x)], if x ∈ ϕ−1 (y)
1 , otherwise.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
57
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
58
(ii) The pre-image of (N, E) under (ϕ, ψ), denoted by (ϕ, ψ)−1 (N, E), is an NSS over
U and is defined by :
(ϕ, ψ)−1 (N, E) = (ϕ−1 (N ), ψ −1 (E)) where ∀a ∈ ψ −1 (E), ∀x ∈ U ,
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))
Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x) = FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))
If ψ and ϕ is injective (surjective), then (ϕ, ψ) is injective (surjective).
2.9
Definition [26]
1. An NSS M over (R, E) is said to be constant if each fM (e) is constant for e ∈ E
i.e., (TfM (e) (x), IfM (e) (x), FfM (e) (x)) is same ∀e ∈ E, ∀x ∈ R.
For M to be nonconstant, if for each e ∈ E the triplet (TfM (e) (x), IfM (e) (x), FfM (e) (x))
is atleast of two different kinds ∀x ∈ R.
2. Let R be a ring and M, N be two NSSs over (R, E). Then M oN = L (say) is also
an NSS over (R, E) and is defined as following, for e ∈ E and x ∈ R,
maxx=yz [TfM (e) (y) ∗ TfN (e) (z)]
TfL (e) (x) =
0 if x is not expressible as x = yz.
minx=yz [IfM (e) (y) ⋄ IfN (e) (z)]
IfL (e) (x) =
1 if x is not expressible as x = yz.
minx=yz [FfM (e) (y) ⋄ FfN (e) (z)]
FfL (e) (x) =
1 if x is not expressible as x = yz.
3. A neutrosophic soft ideal P over (R, E) is said to be a neutrosophic soft prime
ideal if (i) P is not constant neutrosophic soft ideal, (ii) for any two neutrosophic soft
ideals M, N over (R, E), M oN ⊆ P ⇒ either M ⊆ P or N ⊆ P .
2.10
Theorem [26]
1. Let P be an NSS over (R, E) such that cardinality of fP (e) is 2 i.e., |fP (e)| = 2
and [fP (e)](0r ) = (1, 0, 0) for each e ∈ E. If P0 = {x ∈ R : [fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](0r )}
is a prime ideal over R, then P is a neutrosophic soft prime ideal over (R, E).
2. Let P be an NSS over (R, E). Then P is a neutrosophic soft left (right) ideal over
(R, E) iff Pb = {x ∈ R : [fP (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0)} with 0r ∈ Pb is a left (right) ideal of R.
3. S(6= φ) ⊂ R is an ideal of R iff there exists a neutrosophic soft ideal M over (R, E)
where fM : E −→ N S(R) is defined as, ∀e ∈ E,
(r1 , r2 , r3 ) if x ∈ S
[fM (e)](x) =
(t1 , t2 , t3 )
if x ∈
/ S.
with r1 > t1 , r2 < t2 , r3 < t3 and r1 , r2 , r3 , t1 , t2 , t3 ∈ [0, 1].
In particular, S(6= φ) ⊂ R is an ideal of R iff the characteristic function χS is a
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
59
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) where χS : E −→ N S(R) is defined as, ∀e ∈ E,
(1, 0, 0) if x ∈ S
[χS (e)](x) =
(0, 1, 1) if x ∈
/ S.
4. An NSS M over (R, E) is a neutrosophic soft left (right) ideal iff each nonempty
level set [fM (e)](α,β,γ) of the neutrosophic set fM (e) is a left (right) ideal of R where
α ∈ Im TfM (e) , β ∈ Im IfM (e) , γ ∈ Im FfM (e) .
5. Let P be a neutrosophic soft left (right) ideal over (R, E). Then P0 = {x ∈ R :
[fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](0r )} is a left (right) ideal of R.
6. Let P be a neutrosophic soft prime ideal over (R, E). Then P0 = {x ∈ R :
[fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](0r )} is a prime ideal of R.
2.11
Definition [7]
A left k-ideal I of a semiring S is a left ideal such that if a ∈ I and x ∈ S and if
either a + x ∈ I or x + a ∈ I, then x ∈ I.
Right k-ideal of a semiring is defined dually. A non-empty subset I of a semiring S
is called a k-ideal if it is both a left k-ideal and a right k-ideal.
3
Neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal
Here first we have defined a completely prime ideal of a ring and then defined a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal. These are illustrated with suitable examples.
Along with several related properties and theorems have been developed.
Through out this paper, unless otherwise stated, E is treated as the parametric set
and e ∈ E, an arbitrary parameter. Moreover the standard t-norm and s-norm are
taken into consideration wherever needed through out this paper i.e., a∗b = min{a, b}
and a ⋄ b = max{a, b}.
3.1
Definition
An ideal S of a ring R is called a completely prime ideal of R if for x, y ∈ R,
xy ∈ S ⇒ either x ∈ S or y ∈ S.
3.1.1
Example
1. For the ring (Z, +, ·) (Z being the set of integers), an ideal (2Z, +, ·) is a completely
prime ideal.
2. We assume a ring R = {0, x, y, z}. The two binary operations addition and
multiplication on R are given by the following tables :
+
0
Table 1 x
y
z
0
0
x
y
z
x
x
0
z
y
y
y
z
0
x
z
z
y
x
0
·
0
Table 2 x
y
z
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
0
0
0
0
0
x
0
0
0
0
y
0
0
y
y
z
0
0
y
y
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
60
It is an abelian ring. With respect to these two tables, {0, x} and {0, y} are two ideals
of R. From 2nd table, it is evident that {0, x} is a completely prime ideal of R but
{0, y} is not so because z · z = y though z ∈
/ {0, y}.
3. Consider the another ring R = {0, x, y, z} with two binary operations addition
and multiplication on R are given by the following tables :
Table 3
+
0
x
y
z
0
0
x
y
z
x
x
0
z
y
y
y
z
0
x
z
z
y
x
0
Table 4
·
0
x
y
z
0
0
0
0
0
x
0
0
0
x
y
0
0
0
y
z
0
0
0
x
It is not an abelian ring. With respect to these two tables, {0, x} is an ideal of R but
not completely prime ideal. Because y · z = 0, z · z = x, y · y = 0 but y, z ∈
/ {0, x}.
3.2
Proposition
If S is a completely prime ideal of a ring R then S is a prime ideal of R.
Proof. Let S be a completely prime ideal of a ring R and A, B be two ideals of R
such that AB ⊆ S. Suppose A 6⊆ S and B 6⊆ S. Then there exists x ∈ A and y ∈ B
such that x, y ∈
/ S. But xy ∈ S as AB ⊆ S. Since S is a completely prime ideal of
R, so either x ∈ S or y ∈ S and this leads a contradiction to the fact x, y ∈
/ S. Hence
S is a prime ideal of R.
3.3
Definition
A neutrosophic soft ideal N over (R, E) is called a neutrosophic soft completely prime
ideal if ∀x, y ∈ R and ∀e ∈ E,
TfN (e) (x · y) ≤ max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)}
If (e) (x · y) ≥ min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)}
N
FfN (e) (x · y) ≥ min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)}.
3.3.1
Example
Consider the Example [3.1.1](2). We define an NSS M over (R, E) as following,
∀r ∈ R and ∀e ∈ E,
(1, 0.3, 0.1) if r ∈ {0, x}
[fM (e)](r) =
(0.8, 0.6, 0.4) if r ∈
/ {0, x}.
Then M is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E).
3.4
Theorem
An NSS N is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E) iff for e ∈
b = {x ∈ R : [fN (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0)} is a
E, |fN (e)| = 2, [fN (e)](0r ) = (1, 0, 0) and N
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
completely prime ideal of R.
Proof. Let N be a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E). Then N
b is an ideal over R by Theorem
is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) and so N
b is a complete prime ideal, let xy ∈ N
b for x, y ∈ R. Then
[2.11](2). To prove N
[fN (e)](xy) = (1, 0, 0) for e ∈ E. But,
1 = TfN (e) (xy) ≤ max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)},
0 = IfN (e) (xy) ≥ min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)},
0 = FfN (e) (xy) ≥ min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)};
This implies that
TfN (e) (0r ) = 1 ≤ max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)},
IfN (e) (0r ) = 0 ≥ min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)},
FfN (e) (0r ) = 0 ≥ min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)};
This shows that,
either TfN (e) (0r ) ≤ TfN (e) (x) or TfN (e) (0r ) ≤ TfN (e) (y),
either IfN (e) (0r ) ≥ IfN (e) (x) or IfN (e) (0r ) ≥ IfN (e) (y),
either FfN (e) (0r ) ≥ FfN (e) (x) or FfN (e) (0r ) ≥ FfN (e) (y);
But TfN (e) (0r ) ≥ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (0r ) ≤ IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (0r ) ≤ FfN (e) (x), ∀x ∈ R.
Hence TfN (e) (x) = TfN (e) (0r ), IfN (e) (x) = IfN (e) (0r ), FfN (e) (x) = FfN (e) (0r ), ∀x ∈ R
b . Thus N
b is a complete prime ideal.
i.e., x, y ∈ N
b is a completely prime ideal with the given conditions. As N
b
Conversely suppose N
is an ideal of R, so N is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) by Theorem [2.11](2).
For contrary, suppose N is not neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal. Then,
TfN (e) (xy) > max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)},
IfN (e) (xy) < min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)},
FfN (e) (xy) < min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)};
Since |fN (e)| = 2 and [fN (e)](0r ) = (1, 0, 0) then there exists x, y ∈ R so that
[fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](y) = (r1 , r2 , r3 ) 6= (1, 0, 0) (say) for 0 ≤ r1 < 1 and 0 < r2 , r3 ≤ 1.
Then,
TfN (e) (xy) > r1 , IfN (e) (xy) < r2 , FfN (e) (xy) < r3
⇒ TfN (e) (xy) = 1, IfN (e) (xy) = FfN (e) (xy) = 0
⇒ [fN (e)](xy) = (1, 0, 0)
b
⇒ xy ∈ N
b is completely prime ideal, so either x ∈ N
b or y ∈ N
b i.e., [fN (e)](x) =
Since N
[fN (e)](y) = (1, 0, 0). A contradiction arises to the fact that [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](y) =
(r1 , r2 , r3 ) 6= (1, 0, 0). Thus,
TfN (e) (xy) ≤ max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)},
IfN (e) (xy) ≥ min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)},
FfN (e) (xy) ≥ min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)};
and so N is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E).
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
61
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
62
3.5
Theorem
Let N be a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E) with |fN (e)| =
2, [fN (e)](0r ) = (1, 0, 0) for each e ∈ E. Then N is a neutrosophic soft prime ideal
over (R, E).
b = {x ∈ R : [fN (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0)}
Proof. Let the condition hold. By Theorem [3.4], N
b is a prime ideal of R.
is a completely prime ideal of R. Then by Proposition [3.2], N
Hence N is a neutrosophic soft prime ideal over (R, E) by Theorem [2.11](1).
3.6
Theorem
Let R be a ring. Then S(6= φ) ⊂ R be a completely prime ideal of R iff an NSS N
over (R, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal where fN : E −→ N S(R)
is defined as :
(r1 , r2 , r3 ) if x ∈ S
[fN (e)](x) =
(t1 , t2 , t3 )
if x ∈
/ S.
with r1 > t1 , r2 < t2 , r3 < t3 and r1 , r2 , r3 , t1 , t2 , t3 ∈ [0, 1].
Proof. First let S(6= φ) ⊂ R be a completely prime ideal of R. Then S is an ideal of
R and so by Theorem [2.11](3), N is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E). To end
the theorem, we shall just show that N is completely prime. For contrary, suppose
TfN (e) (xy) > max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)},
IfN (e) (xy) < min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)},
FfN (e) (xy) < min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)};
Then by definition of fN (e), we have [fN (e)](xy) = (r1 , r2 , r3 ) and [fN (e)](x) =
[fN (e)](y) = (t1 , t2 , t3 ). This implies xy ∈ S but x, y ∈
/ S which is a contradiction to the fact that S is a completely prime ideal of R. Hence N is a neutrosophic
soft completely prime ideal over (R, E).
Conversely, let N in given form be a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over
(R, E). Then N is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) and so by Theorem [2.11](3),
S is an ideal of R. To show S is a completely prime ideal of R, let xy ∈ S. Then,
⇒
⇒
⇒
⇒
[fN (e)](xy) = (r1 , r2 , r3 )
TfN (e) (xy) = r1 , IfN (e) (xy) = r2 , FfN (e) (xy) = r3
max{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)} ≥ r1 , min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)} ≤ r2 ,
min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)} ≤ r3
either TfN (e) (x) ≥ r1 , IfN (e) (x) ≤ r2 , FfN (e) (x) ≤ r3
or TfN (e) (y) ≥ r1 , IfN (e) (y) ≤ r2 , FfN (e) (y) ≤ r3
either x ∈ S or y ∈ S
Thus S is a completely prime ideal of R.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
3.6.1
Corollary
A non empty subset S of a ring R is a completely prime ideal iff the characteristic
function χS is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E) where χS :
E −→ N S(R) is defined by :
(1, 0, 0) if x ∈ S
[χS (e)](x) =
(0, 1, 1) if x ∈
/ S.
Proof. It is the particular case of Theorem [3.6].
3.7
Theorem
An NSS M over (R, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal means each
nonempty level set [fM (e)](α,β,γ) of the neutrosophic set fM (e), e ∈ E is a completely
prime ideal of R where α ∈ Im TfM (e) , β ∈ Im IfM (e) , γ ∈ Im FfM (e) .
Proof. Here M is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E). Then M is
a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) and so by Theorem [2.11](4), [fM (e)](α,β,γ) is an
ideal of R. To complete the theorem, let xy ∈ [fM (e)](α,β,γ) . Then,
TfM (e) (xy) ≥ α, IfM (e) (xy) ≤ β, FfM (e) (xy) ≤ γ
⇒ max{TfM (e) (x), TfM (e) (y)} ≥ α, min{IfM (e) (x), IfM (e) (y)} ≤ β,
min{FfM (e) (x), FfM (e) (y)} ≤ γ
⇒ either TfM (e) (x) ≥ α, IfM (e) (x) ≤ β, FfM (e) (x) ≤ γ
or TfM (e) (y) ≥ α, IfM (e) (y) ≤ β, FfM (e) (y) ≤ γ
⇒ either x ∈ [fM (e)](α,β,γ) or y ∈ [fM (e)](α,β,γ)
Thus [fM (e)](α,β,γ) is a completely prime ideal of R.
3.8
Proposition
Let S be a completely prime ideal of a ring R. Then there exists a neutrosophic soft
completely prime ideal M over (R, E) such that [fM (e)](α,β,γ) = S for e ∈ E and
α, β, γ ∈ (0, 1).
Proof. As S is a completely prime ideal of a ring R, so S is an ideal of R. For
α, β, γ ∈ (0, 1) define an NSS M over (R, E) as following :
(α, β, γ) if x ∈ S
[fM (e)](x) =
(0, 1, 1)
if x ∈
/ S.
Then by Theorem [2.11](3), M is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E). If possible let
M is not a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over (R, E). Then,
TfM (e) (xy) > max{TfM (e) (x), TfM (e) (y)},
IfM (e) (xy) < min{IfM (e) (x), IfM (e) (y)},
FfM (e) (xy) < min{FfM (e) (x), FfM (e) (y)};
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
63
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
64
Then by definition of fM (e), we have [fM (e)](xy) = (α, β, γ) and [fM (e)](x) =
[fM (e)](y) = (0, 1, 1). This implies xy ∈ S but x, y ∈
/ S which is a contradiction
to the fact that S is a completely prime ideal of R. Hence M is a neutrosophic soft
completely prime ideal over (R, E). Obviously [fM (e)](α,β,γ) = S for each e ∈ E.
3.9
Theorem
Let (ϕ, ψ) : (R1 , E) −→ (R2 , E) be a neutrosophic soft homomorphism where R1 , R2
be two rings. Suppose (M, E) and (N, E) be two neutrosophic soft left (right) ideals
over R1 and R2 , respectively. Then,
1. (ϕ, ψ)(M, E) is a neutrosophic soft left (right) ideal over R2 if (ϕ, ψ) is epimorphism.
2. (ϕ, ψ)−1 (N, E) is a neutrosophic soft left (right) ideal over R1 .
Proof. 1. Let b ∈ ψ(E) and y1 , y2 , s ∈ R2 . For ϕ−1 (y1 ) = φ or ϕ−1 (y2 ) = φ, the proof
is straight forward.
So, we assume that there exists x1 , x2 , r ∈ R1 such that ϕ(x1 ) = y1 , ϕ(x2 ) = y2 , ϕ(r) =
s. Then,
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 − y2 ) =
≥
≥
=
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (sy1 ) =
≥
≥
max
max [TfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=y1 −y2 ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x1 − x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x1 ) ∗ TfM (a) (x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x1 )] ∗ max [TfM (a) (x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
max
ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=sy1 ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (rx1 )]
ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x1 )]
ψ(a)=b
Since, this inequality is satisfied for each x1 , x2 ∈ R1 satisfying ϕ(x1 ) = y1 , ϕ(x2 ) = y2
so we have,
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 − y2 )
≥ ( max max [TfM (a) (x1 )]) ∗ ( max max [TfM (a) (x2 )])
ϕ(x1 )=y1 ψ(a)=b
ϕ(x2 )=y2 ψ(a)=b
= Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 ) ∗ Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y2 )
Also, Tfϕ(M ) (b) (sy1 ) ≥ maxϕ(x1 )=y1 maxψ(a)=b [TfM (a) (x1 )] = Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 )
Next,
Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y1 − y2 ) =
≤
≤
=
min
min [IfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=y1 −y2 ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (x1 − x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (x1 ) ⋄ IfM (a) (x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (x1 )] ⋄ min [IfM (a) (x2 )]
ψ(a)=b
ψ(a)=b
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
65
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Ifϕ(M ) (b) (sy1 ) =
≤
≤
min
min [IfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=sy1 ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (rx1 )]
ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (x1 )]
ψ(a)=b
Since, this inequality is satisfied for each x1 , x2 ∈ R1 satisfying ϕ(x1 ) = y1 , ϕ(x2 ) = y2
so we have,
Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y1 − y2 )
≤ ( min min [IfM (a) (x1 )]) ⋄ ( min
ϕ(x1 )=y1 ψ(a)=b
min [IfM (a) (x2 )])
ϕ(x2 )=y2 ψ(a)=b
= Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y1 ) ⋄ Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y2 )
Also, Ifϕ(M ) (b) (sy1 ) ≤ minϕ(x1 )=y1 minψ(a)=b [IfM (a) (x1 )] = Ifϕ(M ) (b) (y1 ).
Similarly, we can show that
Ffϕ(M ) (b) (y1 − y2 ) ≤ Ffϕ(M ) (b) (y1 ) ⋄ Ffϕ(M ) (b) (y2 ), Ffϕ(M ) (b) (sy1 ) ≥ Ffϕ(M ) (b) (y1 );
This completes the proof.
2. For a ∈ ψ −1 (E) and x1 , x2 ∈ R1 , we have,
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 − x2 ) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 − x2 ))
= TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 ) − ϕ(x2 ))
≥ TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )) ∗ TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 ))
= Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ) ∗ Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 )
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (rx1 ) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(rx1 ))
=
≥
≥
=
TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(r)ϕ(x1 ))
TfN [ψ(a)] (sϕ(x1 ))
TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 ))
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 )
Next,
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 − x2 ) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 − x2 ))
= IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 ) − ϕ(x2 ))
≤ IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )) ⋄ IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 ))
= Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ) ⋄ Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 )
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (rx1 ) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(rx1 ))
=
≤
≤
=
IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(r)ϕ(x1 ))
IfN [ψ(a)] (sϕ(x1 ))
IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 ))
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 )
Similarly, Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 − x2 ) ≤ Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ) ⋄ Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 ) and
Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (rx1 ) ≤ Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 );
This proves the 2nd part.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
66
3.10
Theorem
Let (ϕ, ψ) be a neutrosophic soft homomorphism from a ring R1 to a ring R2 . Suppose
(M, E) and (N, E) are neutrosophic soft completely prime ideals over R1 and R2 ,
respectively. Then,
1. (ϕ, ψ)(M, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over R2 .
2. (ϕ, ψ)−1 (N, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over R1 .
Proof. 1. If possible, let (M, E) be a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over
R1 but (ϕ, ψ)(M, E) is not so over R2 . Then for b ∈ ψ(E) and y1 , y2 ∈ R2 ,
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 y2 ) > max{Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y1 ), Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y2 )}
⇒
max max [TfM (a) (x)] > max{( max max [TfM (a) (x)]),
ϕ(x)=y1 y2 ψ(a)=b
ϕ(x)=y1 ψ(a)=b
( max max [TfM (a) (x)])}
ϕ(x)=y2 ψ(a)=b
⇒
⇒
max [TfM (a) (x)] > max{( max [TfM (a) (x)]), ( max [TfM (a) (x)])}
ϕ(x)=y1
ϕ(x)=y1 y2
ϕ(x)=y2
max [TfM (a) (x)] ≥ max{TfM (a) (x1 ), TfM (a) (x2 )}
ϕ(x)=y1 y2
Since the inequality holds for each x1 , x2 ∈ R1 satisfying ϕ(x1 ) = y1 , ϕ(x2 ) = y2 so we
have TfM (a) (x1 x2 ) > max{TfM (a) (x1 ), TfM (a) (x2 )} which is a contradiction to the truth
that (M, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal over R1 . We can reach to
the same conclusion taking the indeterminacy membership function (I) and falsity
membership function (F ) also. Hence we get the first result.
2. For a ∈ ψ −1 (E) and x1 , x2 ∈ R1 , we have,
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 x2 ) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 x2 ))
= TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )ϕ(x2 ))
≤ max{TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )), TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 ))}
= max{Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ), Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 )}
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 x2 ) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 x2 ))
= IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )ϕ(x2 ))
≥ min{IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )), IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 ))}
= min{Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ), Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 )}
Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 x2 ) = FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 x2 ))
= FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )ϕ(x2 ))
≥ min{FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x1 )), FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 ))}
= min{Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x1 ), Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 )}
This shows the 2nd result.
4
Neutrosophic Soft Completely Semi-Prime Ideal
In this section the concept of semi-prime ideal, completely semi-prime ideal of a ring
R and neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal are focussed.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
67
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
4.1
Definition
1. An ideal I of a ring R is called a semi-prime ideal if there is another ideal J of R
such that JJ ⊆ I ⇒ J ⊆ I.
2. An ideal J of a ring R is called a completely semi-prime ideal if for x ∈ R,
xx ∈ J ⇒ x ∈ J. xx is denoted by x2 .
4.1.1
Example
1. Let R = {0, x, y, z} be a ring. The two binary operations addition and multiplication on R are given by the following tables :
+
0
Table 5 x
y
z
0
0
x
y
z
x
x
0
z
y
y
y
z
0
x
z
z
y
x
0
·
0
Table 6 x
y
z
0
0
0
0
0
x
0
x
x
0
y
0
x
y
z
z
0
0
z
z
Then {0, x} is a completely semi-prime ideal of R as 0·0 = 0, x·x = x, y·y = y, z·z = z.
2. Consider the Example [3.1.1](3). Then {0, x} is not a completely semi-prime ideal,
because z · z = x, y · y = 0 but y, z ∈
/ {0, x}.
4.2
Proposition
Every completely prime ideal of a ring R is a completely semi-prime ideal of R.
Proof. By taking y = x, the proof follows directly from Definition [3.1].
4.3
Definition
Let R be a ring and E be a parametric set. A neutrosophic soft ideal N over (R, E)
is called a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal if ∀x, y ∈ R and ∀e ∈ E,
TfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ FfN (e) (x).
4.3.1
Example
Consider the Example [4.1.1](1). We define an NSS M over (R, E) as following,
∀r ∈ R and ∀e ∈ E,
[fM (e)](r) =
(0.4, 0.1, 0.5)
(0.2, 0.5, 0.8)
if r ∈ {0, x}
if r ∈
/ {0, x}.
Then M is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over (R, E).
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
68
4.4
Lemma
A neutrosophic soft ideal N over (R, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime
ideal iff [fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x), for every e ∈ E, x ∈ R.
Proof. Let N be a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E) with [fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x),
∀e ∈ E and ∀x ∈ R. Then by Definition [4.3], N is a neutrosophic soft completely
semi-prime ideal over (R, E).
Conversely, if N is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal by Definition
[4.3], TfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ FfN (e) (x) and as N
is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (R, E), then TfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (x2 ) ≤
IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ FfN (e) (x). Hence [fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x) for every e ∈ E, x ∈
R.
4.5
Theorem
An NSS N over (R, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal iff for
e ∈ E, S = {x ∈ R : [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](0r )}, 0r being the additive identity of ring
R, is a completely semi-prime ideal of R.
Proof. Let N be a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over (R, E). Then
[fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x) for every e ∈ E, x ∈ R. Now let x2 ∈ S. Then [fN (e)](x2 ) =
[fN (e)](0r ) ⇒ [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](0r ) ⇒ x ∈ S. Hence S is a completely semi-prime
ideal of R.
Conversely, if S is a completely semi-prime ideal of R. Then x2 ∈ S ⇒ x ∈ S. Since
2
x ∈ S, then [fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](0r ) and [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](0r ) ⇒ [fN (e)](x2 ) =
[fN (e)](x). Hence by Lemma [4.4], N is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime
ideal over (R, E).
4.6
Theorem
An NSS N is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over (R, E) iff [fN (e)](α,β,γ)
is a completely semi-prime ideal of R where α ∈ Im TfN (e) , β ∈ Im IfN (e) , γ ∈
Im FfN (e) .
Proof. Let N be a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over (R, E). Then
[fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x). Now,
x2 ∈ [fN (e)](α,β,γ)
⇒ TfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ α, IfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ β, FfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ γ
⇒ TfN (e) (x) ≥ α, IfN (e) (x) ≤ β, FfN (e) (x) ≤ γ
⇒ x ∈ [fN (e)](α,β,γ)
Hence, [fN (e)](α,β,γ) is a completely semi-prime ideal of R.
Conversely, let [fN (e)](α,β,γ) be a completely semi-prime ideal of R. Then x2 ∈
[fN (e)](α,β,γ) ⇒ x ∈ ([fN (e)](α,β,γ) i.e.,
TfN (e) (x2 ) ≥ α, IfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ β, FfN (e) (x2 ) ≤ γ
⇒ TfN (e) (x) ≥ α, IfN (e) (x) ≤ β, FfN (e) (x) ≤ γ
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
69
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Now, suppose [fN (e)](x2 ) 6= [fN (e)](x). Let [fN (e)](x) = (t1 , t2 , t3 ). Then x2 ∈
/
[fN (e)](t1 ,t2 ,t3 ) but x ∈ [fN (e)](t1 ,t2 ,t3 ) which is a contradiction as [fN (e)](α,β,γ) is a
completely semi-prime ideal of R. Hence [fN (e)](x2 ) = [fN (e)](x) and so N is a
neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over (R, E) by Lemma [4.4].
4.7
Theorem
Let (ϕ, ψ) be a neutrosophic soft homomorphism from a ring R1 to a ring R2 . Suppose
(M, E) and (N, E) are neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideals over R1 and
R2 , respectively. Then,
1. (ϕ, ψ)(M, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over R2 .
2. (ϕ, ψ)−1 (N, E) is a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal over R1 .
Proof. 1. If possible, let (M, E) be a neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal
over R1 but (ϕ, ψ)(M, E) is not so over R2 . Then for b ∈ ψ(E) and y ∈ R2 ,
Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y 2 ) > Tfϕ(M ) (b) (y)
⇒ max 2 max [TfM (a) (x)] > max max [TfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=y
⇒
⇒
ψ(a)=b
ϕ(x)=y ψ(a)=b
max [TfM (a) (x)] > max [TfM (a) (x)]
ϕ(x)=y 2
ϕ(x)=y
max [TfM (a) (x)] ≥ TfM (a) (x)
ϕ(x)=y 2
Since the inequality holds for each x ∈ R1 satisfying ϕ(x) = y, so we have TfM (a) (x2 ) >
TfM (a) (x) which is a contradiction to the fact that (M, E) is a neutrosophic soft
completely semi-prime ideal over R1 . We can reach to the same conclusion taking the
indeterminacy membership function (I) and falsity membership function (F ) also.
Hence we get the first result.
2. For a ∈ ψ −1 (E) and x ∈ R1 , we have,
Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 ) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 )) = TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))2 ≤ TfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x)) = Tfϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x),
Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 ) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 )) = IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))2 ≥ IfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x)) = Ifϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x),
Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x2 ) = FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x2 )) = FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x))2 ≥ FfN [ψ(a)] (ϕ(x)) = Ffϕ−1 (N ) (a) (x);
This proves the 2nd result.
5
5.1
Neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal
Definition
A neutrosophic soft ideal N over (R, E) is said to be a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over
(R, E) if ∀x, y ∈ R and ∀e ∈ E,
TfN (e) (x) ≥ min{TfN (e) (x + y), TfN (e) (y)}
If (e) (x) ≤ max{IfN (e) (x + y), IfN (e) (y)}
N
FfN (e) (x) ≤ max{FfN (e) (x + y), FfN (e) (y)}.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
70
5.1.1
Example
1. Let Z be the set of all integers and E = {e1 , e2 , e3 } be a parametric set. We
consider an NSS N over (Z, E) given by the following table :
Z1
Z2
Z3
fN (e1 )
(0.3, 0.8, 0.5)
(0.4, 0.6, 0.3)
(0.6, 0.2, 0.1)
Table 7
fN (e2 )
(0.4, 0.5, 0.7)
(0.6, 0.2, 0.4)
(1, 0, 0)
fN (e3 )
(0.7, 0.6, 0.4)
(0.7, 0.4, 0.2)
(0.9, 0.1, 0.1)
where Z1 = {±1, ±3, ±5, · · · }, Z2 = {±2, ±4, ±6, · · · }, Z3 = {0}. Then N is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (Z, E). To verify it, we shall show
(i) fN (e) is neutrosophic subgroup of (Z, +) for each e ∈ E.
(ii) fN (e) is both neutrosophic left and right ideal of Z for each e ∈ E.
(iii) fN (e) is neutrosophic k-ideal of Z for each e ∈ E.
If x ∈ Z1 , y ∈ Z2 then x − y ∈ Z1 . We then write Z1 − Z2 = Z1 and so on.
Here Z1 − Z1 = Z2 or Z3 , Z1 − Z2 = Z1 , Z1 − Z3 = Z3 , Z2 − Z2 = Z2 or Z3 ,
Z2 − Z3 = Z2 , Z3 − Z3 = Z3 . Then Table 7 shows the result (i) obviously.
Next Z1 .Z1 = Z1 , Z2 .Z2 = Z2 , Z3 .Z3 = Z3 , Z2 .Z1 = Z1 .Z2 = Z2 , Z1 .Z3 =
Z3 .Z1 = Z3 , Z2 .Z3 = Z3 .Z2 = Z3 . Then the result (ii) also holds by Table 7.
Finally Z1 + Z1 = Z2 or Z3 , Z1 + Z2 = Z1 , Z1 + Z3 = Z3 , Z2 + Z2 = Z2 or Z3 ,
Z2 + Z3 = Z2 , Z3 + Z3 = Z3 . The Table 7 then meets the result (iii) clearly.
2. Let R be the set of real numbers and E = {e1 , e2 , e3 } be a parametric set. Consider
an NSS M over (R, E) given by the following table :
Q
Qc
fM (e1 )
(0.6, 0.1, 0.3)
(0.5, 0.4, 0.7)
Table 8
fM (e2 )
(0.8, 0.2, 0.4)
(0.4, 0.5, 0.6)
fM (e3 )
(0.5, 0.6, 0.7)
(0.3, 0.7, 1)
where Q and Qc are the set of rational and irrational numbers, respectively. If
x ∈ Q, y ∈ Qc then x − y ∈ Qc . We write Q − Qc = Qc and so on.
Then Q − Q = Q, Q − Qc = Qc , Qc − Qc = Q or Qc . Clearly fM (e) is neutrosophic
subgroup of (R, +) for each e ∈ E by Table 8.
Next, Q.Q = Q, Q.Qc = Qc , Qc .Qc = Q or Qc . Then Table 8 shows that fM (e) is
neutrosophic ideal of R for each e ∈ E.
Finally Q + Q = Q, Q + Qc = Qc , Qc + Qc = Q or Qc . Then fM (e) is neutrosophic
k-ideal of R for each e ∈ E by Table 8.
Hence M is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (R, E).
5.2
Definition
A neutrosophic soft k-ideal P over (R, E) is said to be a neutrosophic soft prime
k-ideal if (i) P is not constant over (R, E), (ii) for any two neutrosophic soft ideals
M, N over (R, E), M oN ⊆ P ⇒ either M ⊆ P or N ⊆ P .
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
5.3
Theorem
Let P be a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (R, E). Then P0 = {x ∈ R :
[fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](0r ), ∀e ∈ E} is a prime k-ideal of R.
Proof. Let x, x + y ∈ P0 for x, y ∈ R. Then [fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](x + y) = [fP (e)](0r ).
Since P is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (R, E), so ∀e ∈ E,
TfP (e) (y) ≥ min{TfP (e) (x + y), TfP (e) (x)} = TfP (e) (0r ),
IfP (e) (y) ≤ max{IfP (e) (x + y), IfP (e) (x)} = IfP (e) (0r ),
FfP (e) (y) ≤ max{FfP (e) (x + y), FfP (e) (x)} = FfP (e) (0r );
But TfP (e) (0r ) ≥ TfP (e) (y), IfP (e) (0r ) ≤ IfP (e) (y), FfP (e) (0r ) ≤ FfP (e) (y), ∀e ∈ E.
Thus TfP (e) (y) = TfP (e) (0r ), IfP (e) (y) = IfP (e) (0r ), FfP (e) (y) ≤ FfP (e) (0r ), ∀e ∈ E
i.e., [fP (e)](y) = [fP (e)](0r ) and so y ∈ P0 . Hence P0 is a k-ideal of R. Also by
Theorem [2.11](6), P0 is a prime ideal of R. This completes the proof.
5.4
Theorem
Let P be a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (Z, E), Z being the set of integers
with P0 = {x ∈ R : [fP (e)](x) = [fP (e)](0), ∀e ∈ E} = nZ, n being a natural number.
Then |fP (e)| ≤ r, where r is the number of distinct positive divisor of n.
Proof. Let a(6= 0) be an integer and d = gcd(a, n). Then there exists r, s ∈ Z − {0}
such that ns = ar + d or ar = ns + d. We shall now estimate following two cases :
Case 1 : When ns = ar + d, then ∀e ∈ E and as n ∈ P0 = nZ,
TfP (e) (ar + d) = TfP (e) (ns) ≥ TfP (e) (n) = TfP (e) (0) ≥ TfP (e) (ar),
IfP (e) (ar + d) = IfP (e) (ns) ≤ IfP (e) (n) = IfP (e) (0) ≤ IfP (e) (ar),
FfP (e) (ar + d) = FfP (e) (ns) ≤ FfP (e) (n) = FfP (e) (0) ≤ FfP (e) (ar);
Again P is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (Z, E). So,
TfP (e) (d) ≥ min{TfP (e) (ar + d), TfP (e) (ar)} = TfP (e) (ar) ≥ TfP (e) (a),
IfP (e) (d) ≤ max{IfP (e) (ar + d), IfP (e) (ar)} = IfP (e) (ar) ≤ IfP (e) (a),
FfP (e) (d) ≤ max{FfP (e) (ar + d), FfP (e) (ar)} = FfP (e) (ar) ≤ FfP (e) (a);
Case 2 : When ar = ns + d, then ∀e ∈ E and as n ∈ P0 = nZ,
TfP (e) (ns + d) = TfP (e) (ar) ≥ TfP (e) (a),
IfP (e) (ns + d) = IfP (e) (ar) ≤ IfP (e) (a),
FfP (e) (ns + d) = FfP (e) (ar) ≤ FfP (e) (a);
Again,
TfP (e) (ns) ≥ TfP (e) (n) = TfP (e) (0) ≥ TfP (e) (a),
IfP (e) (ns) ≤ IfP (e) (n) = IfP (e) (0) ≤ IfP (e) (a),
FfP (e) (ns) ≤ FfP (e) (n) = FfP (e) (0) ≤ FfP (e) (a);
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
71
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
72
Now as P is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (Z, E) so,
TfP (e) (d) ≥ min{TfP (e) (ns + d), TfP (e) (ns)} ≥ TfP (e) (a),
IfP (e) (d) ≤ max{IfP (e) (ns + d), IfP (e) (ns)} ≤ IfP (e) (a),
FfP (e) (d) ≤ max{FfP (e) (ns + d), FfP (e) (ns)} ≤ FfP (e) (a);
Thus in either case ∀e ∈ E,
TfP (e) (d) ≥ TfP (e) (a), IfP (e) (d) ≤ IfP (e) (a), FfP (e) (d) ≤ FfP (e) (a);
Further since d is a divisor of a, there exists t ∈ Z − {0} such that a = dt. So ∀e ∈ E,
TfP (e) (a) = TfP (e) (dt) ≥ TfP (e) (d), IfP (e) (a) = IfP (e) (dt) ≤ IfP (e) (d),
FfP (e) (a) = FfP (e) (dt) ≤ FfP (e) (d);
Hence TfP (e) (d) = TfP (e) (a), IfP (e) (d) = IfP (e) (a), FfP (e) (d) = FfP (e) (a), ∀e ∈ E.
Thus for any integer a(6= 0) there exists a divisor d of n such that [fP (e)](d) =
[fP (e)](a), ∀e ∈ E.
If a = 0 then TfP (e) (a) = TfP (e) (0) = TfP (e) (n), IfP (e) (a) = IfP (e) (0) = IfP (e) (n),
FfP (e) (a) = FfP (e) (0) = FfP (e) (n), ∀e ∈ E.
This follows the theorem.
5.5
Lemma
For a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal N over (Z, E)(Z being the set of integers),
N0 = pZ is a prime k-ideal of Z iff p is either zero or prime.
This result is similar to the matter incase of prime ideal in the ring of integers in
classical sense. So the proof is omitted.
5.6
Theorem
Let N be a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (Z, E), Z being the set of integers.
Then |fN (e)| = 2 for each e ∈ E.
Conversely, if N is an NSS over (Z, E) such that for each e ∈ E, [fN (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0)
when p|x and [fN (e)](x) = (α, β, γ) when p 6 |x, p being a fixed prime and β > 0, γ >
0, α < 1, then N be a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (Z, E).
Proof. Let N be a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (Z, E) with N0 = pZ. By
Theorem [5.3], N0 is a prime k-ideal of Z. Hence by Lemma [5.5], p is prime i.e., p
has only two distinct divisors namely 1, p. So by Theorem [5.4], |fN (e)| ≤ 2. But N
being a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal can not be constant, so |fN (e)| = 2, ∀e ∈ E.
Conversely, let N be an NSS over (Z, E) satisfying the given conditions. Let x, y ∈ Z.
If TfN (e) (x) = α or TfN (e) (y) = α then TfN (e) (x + y) = 1 or α and so
TfN (e) (x + y) ≥ min{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)}.
If TfN (e) (x) = 1 and TfN (e) (y) = 1 then p|x and p|y. It implies p|(x + y) and
TfN (e) (x + y) = 1 = min{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)}.
Thus in either case TfN (e) (x + y) ≥ min{TfN (e) (x), TfN (e) (y)}, ∀x, y ∈ Z, ∀e ∈ E.
Next, if IfN (e) (x) = β or IfN (e) (y) = β then IfN (e) (x + y) = 0 or β and so,
IfN (e) (x + y) ≤ max{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)}.
If IfN (e) (x) = 0 and TfN (e) (y) = 0 then p|x and p|y. It implies p|(x + y) and
IfN (e) (x + y) = 0 = min{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)}.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Thus in either case IfN (e) (x + y) ≤ max{IfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (y)}, ∀x, y ∈ Z, ∀e ∈ E.
Finally, if FfN (e) (x) = β or FfN (e) (y) = β then FfN (e) (x + y) = 0 or β and so
FfN (e) (x + y) ≤ max{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)}.
If FfN (e) (x) = 0 and FfN (e) (y) = 0 then p|x and p|y. It implies p|(x + y) and
FfN (e) (x + y) = 0 = min{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)}.
Thus in either case FfN (e) (x + y) ≤ max{FfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (y)}, ∀x, y ∈ Z, ∀e ∈ E.
Further if [fN (e)](x) = (α, β, γ) then either [fN (e)](xy) = (α, β, γ) or [fN (e)](xy) =
(1, 0, 0) i.e., TfN (e) (xy) ≥ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (xy) ≤ IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (xy) ≤ FfN (e) (x).
If [fN (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0) then p|x and so p|xy. Then [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](xy) =
(1, 0, 0). Thus in either case we have ∀x, y ∈ Z and ∀e ∈ E,
TfN (e) (xy) ≥ TfN (e) (x), IfN (e) (xy) ≤ IfN (e) (x), FfN (e) (xy) ≤ FfN (e) (x).
So N is a neutrosophic soft ideal over (Z, E).
We shall now prove that N is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (Z, E).
If [fN (e)](x + y) = (α, β, γ) or [fN (e)](y) = (α, β, γ), then the inequalities in Definition [5.1] are obvious.
If [fN (e)](x + y) = (1, 0, 0) or [fN (e)](y) = (1, 0, 0), then p|(x + y) and p|y. It implies
p|x and so [fN (e)](x) = (1, 0, 0). Thus the inequalities in Definition [5.1] hold clearly.
Therefore N is a neutrosophic soft k-ideal over (Z, E) and so N0 is a k-ideal over Z.
Finally, we shall prove that N is a neutrosophic soft prime k-ideal over (Z, E).
To prove it, we shall first show that N0 = pZ is a prime k-ideal of Z. Now,
x ∈ N0 ⇔ [fN (e)](x) = [fN (e)](0) = (1, 0, 0) ⇔ p|x ⇔ x = pm, m ∈ Z ⇔ x ∈ pZ.
Thus N0 = pZ, p being a prime and so N0 is a prime k-ideal of Z by Lemma [5.5].
Further, |fN (e)| = 2, ∀e ∈ E namely (1, 0, 0) and (α, β, γ). So N is not constant over (Z, E). Now assume two neutrosophic soft ideals S, Q over (Z, E) such
that SoQ ⊆ N and S 6⊆ N, Q 6⊆ N . Then there exists x, y ∈ Z such that
TfS (e) (x) > TfN (e) (x), IfS (e) (x) < IfN (e) (x), FfS (e) (x) < FfN (e) (x) and TfQ (e) (y) >
TfN (e) (y), IfQ (e) (y) < IfN (e) (y), FfQ (e) (y) < FfN (e) (y), ∀e ∈ E. Then [fN (e)](x) =
[fN (e)](y) = (α, β, γ) obviously and so x, y ∈
/ N0 . It implies xy ∈
/ N0 as it is a
prime k-ideal of an abelian ring Z. So [fN (e)](xy) = (α, β, γ). Thus TfSoQ (e) (xy) ≤
TfN (e) (xy) = α, IfSoQ (e) (xy) ≥ IfN (e) (xy) = β, FfSoQ (e) (xy) ≥ FfN (e) (xy) = γ. But,
TfSoQ (e) (xy) ≥ TfS (e) (x) ∗ TfQ (e) (y) > α,
IfSoQ (e) (xy) ≤ IfS (e) (x) ⋄ IfQ (e) (y) < β,
FfSoQ (e) (xy) ≤ FfS (e) (x) ⋄ FfQ (e) (y) < γ;
It opposes the fact. This ends the theorem.
6
Conclusion
The aim of this paper is to put forward the study of the concept neutrosophic soft
prime ideal introduced in [26]. Here we have studied about neutrosophic soft completely prime ideal, neutrosophic soft completely semi-prime ideal and neutrosophic
soft prime k-ideal. They are defined and illustrated by suitable examples. Their related properties and structural characteristics have been investigated also. Moreover
a number of theorems have been developed in virtue of these notions. The concepts
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
73
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
74
will bring a new opportunity in research and development of algebraic structures over
NSS theory context, we expect.
References
[1] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophy, neutrosophic probability, set and logic, Amer.
Res. Press, Rehoboth, USA., (1998), p. 105, http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/eBookneutrosophics4.pdf (fourth version).
[2] F. Smarandache, Neutrosophic set, a generalisation of the intuitionistic fuzzy sets,
Inter. J. Pure Appl. Math., 24, (2005), 287-297.
[3] D. Molodtsov, Soft set theory- First results, Computer and Mathematics with
Applications, 37(4-5), (1999), 19-31.
[4] A. Rosenfeld, Fuzzy groups, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications,
35, (1971), 512-517.
[5] D. S. Malik and J. N. Mordeson, Fuzzy prime ideals of a ring, Fuzzy Sets and
Systems, 37, (1990), 93-98.
[6] D. S. Malik and J. N. Mordeson, Extensions of fuzzy subrings and fuzzy ideals,
Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 45, (1992), 245-251.
[7] M. Henriksen, Ideals in semirings with commutative addition. Amer. Math. Soc.
Noticcs, 6, (1958), 321.
[8] M. R. Lavanya and T. V. Pradeep Kumar, A note on fuzzy ideals in near-rings
and its anti-homomorphism, International Journal of Innovative Research and
Development, 5(6), (2016), 14-18.
[9] I. Bakhadach, S. Melliani, M. Oukessou and L. S. Chadli, Intuitionistic fuzzy ideal
and intuitionistic fuzzy prime ideal in a ring, ICIFSTA’ 2016, 20-22 April 2016,
Beni Mellal, Morocco, 22(2), (2016), 59-63.
[10] T. K. Dutta and A. Ghosh, Intuitionistic fuzzy semiprime ideals of a semiring,
International Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, (2008).
[11] T. K. Dutta and A. Ghosh, Intuitionistic fuzzy prime ideals of a semiring (I),
International Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, 16(1), (2008).
[12] T. K. Dutta and A. Ghosh, Intuitionistic fuzzy prime ideals of a semiring (II),
International Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, (2008).
[13] P. K. Maji, R. Biswas and A. R. Roy, On intuitionistic fuzzy soft sets, The
Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, 12(3), (2004), 669-683.
[14] H. Aktas and N. Cagman, Soft sets and soft groups, Information Sciences, 177,
(2007), 2726-2735.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
75
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[15] A. Aygunoglu and H. Aygun, Introduction to fuzzy soft groups, Computer and
Mathematics with Applications, 58, (2009), 1279-1286.
[16] Z. Zhang, Intuitionistic fuzzy soft rings , International Journal of Fuzzy Systems,
14(3), (2012), 420-431.
[17] A. R. Maheswari and C. Meera, Fuzzy soft prime ideals over right tenary nearrings, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 85(3), (2013),
507-529.
[18] P. K. Maji, Neutrosophic soft set, Annals of Fuzzy Mathematics and Informatics,
5(1), (2013), 157-168.
[19] I. Deli and S. Broumi, Neutrosophic soft matrices and NSM-decision making,
Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 28(5), (2015), 2233-2241.
[20] V. Cetkin and H. Aygun, An approach to neutrosophic subgroup and its fundamental properties, Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems 29, (2015), 1941-1947.
[21] V. Cetkin and H. Aygun, A note on neutrosophic subrings of a ring, 5th International Eurasian Conference on Mathematical Sciences and Applications, 16-19
August 2016, Belgrad-Serbia.
[22] T. Bera and N. K. Mahapatra, Introduction to neutrosophic soft groups, Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 13, (2016), 118-127, doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.570845
[23] T. Bera and N. K. Mahapatra, (α, β, γ)-cut of neutrosophic soft set and it’s application to neutrosophic soft groups, Asian Journal of Math. and Compt. Research,
12(3), (2016), 160-178.
[24] T. Bera and N. K. Mahapatra, On neutrosophic soft rings, OPSEARCH, (2016),
1-25, DOI 10.1007/ s12597-016-0273-6.
[25] T. Bera and N. K. Mahapatra, On neutrosophic normal soft groups, Int. J. Appl.
Comput. Math., 2(4), (2016), DOI 10.1007/s40819-016-0284-2.
[26] T. Bera and N. K. Mahapatra, A note on neutrosophic soft prime ideal, Communicated paper for possible publication.
Received : April 9, 2018. Accepted : April 23, 2018.
Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar Mahapatra. On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal
76
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
Single Valued Neutrosophic Soft Approach to Rough Sets,
Theory and Application
Emad Marei
Department of Mathematics, Faculty of Science and Art, Sager, Shaqra University, Saudi Arabia. E-mail: via_marei@yahoo.com
Abstract. This paper aims to introduce a single valued
neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets based on neutrosophic right minimal structure. Some of its properties
are deduced and proved. A comparison between traditional rough model and suggested model, by using their
properties is concluded to show that Pawlak’s approach
to rough sets can be viewed as a special case of single
valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets. Some of
rough concepts are redefined and then some properties of
these concepts are deduced, proved and illustrated by
several examples. Finally, suggested model is applied in
a decision making problem, supported with an algorithm.
Keywords: Neutrosophic set, soft set, rough set approximations, neutrosophic soft set, single valued neutrosophic soft set.
a collected data. This model has been successfully used in
the decision making problems and it has been modified in
Set theory is a basic branch of a classical mathematics,
many papers such as [13-17]. In 2011, F. Feng et al.[18]
which requires that all input data must be precise, but
introduced a soft rough set model and proved its properties.
almost, real life problems in biology, engineering,
E.A. Marei generalized this model in [19]. In 2013, P.K.
economics, environmental science, social science, medical
Maji [20] introduced neutrosophic soft set, which can be
science and many other fields, involve imprecise data. In
viewed as a new path of thinking to engineers,
1965, L.A. Zadeh [1] introduced the concept of fuzzy logic
mathematicians, computer scientists and many others in
which extends classical logic by assigning a membership
various tests. In 2014, Broumi et al. [21] introuduced the
function ranging in degree between 0 and 1 to variables.
concept of rough neutrosophic sets. It is generalized and
As a generalization of fuzzy logic, F. Smarandache in 1995,
applied in many papers such as [22-31]. In 2015, E.A.
initiated a neutrosophic logic which introduces a new
Marei [32] introduced the notion of neutrosophic soft
component called indeterminacy and carries more
rough sets and its modification.
information than fuzzy logic. In it, each proposition is
estimated to have three components: the percentage of
This paper aims to introduce a new approach to soft
truth (t %), the percentage of indeterminacy (i %) and the
rough sets based on the neutrosophic logic, named single
percentage of falsity (f %), his work was published in [2].
valued neutrosophic soft (VNS in short) rough set
From scientific or engineering point of view, neutrosophic
approximations. Properties of VNS-lower and VNS-upper
set’s operators need to be specified. Otherwise, it will be
approximations are included along with supported proofs
difficult to apply in the real applications. Therefore, Wang
and illustrated examples. A comparison between traditional
et al.[3] defined a single valued neutrosophic set and
rough and single valued neutrosophic soft rough
various properties of it. This thinking is further extended to
approaches is concluded to show that Pawlak’s approach to
many applications in decision making problems such as [4,
rough sets can be viewed as a special case of single valued
5].
neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets. This paper delves
Rough set theory, proposed by Z. Pawlak [6], is an
into single valued neutrosophic soft rough set by defining
effective tool in solving many real life problems, based on
some concepts on it as a generalization of rough concepts.
imprecise data, as it does not need any additional data to
Single valued neutrosophic soft rough concepts (NRdiscover a knowledge hidden in uncertain data. Recently,
concepts in short) include NR-definability, NRmany papers have been appeared to development rough set
membership function, NR-membership relations, NRmodel and then apply it in many real life applications such
inclusion relations and NR-equality relations. Properties of
as [7-11]. In 1999, D. Molodtsov [12], suggested a soft set
these concepts are deduced, proved and illustrated by
model. By using it, he created an information system from
1 Introduction
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
77
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
several examples. Finally, suggested model is applied in a
decision making problem, supported with an algorithm.
2 Preliminaries
In this section, we recall some definitions and properties
regarding rough set approximations, neutrosophic set, soft
set and neutrosophic soft set required in this paper.
Definition 2.1 [6] Lower, upper and boundary
approximations of a subset X U , with respect to an
equivalence relation, are defined as
E ( X ) {[ x]
E
: [ x]
E
, X }, E ( X ) {[ x]E : [ x]E X },
BNDE ( X ) E( X ) E( X ), where
[ x]E {x, U : E ( x) E ( x, )}.
Definition 2.2 [6] Pawlak determined the degree of
crispness of any subset X U by a mathematical tool,
named the accuracy measure of it, which is defined as
( X ) E ( X ) / E ( X ), E ( X ) .
E
Obviously, 0 E ( X ) 1 . If E( X ) E ( X ) , then X is
crisp (exact) set, with respect to E , otherwise X is rough
set.
Properties of Pawlak’s approximations are listed in the following proposition.
Proposition 2.1 [6] Let (U , E ) be a Pawlak
proximation space and let X , Y U . Then,
(a) E( X ) X E( X ) .
(b) E( ) = = E( ) and E(U ) = U = E(U ) .
(c) E( X Y ) = E( X ) E(Y ) .
(d) E( X Y ) = E( X ) E(Y ) .
(e) X Y , then E ( X ) E (Y ) and E ( X ) E(Y ) .
(f) E ( X Y ) E ( X ) E (Y ) .
(g) E( X Y ) E( X ) E(Y ) .
(h) E ( X c ) = [ E ( X )]c , X is the complement of X .
(i) E ( X c ) = [ E ( X )]c .
(j) E( E( X )) = E( E( X )) = E( X ) .
(k) E( E( X )) = E( E( X )) = E( X ) .
C
Definition 2.3 [33] An information system is a quadruple
IS = (U , A, V , f ) , where U is a non-empty finite set of
objects, A is a non-empty finite set of attributes,
V = {V , e A} , V is the value set of attribute e ,
e
e
f : U A V is called an information (knowledge)
function.
Definition 2.4 [12] Let U be an initial universe set, E be
a set of parameters, A E and let P (U ) denotes the
power set of U . Then, a pair S = ( F , A) is called a soft set
over U , where F is a mapping given by F : A P (U ) .
In other words, a soft set over U is a parameterized family
of subsets of U . For e A, F (e) may be considered as
the set of e -approximate elements of S .
Definition 2.5 [2] A neutrosophic set A on the universe of
discourse U is defined as
A = { x, T ( x), I ( x), F ( x) : x U }, where
A
A
A
0 T ( x) I ( x) F ( x) 3 , andT , I , F 0,1
A
A
A
Definition 2.6 [20] Let U be an initial universe set and E
be a set of parameters. Consider A E , and let
P (U ) denotes the set of all neutrosophic sets of U . The
collection ( F , A) is termed to be the neutrosophic soft set
over U , where F is a mapping given by F : A P (U ).
Definition 2.7 [3] Let X be a space of points (objects),
with a generic element in X denoted by x . A single
valued neutrosophic set A in X is characterized by
truth-embership function T A , indeterminacy-membership
function I A and falsity-membership function FA . For
each point x in X , TA(X),I A(X),F A(X) 0,1 . When X is
continuous, a single valued neutrosophic set A can be
written as A X (T(x),I(x), F(x)) /x,x X . When X is
discrete, A can be written as A in1 (T(xi ),I(x i ),F(x i )) /xi ,xi X .
3 Single valued neutrosophic soft rough set
approximations
In this section, we give a definition of a single valued
neutrosophic soft (VNS in short) set. VNS-lower and
VNS-upper approximations are introduced and their
properties are deduced, proved and illustrated by many
counter examples.
Definition 3.1 Let U be an initial universe set and E be a
set of parameters. Consider A E , and let
P (U ) denotes the set of all single valued neutrosophic sets
of U . The collection (G,A) is termed to be VNS set over
U , where G is a mapping given by G : A P (U ) .
For more illustration the meaning of VNS set, we
consider the following example
Example 3.1 Let U be a set of cars under consideration
and E is the set of parameters (or qualities). Each
parameter is a neutrosophic word. Consider E = {elegant,
trustworthy, sporty, comfortable, modern}. In this case, to
define a VNS means to point out elegant cars, trustworthy
cars and so on. Suppose that, there are five cars in the
universe U , given by U {h1 , h2 , h3 , h4 , h5} and the set of
parameters A {e1 , e2 , e3 , e4 } , where A E and each ei is
a specific criterion for cars: e1 stands for elegant, e 2 stands
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
78
for trustworthy, e 3 stands for sporty and e 4 stands for
comfortable.
A VNS set can be represented in a tabular form as shown
in Table 1. In this table, the entries are c ij corresponding to
the car hi and the parameter e j , where Cij = (true
membership value of hi , indeterminacy-membership value
of hi , falsity membership value of hi ) in G ( e i ) .
e1
e2
e3
e4
h1
(.6, .6, .2)
(.8, .4, .3)
(.7, .4, .3)
(.8, .6, .4)
h3
Proof Let h , T (h ), I (h ), F (h ) , h , T (h ), I (h ), F (h )
2
e
2
e
2
and h , T (h 1), e I 1(h e), 1F (eh 1) G (2A) e. Then,
3
h5
(.4, .6, .6)
(.6, .2, .4)
(.6, .4, .3)
(.7, .6, .6)
(.6, .4, .2)
(.8, .1, .3)
(.7, .2, .5)
(.7, .6, .4)
(.6, .3, .3)
(.8, .2, .2)
(.5, .2, .6)
(.7, .5, .6)
(.8, .2, .3)
(.8, .3, .2)
(.7, .3, .4)
(.9, .5, .7)
Table1: Tabular representation of (G, A) of Example 3.1.
Definition 3.2 Let (G , A) be a VNS set on a universe U .
For any element h U , a neutrosophic right
neighborhood, with respect to e A is defined as follows
he = {hi U :
Te (hi ) Te (h), I e (hi ) I e (h), Fe (hi ) Fe (h)}.
Definition 3.3 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U. Neutrosophic
right minimal structure is defined as follows
{U , , h e : h U , e A}
Illustration of Definitions 3.2 and 3.3 is introduced in the
following example
Example 3.2 According Example 3.1, we can deduce the
following results: h1e h1e h1e h1e {h } , h2 e h2e
1
2
3
1
4
1
3
{h , h } , h2e {h , h , h , h } , h2e {h , h , h } , h3 e h3e {h , h } ,
1 2
1 2 4 5
1
2 3
1 3
2
4
1
3
e
3
e
1
e
1
e
1
e
1
e
1
e
= F (h ) . For every e A , h1 h1e . Then h1 R e h1 and
1
e
(b) Let h R h and h R h , then h h and h
1
4
h3e2 {h , h , h , h } , h3e3 {h , h , h } , h4e1 {h , h3 , h } , h4e2 {h , h } ,
1 3
4
5
1 3 5
4 5
1
4
2
e
h . Hence, T ( h )
2e
e
3
1
3
e
1
e
2
2
3
e
T (h ) , I (h )
1
e
2
e
T (h ) , I (h )
e
2
e
3
1e
3
I (h ) , F (h )
1
e
e
2
e
3
I ( h ) and F ( h )
1
e
e
3
2
I ( h ) and
2
e
F ( h ) . Consequently, we have T ( h )
T (h ) , I (h )
e
2
e
F (h ) , T (h )
F (h )
e
h4
3
e
(a) Obviously, T (h ) = T (h ) , I (h ) = I (h ) and F (h )
then R e is reflexive relation.
U
h2
(c) R e may be not symmetric relation.
3
e
F (h ) . It
e
1
follows that, h h . Then h R h and then R is
3
1e
1
e
3
e
transitive relation.
The following example proves (c) of Proposition 3.1.
Example 3.3 From Example 3.2, we have, h1e {h1} and
1
h3 e1 {h , h } . Hence, (h2 , h1 ) Re1 but ( h , h ) Re1 .
1
3
1
3
Then, R e isn’t symmetric relation.
Definition 3.4 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U , and let be
a neutrosophic right minimal structure on it. Then, VNSlower and VNS-upper approximations of any subset X
based on , respectively, are
S X {Y : Y X },
S X {Y : Y X }.
Remark 3.1 For any considered set X in a VNS set (G,A),
the sets
c
PNR X S X , N NR X [ S X ] ,
b NR X S X P NR X
are called single valued neutrosophic positive, single
valued neutrosophic negative and single valued
neutrosophic boundary regions of a considered set X ,
It follows that,
respectively. The real meaning of single valued
{{h1 }, {h5 }, {h1 , h2 }, {h1 , h3 }, {h1 , h5 }, {h4 , h5 },
neutrosophic positive of X is the set of all elements which
are surely belonging to X, single valued neutrosophic
{h1 , h2 , h3 }, {h1 , h3 , h4 }, {h1 , h3 , h5 }, {h1 , h2 , h3 , h4 }
negative of X is the set of all elements which are surely not
, {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 }, {h1 , h3 , h4 , h5 }, U , }
belonging to X and single valued neutrosophic boundary of
Proposition 3.1 Let (G , A) be a VNS set on a universe U , X is the elements of X which are not determined by (G,A).
is the family of all neutrosophic right neighborhoods on Consequently, the single valued neutrosophic boundary
region of any considered set is the initial problem of any
it, and let
real life application.
Re : U , Re (h) = he
VNS rough set approximations properties are introduced in
Then,
the following proposition.
(a) R e is reflexive relation.
Proposition 3.2 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U, and let
(b) R e is transitive relation.
X , Z U . Then the following properties hold
h4 e U , h4e {h , h , h , h } , h5 e h5e h5e {h } , h5e {h , h } .
1 2 3 4
5
1
5
3
4
1
2
4
3
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
79
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
(a) S X X S X .
S( X Z ) S X S Z .
(b) S = S = .
(i) Let h S ( X Z ) . But S ( X Z ) {Y : Y
X Z } . Then, there exists Y such that Y X Z
(c) S U = S U = U .
(d) X Z S X S Z .
(e) X Z S X S Z .
(f) S ( X Z ) S X SZ .
(g) S ( X Z ) S X SZ .
(h) S ( X Z ) S X S Z
(i) S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
Proof
(a) From Definition 3.3, obviously, we can deduce that,
S X X S X .
(b) From Definition 3.4, we can deduce that S and
S {Y : Y } .
(c) From Property (a), we have U S U but U is the
universe set, then S U U . Also, from Definition 3.4, we
have SU {Y : Y U } , but U . Then, SU U
(d) Let X Z and h S X , then there exists Y such
that h Y X . But X Z , then h Y Z . Hence,
h SZ . Consequently S X S Z .
(e) Let X Z and h S Z . But S Z {Y : Y
.
h Y and Y Z such that U there exists Then. Z }
But X Z , then Y X and h Y . Hence h S Z .
Thus S X S Z .
(f) Let h S ( X Z ) {Y : Y X Z} . So, there
exists Y such that, h Y X Z , then h Y X
and h Y Z . Consequently, h S X and h S Z ,
then h S X SZ . Thus S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
(g) Let h S ( X Z ) {Y : Y X Z } . So, for all
Y , h Y , we have Y X Z , then Y X and
Y Z . Consequently, h S X and h S Z . So
and
h Y . Then, Y X , h Y and Y Z , h Y .
It follows that, h S X S Z . Thus S ( X Z ) S X
S Z .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (a) doesn’t hold
Example 3.4 From Example 3.1, if X {h3 } , then S X
. X S X and S X X Hence. S X {h1 , h3 } and
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (d) doesn’t hold
Example 3.5 From Example 3.1, if X {h2 } and Z
{h1, h2} , then S X , S Z {h1 , h2 } . Thus S X SZ .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (e) doesn’t hold
Example 3.6 From Example 3.1, if X {h5 } and
Z {h2 , h5 } , then, S X {h5 } and S Z {h1 , h2 ,
h4 , h5 } . Hence, S X S Z .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (f) doesn’t hold
Example 3.7 From Example 3.1, If X {h1 , h3 , h4 }
and Z {h1 , h4 , h5 } , then S X {h1 , h3 , h4 } , S Z {h1 ,
S ( X Z ) S X Hence. S ( X Z ) {h1} and h4 , h5 }
. S Z
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (g) doesn’t hold
Example 3.8 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 } and Z
{h2 } then S X {h1} , S Z and S ( X Z ) {h1, h2} .
Hence S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (h) doesn’t hold
Example 3.9 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h2 , h4 } and
Z {h1 , h2 , h5 } then S X {h1 , h2 , h4 } ,
S Z {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 } and S ( X Z ) {h1 , h2 } . Hence
h S X S Z . Thus S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
S ( X Z ) S X S Z
(h) Let h S X S Z . Then, h S X or h S Z and
then there exists Y such that Y X , h Y or Y X ,
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (i) doesn’t hold
h Y . Consequently
Example 3.10 From Example 3.1, if X {h2 , h3 } and
h S ( X Z ) . Thus
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
80
Z {h5 } then S X {h1 , h2 , h3 } , S Z {h5 } and
S ( X Z ) U . Hence S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
Proposition 3.3 Let (G , A) be a neutrosophic soft set on
a unverse U , and let X , Z U . Then the following
properties hold.
(a) S S X S X
(b) S S X S X
and h Y Z . Consequently, h S X and h S Z , then
h S X S Z . Therefore S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Proposition 3.4 doesn’t hold.
Example 3.13 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h3 , h5 }
and Z {h1, h5} , then S X {h1 , h3 , h5 } , S Z {h1 , h5 } ,
S ( X Z ) and S X S Z {h3 } . Hence, S ( X Z )
S X S Z
(d) S S X S X
Proposition 3.5 Let (G , A) be a VNS set on U and let
X , Z U . Then the following properties don’t hold
(a) S X c [ S X ]c
Proof
(b) S X c [ S X ]c
(c) S S X S X
(a) Let W = S X and
some
h W {Y : Y X } . Then, for
e A , we have h Y W . So h SW . Hence W
(c) S ( X Z ) S X S Z
SW . Thus, SW S S W . Also, from Property (a) of
Proposition 3.2, we have S X X and by using Property
(d) of Proposition 3.2, we get S S X S X .
Consequently. S X = S S X
The following example proves Properties (a) and (b) of
Proposition 3.5.
Example 3.14 From Example 3.1, if X {h1} . Then,
c
S X S X {h1 } , S X c {h4 , h5 }and S X U . Thus
c
c
c
c
S X [ S X ] and S X [ S X ]
(b) Let W S X and h W , from Definition 3.4, we
have W {Y : Y X }. Then there exists Y , such
The following example proves Property (c) of Proposition
3.5.
Example 3.15 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h2 } and
Z {h1 } . Then S X {h1 , h2 } , S Z {h1} , S ( X Z )
{h1 , h2 } . Hence S ( X Z ) S X S Z .
that Y X and h Y . Hence, there exists Y , such
that Y W and h Y , it follows that h S W .
Consequently W S W . Also, by using Property (a) of
Proposition 3.2, we have W S W . Thus S S W S W
Properties (c) and (d) can be proved directly from
Proposition 3.2.
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (c) doesn’t hold.
Example 3.11 From Example 3.1, if X {h4 } . Then
S X {h4 } and S S X . Hence, S S X S X .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Property (c) doesn’t hold.
Example 3.12 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h2 , h5 } , then
S X {h1 , h2 , h5 } and S S X {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 } . Hence
S S X S X
Proposition 3.4 Let (G , A) be a VNS set on
X , Z U . Then
U and let
S ( X Z ) S X S Z
Proof
Let h S ( X Z ) {Y : Y ( X Z )} . So, there
exists Y such that h Y ( X Z ) , then h Y X
Remark 3.2 A comparison between traditional rough and
single valued neutrosophic soft rough approaches, by using
their properties, is concluded in Table 2, as follows
4 Single valued neutrosophic soft rough concepts
In this section, some of single valued neutrosophic soft
rough concepts (NR-concepts in short) are defined as a
generalization of traditional rough concepts.
Definition 4.1 Let (G , A) be a VNS set on U . A subset
X U is called
(a) NR-definable (NR-exact) set if S X S X X
(b) Internally NR-definable set if S X X and S X X
(c) Externally NR-definable set if S X X and S X X
(d) NR-rough set if S X X and S X X
The following example illustrates Definition 4.1.
Example 4.1 From Example 3.1, we can deduce that {h1 } ,
{h5 }, {h1 , h2 }, {h1 , h3 }, {h1 , h5 }, {h4 , h5 } , {h1 , h2 , h3},{h1 , h3 , h4 },{h1 ,
h3 , h5},{h1 , h4 , h5},{h1 , h2 , h3 , h4 } , {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 }, {h1 , h3 , h4 , h5 } are
NR-definable sets, {h1 , h2 , h5 }, {h1 , h2 , h3 , h5 } are internally
NR-definable sets, {h4 }, {h1 , h4 }, {h1 , h2 , h4 } are externally
NR-definable sets and the rest of proper subsets of U are
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
81
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
NR-rough sets.
We can determine the degree of single valued neutrosophic
soft-crispness (exactness) of any subset X U by using
NR-accuracy measure, denoted by C X , which is defined
as follows
Definition 4.2 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U , and let X U .
Then
C X S X S X , X
Remark 4.1 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U . A subset X U is
NR-definable (NR-exact) if and only if C X 1 .
Definition 4.3 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X U ,
x X . NR-membership function of an element x to a set
X denoted by X x is defined as follows:
X x | xA X | / | xA |, where x A {xe : e A} and xe is a
neutrosophic right neighborhood, defined in Definition 3.2.
Proposition 4.1 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U , X U and let
X x be the membership function defined in Definition 4.3.
Then
X x [0,1]
Proof
Where x A X x A then 0 x A X x A and then
0 X x 1.
Proposition 4.2 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X U ,
then
X x 1 x X
Proof
Let X x 1, then x A X x A . Consequantly x A X .
From Proposition 3.1, we have Re is a reflexive relation
for all e A . Hence x xe e A . It follows that x x A .
Thus x X
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Proposition 4.2 doesn’t hold.
Example 4.2 From Example 3.2, we get h3 A {h1 , h3 } . If
X {h , h , h } , then X h3 1 2 . Although h3 X
2 3 5
Proposition 4.3 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z
U . If X Z , then the following properties hold
(a)
X x Z x
(b) S X x S Z x
(c) S X x S Z x
Proof
(a) Where X U , for any x U we can deduce that
X x Z x . Thus x A X x A Z then xA Z , x A X
We get the proof of Properties (b) and (c) of Proposition
4.3, directly from property (a) of Proposition 4.3 and
properties (d) and (e) of Proposition 3.2.
Traditional rough properties VNS rough properties
S ( X Z ) S X S Z
E( X Z ) E X EZ
E ( X Y ) = E ( X ) E (Y )
S ( X Z ) S X S Z
E ( E ( X )) = E ( X )
E ( E ( X )) = E ( X )
E ( X c ) = [ E ( X )]c
c
E ( X c ) = [ E ( X )]
S S X S X
S S X S X
S X c [ S X ]c
S X c [ S X ]c
Table 2: Comparison between traditional, VNS rough
Proposition 4.4 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let XU,
then the following properties hold
(a) S X x X x
(b) X x x
S X
(c) S X x x
S X
Proof can be obtained directly from Propositions 3.2 and
property (a) of Proposition 4.3.
Definition 4.4 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U , and let x U ,
X U . NR-membership relations, denoted by and
are defined as follows
x X if x S X and x X if x S X
Proposition 4.5 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U , and let x
U , X U . Then
(a) x X x X
(b) x X x X
Proof
(a) Let x X , hence by using Definition 4.4, we get
x S X .
But from Proposition 3.2, we have S X X , then
x X .
(b) Let x X , according to Proposition 3.2, we have
X S X , then x S X , by using Definition 4.4,
we can deduce that x X .
Consequently x X x X .
The following example illustrates that the converse of
Proposition 4.5 doesn’t hold.
Example 4.3 From Example 3.1, if X {h2 , h5 } , then
S X {h5 } and S X {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 } . Hence, h2 X ,
although h2 X and h4 X , although h4 X .
Proposition 4.6 Let (G,A) be a VNS on
Then the following properties hold
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
U and let X U .
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
82
(a) x X X x 1
(b) X x 1 x X
Proposition 4.9 Let (G,A) be a VNS on
U . Then
Proof can be obtained directly from Definition 4.4 and
Propositions 4.2 and 4.5.
Proof comes directly From Proposition 3.2.
The following example illustrates that the converse of
property (a) does not hold.
Example 4.4 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h4 } then
S X {h1} and h4 A {h4 } , it follows that X h4 1 .
Although h4 X
The following example illustrates that, the converse of
Proposition 4.9 doesn’t hold.
Example 4.9 In Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h4 } and Z {h1 , h2 ,
h5 } , then S X {h1}, S Z {h1 , h2 , h5 } , S X {h1 , h4 } and
S Z {h1 , h2 , h4 , h5 } . Hence, X Z and X Z .
Although X Z
U and let X , Z
X Z X Z X Z
The following example illustrates that the converse of
property (b) does not hold.
Example 4.5 From Example 3.1, if X {h2 } , then
S X {h1 , h2 } and h2 A {h1 , h2 } , it follows that h2 X ,
although X h2 1
From Definition 4.5 and Proposition 4.3, the following
remarks can be deduced
Remark 4.2 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z U .
If X Z , then the following properties hold
(a) S X x S Z x
Proposition 4.7 Let (G,A) be a VNS on
X U . Then
(a) X x 0 x X
U and let
(b) X x 0 x X
Proof is straightforward and therefore is omitted.
The following example illustrates that the converse of
property (a), does not hold.
Example 4.6 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h3 , h4 } and from
Example 3.2, we get h2 A {h1 , h2 } , then X h2 0 , although
h2 X
The following example illustrates that the converse of
property (b), does not hold.
Example 4.7 From Example 3.1, if X {h1 , h4 , h5 } , then
S X {h1 , h4 , h5 } , from Example 3.2, we get h2 A {h1 , h2 } , it
follows that X h2 0 , although h2 X
Proposition 4.8 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let XU.
The following property does not hold
X x 0 x X
The following example proves Proposition 4.8.
Example 4.8 From Example 3.1, if X {h2 } then S X
{h1, h2} , from Example 3.2, we get h1 A {h1} , it follows that
h1 X , although X h1 0
Definition 4.5 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z
U . NR-inclusion relations, denoted by and which
are defined as follows
X Z If S X S Z
X Z If S X S Z
(b) S X x Z x
(c) S X x x
S Z
Remark 4.3 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z U .
If X Z , then the following properties hold
(a) x x
SX
S Z
(b) X x x
S Z
(c) S X x x
S Z
Definition 4.6 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z
U . NR-equality relations are defined as follows
X Z If
X Z If
If X Z
S X SZ
S X S Z
X Z X Z
The following example illustrates Definition 4.6.
Example 4.10 According to Example 3.1. Let A {e1} ,
then {U , ,{h1}, {h5 }, {h1 , h2 }, {h1 , h3}, {h1 , h3 , h4 }} . If X1 {h2},
X 2 {h3}, X 3 {h1 , h2 }, X 4 {h2 , h3} and X 5 {h2 , h4 } , then S X1
S X 2 , S X 1 S X 3 {h1 , h2 } , S X 4 S X 5 and S X 4
S X 5 U . Consequently X 1 X 2 , X 1 X 3 and X 4 X 5
Proposition 4.10 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on
X , Z U . Then
(a) X S X
U and let
(b) X S X
(c) X Z X Z
(d) X Z , Z X
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
83
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
(e) X Z , X U Z U
(f) X Z , Z X
(g) X Z , X U Z U
Proof. From Definition 4.6 and Propositions 3.2 and 3.3
we get the proof, directly.
From Definition 4.6 and Proposition 4.3, the following
remarks can be deduced
Remark 4.4 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z U .
If X Z , then the following properties hold
(a) S X x S Z x
parameters of the person X. To solve this problem, we need
the following definitions
Definition 5.1 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U {h1, h2 ,...,
hn } as the objects and A {e1 , e2 ,.., em } is the set of
parameters. The value matrix is a matrix whose rows are
labeled by the objects, its columns are labeled by the
parameters and the entries Cij are calculated by
Cij (Tej (hi ) I ej (hi ) Fej (hi )),
1 i n,1 j m
Definition 5.2 Let (G,A) be a VNS set on U {h1, h2 ,...,
hn } , where A {e1 , e2 ,.., em } . The score of an object h j is
defined as follows
S ( hi ) m
j 1 Cij
(b) S X x Z x
(c) S X x x
S Z
Remark 4.5 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z U .
If X Z , then the following properties hold
(a) x x
SX
U and
(b) m S (hi ) 2m, hi U
S Z
(b) X x x
S Z
(c) S X x x
S Z
Remark 5.1 Let (G, A) be a VNS set on
A {e1 , e2 , then is the set of parameters. .., em }
(a) 1 Cij 2, 1 i n,1 j m
The real meaning of C A is the degree of crispness of A .
Hence, if C A 1 , then A is NR-definable set. It means
that the collected data are sufficient to determine the set A .
Also, from the meaning of the neutrosophic right
neighborhood, we can deduce the most suitable choice by
using the following algorithm.
The following remark is introduced to show that Pawlak’s
approach to rough sets can be viewed as a special case of
proposed model.
Remark 4.6 Let (G,A) be a VNS on U and let X , Z U .
Algorithm
If we consider the following case
1. Input VNS set (G,A)
( If Te (hi ) 0.5 , then e(h) 1 , otherwise e(h) 0 )
2. Compute the accuracy measures of all singleton sets
and the neutrosophic right neighborhood of an element h is 3. Consider the objects of NR-definable singleton sets
replaced by the following equivalence class
4. Compute the value matrix of the considered objects
[h] e {hi U : e(hi ) e(h), e A}.
5. Compute the score of all considered objects in a tabular
form
Then VNS-lower and VNS-upper approximations will be
traditional Pawlak’s approximations. It follows that NR- 6. Find the maximum score of the considered objects
concepts will be Pawlak’s concepts. Therefor Pawlak’s 7. If there are more than one object has the maximum
approach to rough sets can be viewed as a special case of
scare, then any object of them could be the suitable
suggested single valued neutrosophic soft approach to
choice
rough sets.
8. If there is no NR-definable singleton set, then we
consider the objects of all NR-definable sets consisting
5 A decision making problem
two elements and then repeat steps (4-7), else, consider
In this section, suggested single valued neutrosophic
the objects of all NR-definable sets consisting three
soft rough model is applied in a decision making problem.
elements and then repeat steps (4-7),and so on...
We consider the problem to select the most suitable car
which a person X is going to choose from n cars (h1, h2 ,...,
For illustration the previous technique, the following
hn ) by using m parameters ( e1 , e2 ,.., em ).
Since these data are not crisp but neutrosophic, the example is introduced.
selection is not straightforward. Hence our problem in this Example 5.1 According to Example 3.1, we can create
section is to select the most suitable car with the choice Tables 3, as follows
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
84
Singleton sets
{h1}
{h2 }
{h3 } {h4 } {h5 }
1
0
0
0
1
C X
Table 3: Accuracy measures of all singleton sets.
Hence C {h1 } C {h5 } 1 . It follows that h1 and h5 are the
NR-definable singleton sets. Consequently h1 and h5 are
concidered objects. Therefore Table 4 can be created as
follows
Object
h1
e1
e3
e2
e4
(.6,.6,.2) (.8,.4,.3) (.7,.4,.3) (.8,.6,.4)
(.8,.2,.3) (.8,.3,.2) (.7,.3,.4) (.9,.5,.7)
h5
Table 4: Tabular representation of considered objects.
The value matrix of considered objects can be viewed as
Table 5.
Object
h1
e1
e2
e3
e4
1
0.9
0.8
1
0.7
0.9
0.6
0.7
h5
Table 5: Value matrix of considered objects.
Finally, the scores of considered objects are concluded in
Table 6, as follows
Object
Score of the object
3.7
2.9
Table 6: The scores of considered objects.
h1
h5
Clearly, the maximum score is 3.7, which is scored by the
car h1 . Hence, our decision in this case study is that a car
h1 is the most suitable car for a person X , under his choice
parameters. Also, the second suitable car for him is a car
h5 .
Obviously, the selection is dependent on the choice
parameters of the buyer. Consequently, the most suitable
car for a person X need not be suitable car for another
person Y .
Conclusion
This paper introduces the notion of single valued
neutrosophic soft rough set approximations by using a new
neighborhood named neutrosophic right neighborhood.
Suggested model is more realistic than the other traditional
models, as each proposition is estimated to have three
components: the percentage of truth, the percentage of
indeterminacy and the percentage of falsity. Several
properties of single valued neutrosophic soft rough sets
have been defined and propositions and illustrative
examples have been presented. It has been shown that
Pawlak’s approach to rough sets can be viewed as a special
case of single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough
sets. Finally, proposed model is applied in a decision
making problem, supported with algorithm.
References
[1] L.A. Zadeh. Fuzzy sets. Information and Control 8 (3)
(1965)338-353.
[2] F. Smarandache. Neutrosophic set- a generalization of
intuitionistic fuzzy sets. International Journal of Pure and
Applied Mathematics, 24(3) (2005), 287-297.
[3] H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y.Q. Zhang and R.
Sunderraman. Single valued neutrosophic sets.
Multispace and Multistructure, 4(2010), 410-413.
[4] R. Sahin and A. Kucuk. Subsethood measure for single
valued neutrosophic sets. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy
Systems, 29(2) (2015),525-530.
[5] J. Ye. Improved correlation coefficients of single valued
neutrosophic sets and interval neutrosophic sets for
multiple attribute decision making. Journal of Intelligent
and Fuzzy Systems, 27(5) (2014), 2453-2462.
[6] Z. Pawlak. Rough sets. International Journal of
Information and Computer Sciences, 11(5) (1982), 341356.
[7] H. M. Abu-Donia, A. A. Nasef, and E. A. Marei. Finite
information systems. Applied Mathematics and
Information Science, 1(2007),13-21.
[8] W. Wu, Y. Leung, and M. Shao. Generalized fuzzy rough
approximation operators determined by fuzzy implicators.
International Journal of Approximate Reasoning,
54(9)(2013),1388-1409.
[9] X. Ge, X. Bai, and Z. Yun. Topological characterizations
of covering for special covering-based upper
approximation operators. International Journal of
Information Science, 204 (2012), 70-81.
[10] J. Xu, Y. Yin, Z. Tao, Rough approximation-based
random model for quarry location and stone materials
transportation problem, Canadian Journal of Civil
Engineering, 40(9)(2013), 897-908.
[11] E. A. Marei. Rough set approximations on a semi
bitoboligical view. International Journal of Scientific and
Innovative Mathematical Research, 3(12)(2015), 59-70.
[12] D. Molodtso. Soft set theory: First result. Computers
and Mathematics with Applications, 3(1999),19-31.
[13] H. Aktas, and N. Cagman. Soft sets and soft groups.
Information Sciences, 177(2007), 2726-2735.
[14] F. Feng, Y. B. Jun, X. Z. Zhao. Soft semi rings
Computers and Mathematics with Applications,
56(2008), 2621-2628.
[15] T. Herawan, and M. M. Deris. Soft decision making for
patients suspected influenza. Computational Science and
Its Applications, Lecture Notes in Computer Science.
6018 (2010),405-418.
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
85
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[16] Y.B. Jun, and C.H. Park. Applications of soft sets in
ideal theory of BCK/BCI-algebras. Information Sciences
178(2008), 2466-2475.
[17] X. B. Yang, T.Y. Lin, J.Y. Yang, Y. Li, and D. .J. Yu.
Combination of interval-valued fuzzy set and soft set.
Computers and Mathematics with Applications,
58(2009), 521-527.
Applications; Smarandache, F., Pramanik, S., Eds.; Pons
Editions: Brussels, Belgium, 1(2016) 93-103.
[30] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik, Tri-complex rough
neutrosophic similarity measure and its application in
multi-attribute decision making. Critical Review,
11(2015), 26-40.
[18] F. Feng, X. Liu, V.L. Fotea, and Y. B. Jun. Soft sets and
soft rough sets. Information Sciences, 181(2011),11251137.
[31] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Rough
neutrosophic hyper-complex set and its application to
multi-attribute decision making. Critical Review,
13(2016), 111-126.
[19] E. A. Marei. Generalized soft rough approach with a
medical decision making problem. European Journal of
Scientific Research, 133(1) (2015), 49-65.
[32] E. A. Marei. More on neutrosophic soft rough sets and
its
modification. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 10
(2015), 18- 30.
[20] P. K. Maji. Neutrosophic soft set. Annals of Fuzzy
Mathematics and Informatics, 5(1)(2013), 157-168.
[33] Z. Pawlak, and A. Skowron. Rudiments of rough sets.
Information Sciences, 177 (2007), 3-27.
[21] S. Broumi, F. Smarandache, and M. Dhar. Rough
neutrosophic sets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
3(2014), 60-65.
[34] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[22] S. Broumi, and F. Smarandache. Interval neutrosophic
rough set. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7(2015), 2331.
[35] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[23] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Rough neutrosophic
multiattribute decision-making based on rough
accuracy
score function. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 8(2015), 14-21.
[24] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Decision making based on
some similarity measures under interval rough
neutrosophic environment. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 10(2015), 46-57.
[25] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Rough
neutrosophic TOPSIS for multi-attribute group
decision making. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 13
(2016), 105-117.
[36] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[37] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[38] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[26] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Multiattribute decision making based on rough neutrosophic
variatinal coefficient similarity measure. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 13(2016), 3-17.
[39] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[27] S. Pramanik, R. Roy, T. K. Roy, and F. Smarandache.
Multi
criteria decision making using correlation
coefficient
under rough neutrosophic
environment. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems,
17(2017), 29-38.
[40] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
[28] H. L. Yang, C.L. Zhang, Z.L. Guo, Y.L. Liu, and X.
Liao. A
hybrid model of single valued neutrosophic
sets and
rough sets: single valued neutrosophic
rough set model.
Soft Computing (2016) 1-15.
doi:10.1007/s00500-016-2356-y.
Received : April 11, 2018. Accepted : April 25, 2018.
[29] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Several
trigonometric Hamming similarity measures of rough
neutrosophic sets and their applications in decision
making. In New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory and
Emad Marei, Single valued neutrosophic soft approach to rough sets, theory and application
86
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
University of New Mexico
A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
1
M. Lellis Thivagar, 2 Saeid Jafari 3 V. Sutha Devi 4 V. Antonysamy
1,3,4 School
of Mathematics, Madurai Kamaraj University,
Madurai -625021, Tamilnadu, India.
E-mail1 : mlthivagar@yahoo.co.in , E-mail3 : vsdsutha@yahoo.co.in,
E-mail 4 : tonysamsj@yahoo.com
2 Department
of Mathematics, College of Vestsjaelland South,
Herrestraede 11, 4200 Slagelse, Denmark.
E-mail2 : jafaripersia@gmail.com
Abstract: The main objective of this study is to introduce a new hybrid intelligent
structure called Neutrosophic nano topology. Fuzzy nano topology and intuitionistic
nano topology can also be deduced from the neutrosophic nano topology. Based on the
neutrosophic nano approximations we have classified neutrosophic nano topology. Some
properties like neutrosophic nano interior and neutrosophic nano closure are derived.
Keywords and phrases: Neutrosophic sets, Fuzzy sets, Intuitionistic sets, Neutrosophic nano topology, Fuzzy nano topology, Intuitionistic nano topology
2010 AMS SUBJECT CLASSIFICATION: 54A05
1
INTRODUCTION
Nano topology explored by Thivagar et.al can be described as a collection of nano
approximations, a non-empty finite universe and empty set for which equivalence classes
are buliding blocks. It is named as nano topology because whatever may be the size of the
universe it has at most five open sets. After this, there has been many models built upon
different aspect, i.e, universe, relations, object and operators. One of the interesting
generalizations of the theories of fuzzy sets and intuitionistic fuzzy sets is the theory
of neutrosophic sets introduced by F.Smarandache. Neutrosophic set is described by
three functions : a membership function, indeterminacy function and a nonmembership
function that are independently related. The theories of neutrosophic set have achieved
greater success in various areas such as medical diagnosis, database, topology, image
processing and decision making problem. While the neutrosophic set is a powerful tool
to deal with indeterminate and inconsistent data, the theory of rough set is a powerful
mathematical tool to deal with incompleteness. Neutrosophic sets and rough sets are two
different topics, none conflicts the other. The main objective of this study is to introduce
a new hybrid intelligent structure called neutrosophic nano topology. The significance of
introducing hybrid structures is that the computational techniques, based on any one of
these structures alone, will not always yield the best results but a fusion of two or more
of them can often give better results. The rest of this paper is organized as follows. Some
preliminary concepts required in our work are briefly recalled in section 2. In section 3 ,
the concept of neutrosophic nano topology is investigated. Section 4 concludes the paper
with some properties on neutrosophic nano interior and neutrosophic nano closure.
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
2
87
Preliminaries
The following recalls requisite ideas and preliminaries necessitated in the sequel of our
work.
Definition 2.1 [8]: Let U be a non-empty finite set of objects called the universe and
R be an equivalence relation on U named as the indiscernibility relation. Elements
belonging to the same equivalence class are said to be indiscernible with one another.
The pair (U , R) is said to be the approximation space. Let X ⊆ U .
(i) The lower approximation of X with respect to R is the set of all objects, which
can be for certain classified
as X with respect to R and it is denoted by LR (X).
∪
That is, LR (X) =
{R(x) : R(x) ⊆ X}, where R(x) denotes the equivalence
x∈U
class determined by x.
(ii) The upper approximation of X with respect to R is the set of all objects, which
can be possibly
∪classified as X with respect to R and it is denoted by UR (X). That
{R(x) : R(x) ∩ X ̸= φ}.
is, UR (X) =
x∈U
(iii) The boundary region of X with respect to R is the set of all objects, which can be
classified neither as X nor as not-X with respect to R and it is denoted by BR (X).
That is, BR (X) = UR (X) − LR (X).
Remark 2.2 [8]: If (U , R) is an approximation space and X, Y ⊆ U , then the following
statements hold:
(i) LR (X) ⊆ X ⊆ UR (X).
(ii) LR (φ) = UR (φ) = φ and LR (U) = UR (U) = U .
(iii) UR (X ∪ Y ) = UR (X) ∪ UR (Y ).
(iv) UR (X ∩ Y ) ⊆ UR (X) ∩ UR (Y )
(v) LR (X ∪ Y ) ⊇ LR (X) ∪ LR (Y ).
(vi) LR (X ∩ Y ) = LR (X) ∩ LR (Y ).
(vii) LR (X) ⊆ LR (Y ) and UR (X) ⊆ UR (Y ), whenever X ⊆ Y .
(viii) UR (X C ) = [LR (X)]C and LR (X C ) = [UR (X)]C .
(ix) UR UR (X) = LR UR (X) = UR (X).
(x) LR LR (X) = UR LR (X) = LR (X).
Definition 2.3 [8]: Let U be an universe, R be an equivalence relation on U and
τR (X) = {U, φ, LR (X), UR (X), BR (X)} where X ⊆ U . τR (X) satisfies the following
axioms:
(i) U and φ ∈ τR (X).
(ii) The union of the elements of any sub-collection of τR (X) is in τR (X).
(iii) The intersection of the elements of any finite sub-collection of τR (X) is in τR (X).
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
88
That is, τR (X) forms a topology on U called the nano topology on U with respect to
X. We call (U , τR (X)) as the nano topological space. The elements of τR (X) are called
nano-open sets.
Proposition 2.4 [8]: Let U be a non-empty finite universe and X ⊆ U . Then the
following statements hold:
(i) If LR (X) = φ and UR (X) = U , then τR (X) = {U, φ}, is the indiscrete nano
topology on U .
(ii) If LR (X) = UR (X) = X, then the nano topology, τR (X) = {U, φ, LR (X)}.
(iii) If LR (X) = φ and UR (X) ̸= U , then τR (X) = {U, φ, UR (X)}.
(iv) If LR (X) ̸= φ and UR (X) = U , then τR (X) = {U, φ, LR (X), BR (X)}.
(v) If LR (X) ̸= UR (X) where LR (X) ̸= φ and UR (X) ̸= U , then
τR (X) = {U , φ, LR (X), UR (X), BR (X)} is the discrete nano topology on U .
Definition 2.5 [3]: Let X be a non empty set. A fuzzy set A is an object having
the form A = {< x : µA (x), x ∈ X}, where 0 ≤ µA (x) ≤ 1 represent the degree of
membership of each x ∈ X to the set A.
Definition 2.6 [2]: Let X be a non empty set. An intuitionstic set A is of the form
A = {< x : µA (x), νA (x), x ∈ X}, where µA (x) and νA (x) represent the degree of
membership function and the degree of non membership respectively of each x ∈ X to
the set A and 0 ≤ µA (x) + νA (x) ≤ 1 for all x ∈ X.
Definition 2.7 [6]: Let X be an universe of discourse with a generic element in X
denoted by x, the neutrosophic set is an object having the form
A = {< x : µA (x), σA (x), νA (x) >, x ∈ X}, where the functions µ, σ, ν : X → [0, 1]
define respectively the degree of membership or truth , the degree of indeterminancy,
and the degree of non-membership (or Falsehood) of the element x ∈ X to the set A
with the condition. −0 ≤ µA (x) + σA (x) + νA (x) ≤ 3.
3
Neutrosophic Nano Topological Space
In this section we introduce the notion of neutrosophic nano topology by means of nano
neutrosophic nano approximations namely neutrosophic nano lower, neutrosophic nano
upper and neutrosophic nano boundary. From Neutrosophic nano topology we have also
defined and deduced intuitionistic nano topology and fuzzy nano topology.
Definition 3.1 : Let U be a non-empty set and R be an equivalence relation on U .
Let F be a neutrosophic set in U with the membership function µF , the indeterminancy function σF and the non-membership function νF . The neutrosophic nano lower,
neutrosophic nano upper approximation and neutrosophic nano boundary of F in the
approximation (U , R) denoted by N (F ), N (F )and BN (F ) are respectively defined as
follows:
(i) N (F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x), σR(A) (x), νR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(ii) N (F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x), σR(A) (x), νR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(iii) BN(F)= N (F ) − N (F ).
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
89
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
where µR(A) (x) =
µR(A) (x) =
∨
∧
y∈[x]R
y∈[x]R
µA (y), σR(A) (x) =
µA (y), σR(A) (x) =
∨
∧
y∈[x]R
y∈[x]R
σA (y), νR(A) (x) =
σA (y), νR(A) (x) =
∧
∨
y∈[x]R
y∈[x]R
νA (y).
νA (y).
Definition 3.2 : Let U be an universe, R be an equivalence relation on U and F be a
neutrosophic set in U and if the collection τN (F ) = {0N , 1N , N (F ), N (F ), BN (F )} forms
a topology then it is said to be a neutrosophic nano topology. We call (U , τN (F )) as
the neutrosophic nano topological space. The elements of τN (F ) are called neutrosophic
nano open sets.
Remark 3.3 : From Neutrosophic nano topology we can deduce and define the
fuzzy nano topology and intuitionistic nano topology. Fuzzy nano topology is
obtained by considering the membership values alone whereas in case of intuitionistic
nano topology both membership and non member ship values are considered.
Definition 3.4 : Let U be a non-empty set and R be an equivalence relation on U .
Let F be an intuitionistic set in U with the membership function µF and the nonmembership function νF . The intuitionistic nano lower, intuitionistic nano upper approximation and intuitionistic nano boundary of F in the approximation (U , R) denoted
by I(F ), I(F )and BI (F ) are respectively defined as follows:
(i) I(F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x), νR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(ii) I(F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x), νR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(iii) BI (F )= I(F ) − I(F ).
∧
∨
where µRI (A) (x) = y∈[x]R µA (y), νRI (A) (x) = y∈[x]R νA (y).
µR(A) (x) =
∨
y∈[x]R
µA (y), νRI (A) (x) =
∧
y∈[x]R
νA (y).
Definition 3.5 : Let U be an universe, R be an equivalence relation on U and F be an
intuitionistic set in U and if the collection τI (F ) = {0N , 1N , I(F ), I(F ), BI (F )} forms
a topology then it is said to be a intuitionistic nano topology. We call (U , τI (F )) as
the intuitionistic nano topological space. The elements of τI (F ) are called intuitionistic
nano open sets.
Definition 3.6 : Let U be a non-empty set and R be an equivalence relation on U . Let
F be a fuzzy set in U with the membership function µF . Then the fuzzy nano lower,
fuzzy nano upper approximation of F and fuzzy nano boundary of F in the approximation
(U, R) denoted by F(F ), F(F )and BF (F ) are respectively defined as follows:
(i) F(F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(ii) F(F ) = {< x, µR(A) (x) > /y ∈ [x]R , x ∈ U }.
(iii) BF (F )= F(F ) − F(F ).
∧
∨
where µR(A) (x) = y∈[x]R µA (y), µR(A) (x) = y∈[x]R µA (y)
Definition 3.7 : Let U be an universe, R be an equivalence relation on U and F be
a fuzzy set in U and if the collection τF (F ) = {0N , 1N , F(F ), F(F ), BF (F )} forms a
topology then it is said to be a fuzzy nano topology. We call (U , τF (F )) as the fuzzy
nano topological space. The elements of τF (F ) are called fuzzy nano open sets.
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
90
Remark 3.8 : Thus from the above definitions of intuitionistic and fuzzy nano topologies we can assure that throughout this paper all the properties and examples also holds
good when it is possible for neutrosophic nano topology.
Remark 3.9 : Since our main purpose is to construct tools for developing neutrosophic
nano topological spaces, we must introduce 0N , 1N and certain neutrosophic set operations in X as follows:
Definition 3.10 : Let U be a nonempty set and the neutrosophic sets A and B in the
form A = {< x : µA (x), σA (x), νA (x) >, x ∈ U }, B = {< x : µB (x), σB (x), νB (x) >, x ∈
U}. Then the following statements hold:
(i) 0N = {< x, 0, 0, 1 >: x ∈ U} and 1N = {< x, 1, 1, 0 >: x ∈ U}.
(ii) A ⊆ B iff µA (x) ≤ µB (x), σA (x) ≤ σB (x), νA (x) ≥ νB (x)f or all x ∈ U }.
(iii) A = B iff A ⊆ Band B ⊆ A.
(iv) AC = {< x, νA (x), 1 − σA (x), µA (x) >: x ∈ U}.
(v) A ∩ B = {x, µA (x) ∧ µB (x), σA (x) ∧ σB (x), νA (x) ∨ νB (x)f or all x ∈ U }.
(vi) A ∪ B = {x, µA (x) ∨ µB (x), σA (x) ∨ σB (x), νA (x) ∧ νB (x)f or all x ∈ U }.
Theorem 3.11 [8]: Let U be a non-empty finite universe and X ⊆ U . Let τR (X) be
the nano topology on U with respect to X. Then [τR (X)]C , whose elements are AC for
A ∈ τR (X), is a topology on U .
Remark 3.12 : [τN (F )]C is called the dual neutrosophic nano topology of τN (F ).
Elements of [τN (F )]C are called neutrosophic nano closed sets. Thus, we note that a
neutrosophic set N(G) of U is neutrosophic nano closed in τN (F ) if and only if U − N (G)
is neutrosophic nano open in τN (F ).
Example 3.13 : Let U = {p1 , p2 , p3 } be the universe of discourse. Let U /R =
{{p1 , p2 }, {p3 }} be an equivalence relation on U and A = {< p1 , (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >, <
p2 , (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >} be a neutrosophic set on U then N (A) = {<
p1 , (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >}, N (A) = {< p1 , (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >
, < p2 , (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >} , B(A) = {< p1 , (0.5, 0.6, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.5, 0.6, 0.5) >
, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >}. Then the collection τN (A) = {0N , 1N , {< p1 , (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >,
< p2 , (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >}, {< p1 , (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >
, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >}, {< p1 , (0.5, 0.6, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.5, 0.6, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.5, 0.1) >
}} is a neutrosophic nano topology on U and [τN (A)]C is also a neutrosophic nano topology on U . Thus τI (A) = {0N , 1N , {< p1 , (0.3, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.3, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.1) >
}, {< p1 , (0.7, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.7, 0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1, 0.1) >}, {< p1 , (0.5, 0.5) >, < p2 , (0.5, 0.5) >
, < p3 , (0.1, 0.1) >}} and τF (A) = {0N , 1N , {< p1 , (0.3) >, < p2 , (0.3) >, < p3 , (0.1) >
}, {< p1 , (0.7) >, < p2 , (0.7) >, < p3 , (0.1) >}, {< p1 , (0.5) >, < p2 , (0.5) >, < p3 , (0.1) >
}} are the intuitionistic nano topology and fuzzy nano topology.
Remark 3.14 : In neutrosophic nano topological space, the neutrosophic nano boundary cannot be empty. Since the difference between neutrosophic nano upper and neutrosophic nano lower approximations is defined here as the maximum and minimum of
the values in the neutrosophic sets.
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
91
Proposition 3.15 : Let U be a non-empty finite universe and F be a neutrosophic set
on U . Then the following statements hold:
(i) The collection τN (F ) = {0N , 1N }, is the indiscrete neutrosophic nano topology on
U.
(ii) If N (F ) = N (F ) = N (F ), then the neutrosophic nano topology,
τN (F ) = {0N , 1N , N (F ), BN (F )}.
(iii) If N (F ) = BN (F ), then τN (F ) = {0N , 1N , N (F ), N (F )} is a neutrosophic nano
topology
(iv) If N (F ) = BN (F ) then τN (F ) = {0N , 1N , N (F ), BN (F )}.
(v) The collection τN (F ) = {0N , 1N , N (F ), N (F ), BN (F )} is the discrete neutrosophic nano topology on U .
4
Neutrosophic nano closure and interior
In this section we have defined neutrosophic nano closure and neutrosophic nano interior
on neutrosophic nano topological space. Based on this we also prove some properties.
Definition 4.1 : If (U , τN (F )) is a neutrosophic nano topological space with respect to
neutrosophic subset of U and if A be any neutrosophic subset of U , then the neutrosophic
nano interior of A is defined as the union of all neutrosophic nano open subsets of A
and it is denoted by NF int(A). That is, NF int(A) is the largest neutrosophic nano
open subset of A. The neutrosophic nano closure of A is defined as the intersection of
all neutrosophic nano closed sets containing A and it is denoted by NF cl(A). That is,
NF cl(A) is the smallest neutrosophic nano closed set containing A.
Remark 4.2 : Let (U , τN (F )) be a neutrosophic nano topological space with respect
to F where F is a neutrosophic subset of U . The neutrosophic nano closed sets in U are
0N ,1N , (N (F ))C , (N (F ))C and (BN (F ))C .
Theorem 4.3 [8]: Let (U , τR (X)) be a nano topological space with respect to X ⊆ U
then N cl(X) = U .
Remark 4.4 : The above theorem need not be true for all neutrosophic nano topological space (U , τN (F )) with respect to F where F is a neutrosophic subset of U . That is
NF cl(A) need not be equal to U which can be shown by the following example.
Example 4.5 : Let U = {p1 , p2 , p3 , p4 , p5 } be the universe of discourse. Let U /R =
{{p1 , p4 }, {p2 , p3 }, {p5 }} be an equivalence relation on U and A = {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >
, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.4, 0.6, 0.2) >} be a neutrosophic set on U . Then N (A) =
{< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.4, 0.6, 0.2) >}, N (A) = {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >
, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.4, 0.6, 0.2) >} B(A) = {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >
, < p5 , (0.2, 0.4, 0.4) >}. Now we have τN (A) = {0N , 1N , {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, <
p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.4, 0.6, 0.2) >}, {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >
, < p5 , (0.2, 0.4, 0.4) >}} which is a neutrosophic nano topology on U . [τN (A)]c =
{0N , 1N , {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.4, 0.6, 0.2) >}, {< p1 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >
, < p4 , (0.2, 0.3, 0.4) >, < p5 , (0.2, 0.4, 0.4) >}. Here NF cl(A) ̸= U
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
92
Theorem 4.6 : Let (U , τN (F )) be a neutrosophic nano topological space with respect
to F where F is a neutrosophic subset of U . Let A and B be neutrosophic subsets of U .
Then the following statements hold:
(i) A ⊆ NF cl(A).
(ii) A is nano closed if and only if NF cl(A) = A.
(iii) NF cl(0N ) = 0N and NF cl(1N ) = 1N .
(iv) A ⊆ B ⇒ NF cl(A) ⊆ NF cl(B).
(v) NF cl(A ∪ B) = NF cl(A) ∪ NF cl(B).
(vi) NF cl(A ∩ B) ⊆ NF cl(A) ∩ NF cl(B).
(vii) NF cl(NF cl(A)) = NF cl(A).
Proof :
(i) By definition of neutrosophic nano closure, A ⊆ NF cl(A).
(ii) If A is neutrosophic nano closed, then A is the smallest neutrosophic nano closed
set containing itself and hence NF cl(A) = A. Conversely, if NF cl(A) = A, then
A is the smallest neutrosophic nano closed set containing itself and hence A is
neutrosophic nano closed.
(iii) Since 0N and 1N are neutrosophic nano closed in (U , τN (F )), NF cl(0N ) = 0N and
NF cl(1N ) = 1N .
(iv) If A ⊆ B, since B ⊆ NF cl(B), then A ⊆ NF cl(B). That is, NF cl(B) is a Neutrosophic nano closed set containing A. But NF cl(A) is the smallest Neutrosophic
nano closed set containing A. Therefore, NF cl(A) ⊆ NF cl(B).
(v) Since A ⊆ A ∪ B and B ⊆ A ∪ B, NF cl(A) ⊆ NF cl(A ∪ B) and NF cl(B) ⊆
NF cl(A ∪ B). Therefore, NF cl(A) ∪ NF cl(B) ⊆ NF cl(A ∪ B). By the fact that
A ∪ B ⊆ NF cl(A) ∪ NF cl(B), and since NF cl(A ∪ B) is the smallest nano closed
set containing A ∪ B, soNF cl(A ∪ B) ⊆ NF cl(A) ∪ NF cl(B). Thus, NF cl(A ∪ B) =
NF cl(A) ∪ NF cl(B).
(vi) Since A ∩ B ⊆ A and A ∩ B ⊆ B, NF cl(A ∩ B) ⊆ NF cl(A) ∩ NF cl(B).
(vii) Since NF cl(A) is nano closed, NF cl(NF cl(A)) = NF cl(A).
Theorem 4.7 : (U , τN (F )) be a neutrosophic nano topological space with respect to
F where F is a neutrosophic subset of U . Let A be a neutrosophic subset of U . Then
(i) 1N − NF Int(A) = NF cl(1N − A).
(ii) 1N − NF cl(A) = NF Int(1N − A).
Remark 4.8 : Taking complements on either side of(i) and (ii) Theorem 4.8, we get
(NF Int(A)) = 1N − NF cl(1N − A)) and (NF cl(A)) = 1N − (NF Int(1N − A)).
Example 4.9 : Let U = {a, b, c} and U /R = {{a, b}, {c}}. Let F = {< a, (0.4, 0.5, 0.5) >
, < b, (0.4, 0.5, 0.5) >, < c, (0.5, 0.5, 0.5) >} be a neutrosophic set on U then the τN (A) =
{0N , 1N , {< a, (0.4, 0.5, 0.5) >, < b, (0.4, 0.5, 0.5) >, < c, (0.5, 0.5, 0.5) >}} is a neutrosophic nano topology on U . [τN (A)]c = {0N , 1N , {< a, (0.5, 0.5, 0.4) >, < b, (0.5, 0.5, 0.4) >
, < c, (0.5, 0.5, 0.5) >}}. If A = {< a, (0.7, 0.6, 0.5) >, < b, (0.3, 0.4, 0.5) >, < c, (0.7, 0.5, 0.5) >
}, then (NF Int(A))C = 1N NF cl(1N − A) = 1N . That is, 1N − NF Int(A) = NF cl(1N −
A) Also, 1N − NF cl(A) = NF Int(1N − A) = 0N
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
93
Theorem 4.10 : Let (U , τN (F )) be a neutrosophic nano topological space with respect
to F where F is a neutrosophic subset of U . Let A and B be neutrosophic subsets of U ,
then the following statements hold:
(i) A is neutrosophic nano open if and only if NF Int(A) = A.
(iii) NF Int(0N ) = 0N and NF Int(1N ) = 1N .
(iv) A ⊆ B ⇒ NF Int(A) ⊆ NF Int(B).
(v) NF Int(A) ∪ NF Int(B) ⊆ NF Int(A ∪ B).
(vi) NF Int(A ∩ B) = NF Int(A) ∩ NF Int(B).
(vii) NF Int(NF Int(A)) = NF Int(A).
Proof :
(i) A is neutrosophic nano open if and only if 1N − A is neutrosophic nano closed, if
and only if NF cl(1N − A) = 1N − A, if and only if 1N − NF cl(1N − A) = A if and
only if NF Int(A) = A, by Remark 4.8.
(ii) Since 0N and 1N are neutrosophic nano open, NF Int(0N ) = 0N and NF Int(1N ) =
1N .
(iii) A ⊆ B ⇒ 1N − B ⊆ 1N − A. Therefore, NF cl(1N − B) ⊆ NF cl(1N − A). That is,
1N − NF cl(1N − A) ⊆ 1N − NF cl(1N − B). That is, NF IntA ⊆ NF IntB.
Proof of (iv), (v) and (vi) follow similarly from Theorem 4.7 and Remark 4.8.
Conclusion: Neutrosophic set is a general formal framework, which generalizes the
concept of classic set, fuzzy set, interval valued fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy set, and
interval intuitionistic fuzzy set. Since the world is full of indeterminacy, the neutrosophic nano topology found its place into contemporary research world. This paper can
be further developed into several possible such as Geographical Information Systems
(GIS) field including remote sensing, object reconstruction from airborne laser scanner,
real time tracking, routing applications and modeling cognitive agents. In GIS there is
a need to model spatial regions with indeterminate boundary and under indeterminacy.
Hence this neutrosophic nano topological spaces can also be extended to a neutrosophic
spatial region.
References
[1] Albowi S.A, Salama.A, and Mohamed Eisa.,New concepts of neutrosophic sets, International Journal Of Mathematics and Computer Applications Research, Vol.3,
Issue 3, Oct (2013),95-102.
[2] Atanassov.K, Intuitionistic fuzzy sets, Fuzzy sets and systems, 20(1986), 87-96.
[3] Chang.C.L., Fuzzy topological spaces, J.Math.Anal.Appl. 24(1968),182-190.
[4] Hanfay.I, Salama.A and Mahfouz.K, Correlation of neutrosophic data, International Refreed Journal Of Engineering and Science, Vol.(1), Issue 2, (2012) 33-33.
[5] Jensen .R.,and Shen.Q.,Fuzzy - rough sets assisted attribute selection, IEEE
Transactions on Fuzzy system., (2007), 15, 73-89.
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
94
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[6] Salama.A and Alblowi.S.A., Generalized neutrosophic set and generalized neutrosophic topological spaces, Journal Computer Sci. Engineering, Vol.2 No.7, (2012),
129-132.
[7] Smarandache.F, ”A unifying field in logics neutrosophy neutrosophic probability,
set and Logic”, Rehoboth American Research Press 1999.
[8] Lellis Thivagar.M and Carmel Richard.,On nano forms of weakly open sets, International Journal of Mathematics and Statistics Invention, Vol.1 No.1,(2013),
31-37.
[9] Lellis Thivagar.M and Sutha Devi.V,On Multi-granular nano topology, South East
Asian Bulletin of Mathematics, Springer Verlag., Vol.40, (2016), 875-885.
[10] Lellis Thivagar.M and Sutha Devi.V,Computing technique for recruitment
process via nano topology, Sohag J. Math.,(2016) 3, No. 1, 37-45.
[11] M. Lellis Thivagar, Paul Manuel and V.Sutha Devi,A detection for patent infringement suit via nano topology induced by graph Cogent Mathematics, Taylor and
Francis, (2016), Vol.3:1161129.
[12] Xiao.Q.M., Zhang.Z.L.,Rough prime ideals and rough fuzzy prime ideals in semigroups, Inform.Sciences., (2006), 725-733.
Received : April 19, 2018. Accepted : May 7, 2018.
M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy. A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets
95
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 19, 2018
University of New Mexico
NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM Strategy under Neutrosophic
Cubic Set Environment
1
2
3
4
Surapati Pramanik , Shyamal Dalapati , Shariful Alam , Tapan Kumar Roy ,
1
Department of Mathematics, Nandalal Ghosh B.T. College, Panpur, P.O.-Narayanpur, District –North 24 Parganas, Pin code-743126, West Bengal,
India. E-mail: sura_pati@yahoo.co.in
2
Department of Mathematics, Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur, P.O.-Botanic Garden, Howrah-711103, West Bengal,
India. E-mail: dalapatishyamal30@gmail.com
3
Department of Mathematics, Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur, P.O.-Botanic Garden, Howrah-711103, West Bengal,
India. E-mail: salam50in@yahoo.co.in
4
Department of Mathematics, Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur, P.O.-Botanic Garden, Howrah-711103, West Bengal,
Abstract. Neutrosophic cubic set consists of interval
neutrosophic set and single valued neutrosophic set
simultaneously. Due to its unique structure, neutrosophic
cubic set can express hybrid information consisting of
single valued neutrosophic information and interval
neutrosophic information simultaneously. VIKOR
(VIsekriterijumska optimizacija i KOmpromisno
Resenje) strategy is an important decision making
strategy which selects the optimal alternative by utilizing
maximum group utility and minimum of an individual
regret. In this paper, we propose VIKOR strategy in
neutrosophic cubic set environment, namely NC-VIKOR.
We first define NC-VIKOR strategy in neutrosophic
cubic set environment to handle multi-attribute group
decision making (MAGDM) problems, which means we
combine the VIKOR with neutrosophic cubic number to
deal with multi-attribute group decision making problems.
We have proposed a new strategy for solving MAGDM
problems. Finally, we solve MAGDM problem using our
newly proposed NC-VIKOR strategy to show the
feasibility, applicability and effectiveness of the proposed
strategy. Further, we present sensitivity analysis to show
the impact of different values of the decision making
mechanism coefficient on ranking order of the
alternatives.
Keywords: MAGDM, NCS, NC-VIKOR strategy.
1. Introduction
Smarandache [1] introduced neutrosophic set (NS) by
defining the truth membership function, indeterminacy
function and falsity membership function as
independent components by extending fuzzy set [2] and
intuitionistic fuzzy set [3]. Each of three independent
component of NS belons to [-0, 1+]. Wang et al. [4]
introduced single valued neutrosophic set (SVNS)
where each of truth, indeterminacy and falsity
membership degree belongs to [0, 1]. Many researchers
developed and applied the NS and SVNS in various
areas of research such as conflict resolution [5], clustering analysis [6-9], decision making [10-39], educational
problem [40, 41], image processing [42-45], medical
diagnosis [46, 47], social problem [48, 49]. Wang et al.
[50] proposed interval neutrosophic set (INS). Ye [51]
defined similarity measure of two interval neutrosophic
sets and applied it to solve multi criteria decision making (MCDM) problem. By combining SVNS and INS
Jun et al. [52], and Ali et al. [53] proposed neutrosophic
cubic set (NCS). Thereafter, Zhan et al. [54] presented
two weighted average operators on NCSs and applied
the operators for MADM problem. Banerjee et al. [55]
introduced the grey relational analysis based MADM
strategy in NCS environment. Lu and Ye [56] proposed
three cosine measures between NCSs and presented
MADM strategy in NCS environment. Pramanik et al.
[57] defined similarity measure for NCSs and proved its
basic properties and presented a new multi criteria
group decision making strategy with linguistic variables
in NCS environment. Pramanik et al. [58] proposed the
score and accuracy functions for NCSs and prove their
basic properties. In the same study, Pramanik et al. [59]
developed a strategy for ranking of neutrosophic cubic
numbers (NCNs) based on the score and accuracy functions. In the same study, Pramanik et al. [58] first developed a TODIM (Tomada de decisao interativa e multicritévio), called the NC-TODIM and presented new
NC-TODIM [58] strategy for solving (MAGDM) in
NCS environment. Shi and Ye [59] introduced Dombi
aggregation operators of NCSs and applied them for
MADM problem. Pramanik et al. [60] proposed an ex-
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
96
i.
ii.
tended technique for order preference by similarity to
ideal solution (TOPSIS) strategy in NCS environment
for solving MADM problem. Ye [61] present operations
and aggregation method of neutrosophic cubic numbers
for MADM. Pramanik et al. [62] presented some operations and properties of neutrosophic cubic soft set.
Opricovic [63] proposed the VIKOR strategy for a
MAGDM problem with conflicting attributes [64-65].
In 2015, Bausys and Zavadskas [66] extended the
VIKOR strategy to INS environment and applied it to
solve MCDM problem. Further, Hung et al. [67]
proposed VIKOR method for interval neutrosophic
MAGDM. Pouresmaeil et al. [68] proposed an
MAGDM strategy based on TOPSIS and VIKOR in
SVNS environment. Liu and Zhang [69] extended
VIKOR method in neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set
environment. Hu et al. [70] proposed interval
neutrosophic projection based VIKOR method and
applied it for doctor selection. Selvakumari et al. [70]
proposed VIKOR Method for decision making problem
using octagonal neutrosophic soft matrix.
VIKOR strategy in NCS environment is yet to appear in
the literature.
Research gap:
MAGDM strategy based on NC-VIKOR. This
study answers the following research questions:
Is it possible to extend VIKOR strategy in NCS
environment?
Is it possible to develop a new MAGDM strategy based
on the proposed NC-VIKOR method in NCS
environment?
Motivation:
The above-mentioned analysis [64-69] describes
the motivation behind proposing a novel NC-VIKOR
method based MAGDM strategy under the NCS environment. This study develops a novel NC-VIKOR based MAGDM strategy that can deal with multiple decision-makers.
The objectives of the paper are:
i. To extend VIKOR strategy in NCS environment.
ii. To define aggregation operator.
iii. To develop a new MAGDM strategy based on
proposed NC-VIKOR in NCS environment.
To fill the research gap, we propose NC-VIKOR
strategy, which is capable of dealing with MAGDM
problem in NCS environment.
The main contributions of this paper are
summarized below:
i. We developed a new NC-VIKOR strategy to deal
with MAGDM problems in NCS environment.
ii. We introduce a neutrosophic cubic number aggregation operator and prove its basic properties.
iii. In this paper, we develop a new MAGDM strategy
based on proposed NC-VIKOR method under NCS environment to solve MAGDM problems.
iv. In this paper, we solve a MAGDM problem based on
proposed NC-VIKOR method.
The remainder of this paper is organized as follows: In
the section 2, we review some basic concepts and
operations related to NS, SVNS, NCS. In Section 3, we
develop a novel MAGDM strategy based on NCVIKOR to solve the MADGM problems with NCS
environment. In Section 4, we solve an illustrative
numerical example using the proposed NC-VIKOR in
NCS environment. Then in Section 5, we present the
sensitivity analysis. The conclusions of the whole paper
and further direction of research are given in Section 6.
2. Preliminaries
Definition 1. Neutrosophic set
Let X be a space of points (objects) with a generic
element in X denoted by x, i.e. x X. A neutrosophic
set [1] A in X is characterized by truth-membership
,
indeterminacy-membership
function
t A (x)
function iA ( x ) and falsity-membership function f A (x) ,
where t A ( x ) , iA ( x ) , f A ( x ) are the functions from X
to ] 0, 1 [ i.e. t A , iA , f A : X ] 0, 1 [ that means
t A (x) , iA ( x ) , f A ( x ) are the real standard or nonstandard subset of ] 0, 1 [. Neutrosophic set can be
expressed as A = {<x , ( t A (x) , iA (x) , f A ( x ) )>:
x X} and 0 tA (x) iA (x) f A (x) 3 .
Example 1. Suppose that X = { x1 , x 2 , x 3 , ...,x n } be the
universal set of n points. Let A1 be any neutrosophic
set in X. Then A 1 expressed as A1 = {< x1 , (0.7, 0.4,
0.3)>: x 1 X}.
Definition 2. Single valued neutrosophic set
Let X be a space of points (objects) with a generic
element in X denoted by x. A single valued
neutrosophic set [4] B in X is expressed as:
B = {< x: ( t B ( x ) , i B ( x) , f B ( x ) )>: x X}, where
t B ( x ) , i B (x) , f B ( x ) [0, 1].
For each x X, t B ( x ) , i B ( x) , f B ( x ) [0, 1] and
0 t B (x) + i B (x ) + f B (x) 3.
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
97
Definition 3. Interval neutrosophic set
~
~
A1 (h) A 2 (h) = {< h, [max{ t A~1 (h), t A~ 2 (h)},max
~
An interval neutrosophic set [50] A of a non empty set
H is expreesed by truth-membership function t A~ (h )
the indeterminacy membership function i A~ ( h ) and
falsity membership function f A~ (h ) . For each h H,
~
t A~ (h ) , i A~ (h ) , f A~ (h ) [0, 1] and A defined as
follows:
~
A = {< h, [ t A~ (h ) , t A~ (h ) ], [ i A~ ( h ) , i A~ ( h ) ],
[ f A~ (h ) , f A~ (h ) ]: h
H}.
Here, t A~ (h ) , t A~ (h ) ,
iA~ (h ) , i A~ (h ) , f A~ (h) , f A~ (h ) : H ] 0, 1 [ and
0 sup t A~ (h ) sup iA~ (h ) sup f A~ (h ) 3 .
Here, we consider t A~ (h ) , t A~ (h ) , i A~ (h ) , i A~ ( h ) ,
f A~ (h ) , f A~ (h ) : H [0, 1] for real applications.
Example 2.
Assume that H = { h1, h2 , h3 ,... , hn} be a non-empty set.
~ be any interval neutrosophic set. Then
Let A
1
~ expressed as ~ = {< : [0.30, 0.70], [0.20, 0.45],
h1
A1
A1
[0.18, 0.39]: h H}.
Definition 4. Neutrosophic cubic set
A neutrosophic cubic set [52, 53] in a non-empty set H
~
is defined as N = {< h, A(h ) , A(h) >: h H}, where
~
A and A are the interval neutrosophic set and
neutrosophic set in H respectively. Neutrosophic cubic
~
set can be presented as an order pair N = < A , A >, then
we call it as neutrosophic cubic (NC) number.
Example 3.
Suppose that H = { h1, h2 , h3 ,... , hn} be a non-empty set.
Let N1 be any NC-number. Then N1 can be expressed
as N1 = {< h1 ; [0.35, 0.47], [0.20, 0.43], [0.18, 0.42],
(0.7, 0.3, 0.5)>: h1 H}.
Some operations of NC-numbers: [52, 53]
{ t A~1 (h), t A~ 2 (h)}], [min { iA~1 (h), iA~2 (h)}, min { i A~1 (h),
i A~ 2 (h)}], [min { f A~1 (h), f A~2 (h)}, min { f A~1 (h),
f A~ 2 (h)}]>: h H} and A1 (h) A 2 (h) = {< h, max
{ t A1 (h), t A2 (h)}, min { iA1 (h), iA 2 (h)}, min { f A1 (h),
f A 2 (h)}>: h H}.
Example 4.
Assume that
N1 = < [0.39, 0.47], [0.17, 0.43], [0.18, 0.36], (0.6, 0.3,
0.4)> and N 2 = < [0.56, 0.70], [0.27, 0.42], [0.15, 0.26],
(0.7, 0.3, 0.6)> be two NC-numbers. Then N1 N2 =
< [0.56, 0.7], [0.17, 0.42], [0.15, 0.26], (0.7, 0.3, 0.4)>.
ii.
Intersection of any two NC-numbers
Intersection of N1 and N2 denoted by N1 N2 is defined as follows:
~
~
N1 N2 = < A1 (h) A2 (h), A1 (h) A2 (h) h H
~
~
>, where A1 (h) A 2 (h) = {< h, [min { t A~ 1 (h), t A~ 2 (h)},
min { t A~1 (h), t A~ 2 (h)}], [max { iA~1 (h), iA~ 2 (h)}, max
{ i A~1 (h), i A~ 2 (h)}], [max { f A~1 (h), f A~ 2 (h)}, max { f A~1 (h),
f A~ 2 (h)}]>: h H} and A1 (h) A 2 (h) = {< h, min
{ t A1 (h), t A2 (h)}, max { iA1 (h), iA 2 (h)}, max { f A1 (h),
f A 2 (h)}>: h H}.
Example 5.
Assume that
N1 = < [0.45, 0.57], [0.27, 0.33], [0.18, 0.46], (0.7, 0.3,
0.5)> and N 2 = < [0.67, 0.75], [0.22, 0.44], [0.17, 0.21],
(0.8, 0.4, 0.4)> be two NC numbers. Then N1 N2 =
< [0.45, 0.57], [0.22, 0.33], [0.18, 0.46], (0.7, 0.3, 0.4)>.
iii.
Compliment of a NC-number
~
Let N1 A1 , A1 be a NCS in H. Then compliment
~
~
of N1 A1 , A1 is denoted by N1c = {< h, A1c (h),
A1c (h)>: h H}.
~ c
Here, A1 = {< h, [ t A~ c (h), t A~ c (h)], [ iA~ c (h), iA~ c (h)],
1
i.
Union of any two NC-numbers
~
~
Let N1 A1 , A1 and N2 A 2 , A 2 be any two
NC-numbers in a non-empty set H. Then the union of
N1 and N 2 denoted by N1 N2 is defined as
follows:
[f
~
A1c
(h), f
~
A1c
1
H}, where, t
(h)]>: h
1
~
A1c
1
(h) = {1} -
t A~1 (h), t A~1c (h) = {1} - t A~1 (h), iA~ c (h) = {1} - iA~1 (h),
1
iA~ c (h) = {1} - i A~1 (h), f A~ c (h) = {1} - f A~1 (h), f A~ c (h)
1
1
~
~
N1 N2 = < A1 (h) A 2 (h), A1 (h) A 2 (h) h H >,
where
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
1
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
98
= {1} - f A~1 (h), and t A1c (h) = {1} - t A1 (h), iA´1c (g) =
{1} - iA1 (h), f A1c (h) = = {1} - f A1 (h).
Example 6.
Assume that N1 be any NC-number in H in the form:
N1 = < [.45, .57], [.27, .33], [.18, .46], (.7, .3, .5)>.
Then compliment of N1 is obtained as N1c = < [0.18,
0.46], [0.67, 0.73], [0.45, 0.57], (0.5,0.7, 0.7) >.
iv. Containment
~
Let N1 A1 , A1 = {< h, [ t A~ 1 ( h ) , t A~ (h ) ], [ iA~1 (h ) ,
1
~
A1
(h ) , f A~ (h) ], ( t A1 (h ), i A1 (h ), f A1 (h ) ) >:
1
~
h H} and N2 A 2 , A 2 = {< h, [ t A~ 2 (h ) , t A~ (h ) ],
iA~1 ( h ) ], [ f
2
~
A2
~
A2
[ i (h) , i ( h ) ], [ f
~
A2
(h ) , f
~
A2
( h ) ],
a ij if j G
(2)
a *ij
1 a ij if j C
Where, aij is the performance rating of i th alternative
for attribute j and max aj is the maximum
performance rating among alternatives for attribute j .
VIKOR strategy
The VIKOR strategy is an MCDM or multi-criteria
decision analysis strategy to deal with multi-criteria
optimization problem. This strategy focuses on ranking
and selecting the best alternatives from a set of feasible
alternatives in the presence of conflicting criteria for a
decision problem. The compromise solution [63, 64]
H}
( t A 2 (h ), i A 2 (h ), f A 2 (h ) ) >: h
reflects a feasible solution that is the closest to the ideal,
be any two NC-numbers in a non-empty set H,
then, (i) N 1 N 2 if and only if
and a compromise means an agreement established by
mutual concessions. The Lp -metric is used to develop
t (h) t A~2 (h ) , t A~1 (h) t A~2 (h ) ,
~
A1
the stategy [65]. The VIKOR strategy is developed
using the following form of L p –metric
iA~1 (h ) iA~2 (h) , iA~1 ( h ) iA~ 2 (h ) ,
and t A1 (h ) t A 2 (h ),
i A1 (h ) i A 2 (h ), f A1 (h ) f A 2 (h ) for all h
H.
1 p ;i 1,2,3,....,m.
Definition 7.
Let N1= < [a1, a2], [b1, b2], [c1, c2], (a, b, c) > and N2 = <
[d1, d2], [e1, e2], [f1, f2], (d, e, f) > be any two NCnumbers, then distance [58] between them is defined by
D (N1, N2) =
1
[ a 1 d 1 a 2 d 2 b1 e1 b 2 e 2
9
c1 f 1 c 2 f 2 a d b e c f ]
(1)
Definition 2.14: Procedure of normalization
In general, benefit type attributes and cost type
attributes can exist simultaneously in MAGDM
problem. Therefore the decision matrix must be
normalized. Let
1
p p
n
L pi j ij / j j
j
1
f (h ) f A~2 (h) , f A~1 (h ) f A~ 2 (h )
~
A1
a ij be a NC-numbers to express the
rating value of i-th alternative with respect to j-th
attribute ( j). When attribute j C or j G
(where C and G be the set of cost type attribute and set
of benefit type attributes respectively) The normalized
values for cost type attribute and benefit type attribute
are calculated by using the following expression (2).
In the VIKOR strategy, L1i (as Si) and Li , i (as
Ri ) are utilized to formulate ranking measure. The
solution obtained by min Si reflects the maximum group
utility (‘‘majority” rule), and the solution obtained by
min Ri indicates the minimum individual regret of the
“opponent”.
Suppose that each alternative is evaluated by each
criterion function, the compromise ranking is prepated
by comparing the measure of closeness to the ideal
alternative. The m alternatives are denoted as A1, A2,
A3, ..., Am. For the alternative Ai, the rating of the j th
aspect is denoted by ij , i.e. ij is the value of j th
criterion function for the alternative Ai; n is the number
of criteria.
The compromise ranking algorithm of the VIKOR
strategy is presented using the following steps:
Step 1: Determine the best j and the worst
j values of all criterion functions j =1, 2,..., n . If the
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
99
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
j-th function represents a benefit then:
j max ij , j min ij
i
i
Step 2: Compute the values Si and Ri ; i = 1, 2,..., m,
by these relations:
max w / ,
n
Si w j j ij / j j ,
j 1
Ri
j
j
j
j
ij
j
Here, wj is the weight of the criterion that expressss its
relative importance.
Step 3: Compute the values Qi: i = 1, 2,..., m, using the
following relation:
Qi Si S / S S 1 R i R / R R .
Here, S max Si , S min Si
i
i
R max R i , R min R i
i
i
Here, v represents ‘‘the decision making mechanism
coefficient” (or ‘‘the maximum group utility”). Here
we consider v = 0.5 .
Step 4: Preference ranikng order of the the alternatives
is done by sorting the values of S, R and Q in
decreasing order.
3. VIKOR strategy for solving MAGDM problem
in NCS environment
In this section, we propose a MAGDM strategy in NCS
environment. Assume that {1 , 2 , 3 ,..., r } be a
set of r alternatives and {1 , 2 , 3 , ...,s } be a set
of s attributes. Assume that W {w1 , w 2 , w 3 , ...,w s } be
the weight vector of the attributes, where w k 0
s
and w k 1 . Assume that E {E1 , E2 , E3 ,..., EM } be
k 1
the
set
of
M
decision
makers
and
{ 1 , 2 , 3 , ..., M } be the set of weight vector of
M
decision makers, where p 0 and p 1 .
p 1
The proposed MAGDM strategy consists of the
following steps:
Step: 1. Construction of the decision matrix
Let DM p = (aijp) r s (p = 1, 2, 3, …, t) be the p-th
decision matrix, where information about the alternative
i provided by the decision maker or expert E p with
respect to attribute j (j = 1, 2, 3, …, s). The p-th
decision matrix denoted by DM p (See Equation (3)) is
constructed as follows:
1 2 ... s
a p a p ... a p
1s
DM p 1 p11 p12
(3)
2sp
2 a 21 a22
.
.
... .
a p a p ... .a p
r2
rs
r1
r
Here p = 1, 2, 3,…, M; i = 1, 2, 3,…, r; j = 1, 2, 3,…, s.
Step: 2. Normalization of the decision matrix
In decision making situation, cost type attributes
and benefit type attributes play an important role to
select the best alternative. Cost type attributes and
benefit type attributes may exist simultaneously, so
the decision matrices need to be normalized. We
use Equation (2) for normalizing the cost type attributes and benefit type attributes. After normalization, the normalized decision matrix (Equation
(3)) is represented as follows (see Equation 4):
1
DM p 2
.
r
1 2 ... s
p
p
p
a *11 a *12 ... a *1s
p
p
p
a * 21 a * 22
a* 2s
.
... .
p
p
p
a * r1 a * r 2 ... . a * rs
(4)
Here, p = 1, 2, 3,…, M; i = 1, 2, 3,…, r; j = 1, 2, 3,…, s.
Step: 3. Aggregated decision matrix
For obtaining group decision, we aggregate all the
individual decision matrices ( DM p , p 1, 2,..., M) to an
aggregated decision matrix (DM) using the
neutrosophic cubic numbers weighted aggregation
(NCNWA) operator as follows:
a ij NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,... , a ijM )
(1a 1ij 2 a ij2 3a 3ij ... M a ijM ) =
M
M
M
M
[ p t ij( p ) , p t ij( p ) ],[ p iij( p ) , p iij( p ) ],
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
M
M
M
M
M
[ p f ij( p ) , p f ij ( p ) ], ( p t ij( p ) , p iij( p ), p f ij( p ) ] (5)
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
The NCNWA operator satisfies the following
properties:
1. Idempotency
2. Monotoncity
3. Boundedness
Property: 1. Idempotency
If all a 1ij , a ij2 ,... , a ijM a are equal, then
a ij NCNWA (a1ij , a ij2 ,...
,a ijM ) a
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
100
Proof:
Since a 1ij a ij2 ... a ijM a , based on the Equation
(5), we get
a ij NCNWA ( a 1ij a ij2 ... a ijM )
(1a 1ij 2 a ij2 3a 3ij ... M a ijM ) =
(1a 2 a 3a ... M a ) =
M
M
M
M
[ t p , t p ],[ i p , i p ],
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
[ f p , f p ], ( t p , i p , f p ]
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
p 1
M
M
M
M
M
= [t , t ],[i , i ],[ f , f ], ( t, i, f ]) a.
Property: 3. Monotonicity
Assume that { a 1ij , a ij2 , .. , a ijM } and { a *ij1 , a *ij2 , ..., a *ijM } be
any two set of collections of M NC-numbers with the
condition a ijp a *ijp (p = 1, 2, ..., M), then
NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,..., a ijM ) NCNWA ( a *ij1 , a *ij2 ,..., a *ijM ).
Proof:
From the given condition t ij( p) t ij*( p) , we have
(p)
p ij
t
*(p)
p t ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p tij( p ) p tij
.
From the given condition tij ( p) tij *( p) , we have
(p)
p ij
t
M
p t
ij
t
p 1
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p tij
p 1
.
*(p)
p t ij(p) p t ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
.
From the given condition iij( p) iij*( p) , we have
*(p)
p i ij(p) p i ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p iij( p ) p iij
.
From the given condition tij( p) tij*( p) , we have
*(p)
p f ij(p) p f ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p f ij( p ) p f ij
From the above relations, we obtain
NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,..., a ijM ) NCNWA ( a *ij1 , a *ij2 ,..., a *ijM ).
Property: 2. Boundedness
Let { a 1ij , a ij2 , ...,a ijM } be any collection of M NC-numbers.
If
p
[min {f
p
( p )
ij
}, min {f
p
}],(max {t ijp}, min {iijp}, min {f ijp})
( p )
ij
p
p
p
[max {f ij( p )}, max {f ij( p )}],(min {t ijp}, max {iijp}, max {f ijp}) .
p
M
*( p )
p iij
p
p
p
.
Then, a - NCNWA ( a 1ij a ij2 ... a ijM ) a .
From the given condition iij( p) iij *( p) , we have
Proof:
From Property 1 and Property 2, we obtain
p 1
p
(p)
(p)
{iij ( p )}, max {iij ( p )}],
a [min {t ij },[min {t ij }],[max
p
p
p
*(p)
i
*( p )
p tij( p ) p tij
i
p i ij (p) p i ij
( p )
p ij
.
From the given condition tij( p) tij*( p) , we have
p
M
From the given condition iij( p) iij*( p) , we have
M
*( p )
p f ij( p ) p f ij
( p)
(p)
{iij ( p )}, min {iij ( p )}],
a [max{t ij },[max{t ij }],[min
p
p
*(p)
( p )
p ij
*(p)
p f ij (p) p f ij
p 1
p
*(p)
p i ij (p) p i ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p iij( p ) p iij
NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,..., a ijM ) NCNWA ( a , a , ..., a ) a
.
From the given condition f ij( p) f ij *( p) , we have
p f
(p)
ij
pf
*(p)
ij
M
M
p 1
p 1
*( p )
p f ij( p ) p f ij
.
and
NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,..., a ijM ) NCNWA ( a , a ,..., a ) a .
So, we have
a - NCNWA ( a 1ij , a ij2 ,..., a ijM ) a .
Therefore, the aggregated decision matrix is defined as
follows:
From the given condition f ij ( p) f ij *( p) , we have
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
101
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
1 2 ... .s
a
1 11 a 12 ... a 1s
DM 2 a 21 a 22
a 2s
....
..........
a a ... a
rs
r r1 r2
4. Illustrative example
(6)
Here, i = 1, 2, 3, …, r; j = 1, 2, 3, …, s; p =1, 2, …., M.
Step: 4. Define the positive ideal solution
and negative ideal solution
a ij [ max tij , max tij ], [ min i ij , min i ij ],
i
i
i
(7)
i
[ min f ij , min i ij ], ( max t ij , min f ij , min f ij )
i
i
i
i
i
a ij [min tij , min tij ],[max i ij , max i ij ],
i
i
(8)
i
i
[max f ij , max i ij ], (min t ij , max f ij , max f ij )
i
i
i
i
i
Step: 5. Compute
and
Zi
i
and represent
the
average and worst group
Z
i
i
scores for the alternative Ai respectively with the
relations
s
w j D (a ij , a *ij )
j 1
D (a ij , a ij )
i
To demonstrate the feasibility, applicability and
effectiveness of the proposed strategy, we solve a
MAGDM problem adapted from [51]. We assume that
an investment company wants to invest a sum of money
in the best option. The investment company forms a
decision making board involving of three members (E1,
E2, E3) who evaluate the four alternatives to invest
money. The alternatives are Car company ( 1 ), Food
company ( 2 ), Computer company ( 3 ) and Arms
company ( 4 ). Decision makers take decision to
evaluate alternatives based on the attributes namely,
risk factor ( 1 ), growth factor ( 2 ), environment
impact ( 3 ). We consider three criteria as benefit type
based on Pramanik et al. [58]. Assume that the weight
vector of attributes is W (0.36, 0.37, 0.27)T and weight
vector
of
decision
makers
or
experts
is (0.26, 0.40, 0.34)T . Now, we apply the proposed
MAGDM strategy using the following steps.
(9)
*
w j D (a ij , a ij )
Zi max
j
D (a ij , a ij )
Here, wj is the weight of j .
(10)
The smaller values of and correspond
Z i to the
i
better average and worse group scores for
alternative Ai , respectively.
Step: 6. Calculate the values of i (i = 1, 2, 3,
…, r)
( Zi Z )
(i )
(
1
)
i
(11)
(Z Z )
( )
Here, i min i , i max i ,
i
i
i
i
Z min Zi , Z max Zi
i
i
(12)
and depicts the decision making mechanism
coefficient. If 0.5 , it is for “the maximum group
utility”; If 0.5 , it is “ the minimum regret”; and it is
both if 0.5 .
Step: 7. Rank the priority of alternatives
and according
Rank the alternatives by i ,
Zi
i
to the rule of traditional VIKOR strategy. The
smaller value reflects the better alternative.
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
102
Multi attribute group decision making problem
Decision making analysis phase
Construction of the decision matrix
Normalization of the decision
matrices
Step-1
Step- 2
Aggregated decision matrix
Step- 3
Define the positive ideal solution
and negative ideal solution
Step-4
Compute i and Z i
Calculate the values
of i
Rank the priority of
alternatives
Step-5
Step- 6
Step- 7
Figure.1 Decision making procedure of proposed MAGDM method
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
103
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Step: 1. Construction of the decision matrix
We construct the decision matrices as follows:
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Decision matrix for DM1 in NCN form
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
< [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) >
< [.6, .8], [.2, .3], [.2, .4], (.8, .3, .4) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
< [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.6, .8], [.2, .3], [.2, .4], (.8, .3, .4) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) >
< [.3, .4], [.5, .6], [.5, .7], (.4, .6, .7) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
< [.3, .4], [.5, .6], [.5, .7], (.4, .6, .7) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
< [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
< [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) >
< [.6, .8], [.2, .3], [.2, .4], (.8, .3, .4) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
(13)
Decision matrix for DM2 in NCN form
(14)
Decision matrix for DM3 in NC-number form
1
2
3
1 < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) >
2 < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) >
3 < [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.6, .8], [.2, .3], [.2, .4], (.8, .3, .4) > < [.6, .8], [.2, .3], [.2, .4], (.8, .3, .4) >
< [.7, .9], [.1, .2], [.1, .2], (.9, .2,.2) > < [.4, .5], [.4, .5], [.4, .5], (.5, .5, .5) > < [.3, .4], [.5, .6], [.5, .7], (.4, .6, .7) >
4
(15)
Step: 2. Normalization of the decision matrix
Since all the criteria are considered as benefit type, we do not need to normalize the decision matrices (DM 1, DM2, DM3).
Step: 3. Aggregated decision matrix
Using equation eq. (5), the aggregated decision matrix of (13, 14, 15) is presented below:
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
< [.44, .56], [.36, .46], [.36, .51], (.56, .46,.50) > < [.48, .60], [.32, .42], [.32, .42], (.60, .42,.42) > < [.62, .80], [.18, .28], [.18, .28], (.80, .28, .28) >
< [.45, .58], [.35, .45], [.35, .47], (.58, .45, .47) > < [.50, .64], [.30, .40], [.30, .40], (.64, .40, .40) > < [.60, .76], [.20, .30], [.20, .30], (.76, .30,.30) >
< [.62, .80], [.18, .28], [.18, .28], (.80, .28, .28) > < [.64, .84], [.16, .26], [.16, .32], (.84, .26, .32) > < [.47, .60], [.33, .43], [.33, .47], (.60, .43, .47) >
< [.56, .73], [.24, .34], [.24, .41], (.73, .34, .41) > < [.40, .50], [.40, .50], [.40, .50], (.50, .50, .50) > < [.56, .73], [.24, .34], [.24, .37], (.73, .34,.37) >
(16)
Step: 4. Define the positive ideal solution and negative ideal solution
The positive ideal solution a ij =
1
2
3
< [.62, .80],[.18, .28],[.18, .28], (.80, .28,.28) > < [.64, .84],[.16, .26],[.16, .32], (.84, .26,.32) > < [.62, .80],[.18, .28],[.18, .28], (.80, .28, .28) >
and the negative ideal solution
1
a ij =
2
3
< [.44, .56], [.36, .46], [.36, .51], (.56, .46,.50) > < [.40, .50], [.40, .50], [.40, .50], (.50, .50,.50) > < [.47, .60], [.33, .43], [.33, .43], (.60, .43, .47) >
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
And
and
Step: 5. Compute
Zi
i
0.36 0.2 0.37 0.16 0.27 0
Using Equation (9) and Equation (10), we obtain
Z max
,
,
0.24,
0.36 0.2 0.37 0.16 0.27 0
1
0.43,
0.25 0.16
0.37
0.36 0.18 0.37 0.14 0.27 0.02
2
0.42,
0.37 0.25 0.16
0.36 0 0.37 0 0.27 0.19
3
0.32,
0.37 0.25 0.16
0.36 0.08 0.37 0.25 0.27 0.07
4
0.57.
0.16
0.37 0.25
1
0.37
0.25
0.16
0.36 0.18 0.37 0.14 0.27 0.02
Z 2 max
0.21,
,
,
0.37 0.25 0.16
0.36 0 0.37 0 0.27 0.19
Z3 max
,
,
0.32,
0.37 0.25 0.16
0.36 0.08 0.37 0.25 0.27 0.07
Z 4 max
0.37.
,
,
0.37 0.25 0.16
Step: 6. Calculate the values of
i
Using Equations (11), (12) and 0.5 , we obtain
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
104
(0.24 0.21 )
(0.43 0.32 )
0.5
0.31,
0.16
0.25
(0.42 0.32 )
(0.21 0.21)
0.2,
0.5
2 0.5
0.25
0.16
1 0.5
3 0.5
4 0.5
(0.32 0.32 )
(0.32 0.21)
0.5
0.34,
0.25
0.16
Step: 7. Rank the priority of alternatives
The preference order of the alternatives based on
the traditional rules of the VIKOR startegy
is 2 1 3 4 .
…………………………………………………………
(0.57 0.32 )
(0.37 0.21) .
0.5
1
0.25
0.16
………………....................................................................................................................... ...........................................
5. The influence of parameter
Table 1 shows how the ranking order of alternatives ( i ) changes with the change of the value of
Values of
Values of
Preference order of alternatives
i
= 0.1
1 = 0.22, 2 = 0.04, 3 = 0.62, 4 = 1
2 1 3 4
= 0.2
1 = 0.24, 2 = 0.08, 3 = 0.55, 4 = 1
2 1 3 4
= 0.3
1 = 0.26, 2 = 0.12, 3 = 0.48, 4 = 1
2 1 3 4
= 0.4
1 = 0.29, 2 = 0.16, 3 = 0.41, 4 = 1
2 1 3 4
= 0.5
1 = 0.31, 2 = 0.2, 3 = 0.34, 4 = 1
2 1 3 4
= 0.6
1 = 0.34, 2 = 0.24, 3 = 0.28, 4 = 1
2 3 1 4
= 0.7
1 = 0.36, 2 = 0.28, 3 = 0.21, 4 = 1
3 2 1 4
= 0.8
1 = 0.39, 2 = 0.32, 3 = 0.14, 4 = 1
3 2 1 4
= 0.9
1 = 0.42, 2 = 0.36, 3 = 0.07, 4 = 1
3 2 1 4
Table1. Values of
i (i = 1, 2, 3, 4) and ranking of alternatives for different values of .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Figure 2 represents the graphical representation of
alternatives ( A i ) versus i (i = 1, 2, 3, 4) for
different values of .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
105
Line of lowest values of
Line of greatest values of
0.95
0.57
0.38
values of
0.76
0.19
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.8
Va
lue
s
0.6
of
0.4
0.9
1
2
3
4
Fig 2. Graphical representation of ranking of alternatives for different values of .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[3] K. T. Atanassov. Intuitionistic fuzzy sets. Fuzzy Sets
6. Conclusions
and Systems, 20 (1986), 87-96.
In this paper, we have extended the traditional VIKOR
[4] H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Zhang, and R.
strategy to NC-VIKOR. We introduced neutrosophic cubic
Sunderraman. Single valued neutrosophic sets. Multinumbers weighted aggregation (NCNWA) operator and
space and Multi-structure, 4 (2010), 410-413.
applied it to aggregate the individual opinion to group
[5]
S.
Pramanik, and T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic game
opinion prove its three properties. We develpoed a novel
theoretic
approach to Indo-Pak conflict over JammuNC-VIKOR based MAGDM strategy in neutrosophic
Kashmir. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014), 82cubic set environment. Finally, we solve a MAGDM
101.
problem to show the feasibility, applicability and
[6] J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic minimum spanning
efficiency of the proposed MAGDM strategy. We present a
tree and its clustering method. Journal of Intelligent
sensitivity analysis to show the impact of different values
Systems, 23 (2014), 311–324.
of the decision making mechanism coefficient on ranking
[7] J. Ye. Clustering methods using distance-based
order of the alternatives. The proposed NC-VIKOR based
similarity measures of single-valued neutrosophic sets.
MAGDM strategy can be employed to solve a variety of
Journal of Intelligent Systems, 23(2014), 379–389.
problems such as logistics center selection [28, 74], teacher
[8]
Y.
Guo, and A. Sengur. NCM: Neutrosophic c-means
selection [75], renewable energy selection[70], fault
clustering algorithm. Pattern Recognition, 48 (8)
diagnosis[71], brick selection [76, 77], weaver selection
(2015), 2710-2724.
[78], etc.
[9] R. Şahin, Neutrosophic hierarchical clustering
References
[1] F. Smarandache. A unifying field of logics.
Neutrosophy: neutrosophic probability, set and logic,
American Research Press, Rehoboth, (1998).
[2] L. A. Zadeh. Fuzzy sets. Information and Control, 8 (3)
(1965), 338-353.
algoritms. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014),
18-24.
[10] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Entropy based
grey relational analysis method for multi-attribute
decision making under single valued neutrosophic
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
106
assessments. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014),
102–110.
[11] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. A new
methodology for neutrosophic multi-attribute decision
making
with
unknown
weight
information.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 3 (2014), 42–52.
[12] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS
method for multi-attribute group decision-making
under single valued neutrosophic environment. Neural
Computing
and
Applications,
(2015).
doi:
10.1007/s00521-015-1891-2.
[13] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Aggregation of
triangular fuzzy neutrosophic set information and its
application to multi-attribute decision making.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 12 (2016), 20-40.
[14] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Value and
ambiguity index based ranking
method of singlevalued trapezoidal neutrosophic numbers and its
application to multi-attribute decision making.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems 12 (2016), 127-138.
[15] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multi-attribute
group decision making based on expected value of
neutrosophic trapezoidal numbers. New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory and Applications-Vol-II. Pons Editions, Brussells (2017). In Press.
[16] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Non-linear
programming approach for single-valued neutrosophic
TOPSIS method. New Mathematics and Natural
Computation, (2017). In Press.
[17] I. Deli, and Y. Subas. A ranking method of single
valued neutrosophic numbers and its applications to
multi-attribute decision making problems. International
Journal of Machine Learning and Cybernetics, (2016).
doi:10.1007/s13042016-0505-3.
[18] P. Ji , J. Q. Wang, and H. Y. Zhang. Frank prioritized
Bonferroni mean operator with single-valued
neutrosophic sets and its application in selecting thirdparty logistics providers. Neural Computing and
Applications, (2016). doi:10.1007/s00521-016-2660-6.
[19] A. Kharal. A neutrosophic multi-criteria decision
making method. New Mathematics and Natural
Computation, 10 (2014), 143–162.
[20] R. X. Liang, J. Q. Wang, and L. Li. Multi-criteria group
decision making method based on interdependent
inputs of single valued trapezoidal neutrosophic
information. Neural Computing and Applications,
(2016). doi:10.1007/s00521-016-2672-2.
[21] R. X. Liang, J. Q. Wang, and H. Y. Zhang. A multicriteria decision-making method based on single-valued
trapezoidal neutrosophic preference relations with
complete weight information. Neural Computing and
Applications, (2017). doi: 10.1007/s00521-017-2925-8.
[22] P. Liu, Y. Chu, Y. Li, and Y. Chen. Some generalized
neutrosophic number Hamacher aggregation operators
and their application to group decision making.
International Journal of Fuzzy System, 16 (2) (2014),
242–255.
[23] P. D. Liu, and H. G. Li. Multiple attribute decisionmaking method based on some normal neutrosophic
Bonferroni mean operators. Neural Computing and
Applications, 28 (2017), 179–194.
[24] P. Liu, and Y. Wang. Multiple attribute decisionmaking method based on single-valued neutrosophic
normalized weighted Bonferroni mean. Neural
Computing and Applications, 25(7) (2014), 2001–2010.
[25] J. J. Peng, J. Q. Wang, J. Wang, H. Y. Zhang, and X. H.
Chen. Simplified neutrosophic sets and their
applications in multi-criteria group decision-making
problems. International Journal of Systems Science, 47
(10) (2016), 2342-2358.
[26] J. Peng, J. Wang, H. Zhang, and X. Chen. An
outranking approach for multi-criteria decision-making
problems with simplified neutrosophic sets. Applied
Soft Computing, 25, 336–346.
[27] S. Pramanik, D. Banerjee, and B. C. Giri. Multi –
criteria group decision making model in neutrosophic
refined set and its application. Global Journal of
Engineering Science and Research Management, 3 (6)
(2016), 12-18.
[28] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Logistics
center location selection approach based on
neutrosophic multi-criteria decision making. In F.
Smarandache, & S. Pramanik (Eds), In F.
Smarandache, & S. Pramanik (Eds), New trends in
neutrosophic theory and applications (pp. 161-174).
Brussels: Pons Editions, 2016.
[29] R. Sahin, and M. Karabacak. A multi attribute decision
making method based on inclusion measure for interval
neutrosophic sets. International Journal of Engineering
and Applied Sciences, 2 (2) (2014), 13–15.
[30] R. Sahin, and A. Kucuk. Subsethood measure for single
valued neutrosophic sets. Journal of Intelligent and
Fuzzy System, (2014). doi:10.3233/IFS-141304.
[31] R. Sahin, and P. Liu. Maximizing deviation method for
neutrosophic multiple attribute decision making with
incomplete weight information. Neural Computing and
Applications, (2015), doi: 10.1007/s00521-015-1995-8.
[32] M. Sodenkamp. Models, methods and applications of
group multiple-criteria decision analysis in complex
and uncertain systems. Dissertation, University of
Paderborn, (2013), Germany.
[33] J. Ye. Multicriteria decision-making method using the
correlation coefficient under single-valued neutrosophic
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
107
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
environment. International Journal of General
Systems,42 (2013a), 386–394.
[34] J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic cross-entropy for
multi criteria decision making problems. Applied
Mathematical Modelling, 38 (3) (2013), 1170–1175.
[35] J. Ye. A multi criteria decision-making method using
aggregation operators for simplified neutrosophic sets.
Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 26 (2014),
2459–2466.
[36] J. Ye. Trapezoidal neutrosophic set and its application
to multiple attribute decision-making. Neural
Computing and Applications, 26 (2015), 1157–1166.
[37] J. Ye. Bidirectional projection method for multiple
attribute group decision making with neutrosophic
number. Neural Computing and Applications, (2015).
doi: 10.1007/s00521-015-2123-5.
[38] J. Ye. Projection and bidirectional projection measures
of single valued neutrosophic sets and their decision –
making method for mechanical design scheme. Journal
of Experimental and Theoretical Artificial Intelligence,
(2016). doi:10.1080/0952813X.2016.1259263.
[39] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, F. Smarandache,
and T. K. Roy. NS-cross entropy-based MAGDM
under single-valued neutrosophic set environment.
Information, 9(2) (2018), 37.
[40] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Multi-criteria group
decision making approach for teacher recruitment in
higher education under simplified Neutrosophic
environment. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6 (2014),
28-34.
[41] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision
making model of school choice. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 7 (2015), 62-68.
[42] H. D. Cheng, and Y. Guo. A new neutrosophic
approach to image thresholding. New Mathematics and
Natural Computation, 4 (2008), 291–308.
[43] Y. Guo, and H. D. Cheng. New neutrosophic approach
to image segmentation. Pattern Recognition, 42 (2009),
587–595.
[44] Y. Guo, A. Sengur, and J. Ye. A novel image
thresholding algorithm based on neutrosophic similarity
score. Measurement, 58 (2014), 175–186.
[45] M. Zhang, L. Zhang, and H. D. Cheng. A neutrosophic
approach to image segmentation based on watershed
method. Signal Processing, 90 (5) (2010), 1510-1517.
[46] J. Ye. Improved cosine similarity measures of
simplified neutrosophic sets for medical diagnoses.
Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 63 (2015), 171–179.
[47] S. Ye, and J. Ye. Dice similarity measure between
single valued neutrosophic multi sets and its application
in medical diagnosis. Neutrosophic Sets and System, 6
(2014), 49-54.
[48] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. A study on problems of
Hijras in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive
maps. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 5(2014), 21-26.
[49] S. Pramanik, and S. Chakrabarti. A study on problems
of construction workers in West Bengal based on
neutrosophic cognitive maps. International Journal of
Innovative Research in Science. Engineering and
Technology, 2(11) (2013), 6387-6394.
[50] H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Q. Zhang, and R.
Sunderraman. Interval Neutrosophic Sets and Logic:
Theory and Applications in Computing; Hexis:
Phoenix, AZ, USA, 2005.
[51] J. Ye. Similarity measures between interval neutrosophic sets and their applications in multi criteria decisionmaking. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy Systems, 26
(2014), 165–172.
[52] Y. B. Jun, F. Smarandache, and C. S. Kim.
Neutrosophic cubic sets. New Mathematics and Natural
Computation, 13 (1) (2017), 41-54.
[53] M. Ali, I. Deli, and F. Smarandache. The theory of
neutrosophic cubic sets and their applications in pattern
recognition. Journal of Intelligent & Fuzzy Systems, 30
(4) (2016), 1957-1963.
[54] J. Zhan, M. Khan, M. Gulistan, and A. Ali.
Applications of neutrosophic cubic sets in multi-criteria
decision making. International Journal for Uncertainty
Quantification, 7(5) (2017), 377–394.
[55] D. Banerjee, B. C. Giri, S. Pramanik, and F.
Smarandache. GRA for multi attribute decision making
in neutrosophic cubic set environment. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 15 (2017), 60-69.
[56] Z. Lu, and J. Ye. Cosine measures of neutrosophic
cubic sets for multiple attribute decision-making.
Symmetry 9 (7) (2017), 121.
[57] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy, and
F. Smarandache. Neutrosophic cubic MCGDM method
based on similarity measure. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 16, (2017), 44-56.
[58] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy. NCTODIM-Based MAGDM under a Neutrosophic Cubic
Set Environment. Information 8 (4) (2017), 149.
[59] L. Shi, and J. Ye. Dombi aggregation operators of
neutrosophic cubic sets for multiple attribute decisionmaking. Algorithms, 11 (3), 29, (2018).
doi:10.3390/a11030029
[60] S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, B. C. Giri, and F. Smarandache.
An extended TOPSIS for multi-attribute decision
making problems with neutrosophic cubic information.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 17 (2017), 20-28.
[61] S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy.
Some operations and properties of neutrosophic cubic
soft set. Global Journal of Research and Review, 4 (2)
(2017).
[62] J. Ye. Operations and aggregation method of
neutrosophic cubic numbers for multiple attribute
decision-making.
https://books.google.co.in/books?id=GhRPDwAAQBA
J.
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
108
[63] S. Opricovic. Multicriteria Optimization of Civil
Engineering Systems; Faculty of Civil Engineering:
Belgrade, Serbia, 1998.
[64] S. Opricovic, G. H. Tzeng. Compromise solution by
MCDM methods: A comparative analysis of VIKOR
and TOPSIS. European journal of operational research,
156 (2004), 445–455.
[65] S. Opricovic, G. H. Tzeng. Extended VIKOR method in
comparison with outranking methods. European journal
of operational research, 178 (2) (2007), 514-529.
[66] R. Bausys, and E. K. Zavadskas. Multicriteria decision
making approach by VIKOR under interval
neutrosophic set environment. Economic Computation
and Economic Cybernetics Studies and Research, 4
(2015), 33-48.
[67] Y. Huang, G. Wei, and C. Wei. VIKOR method for
interval neutrosophic multiple attribute group decisionmaking. Information, 8 (2017), 144.
doi:10.3390/info8040144.
[68] H. Pouresmaeil, E. Shivanian, E. Khorram, and H. S.
Fathabadi. An extended method using TOPSIS and
VIKOR for multiple attribute decision making with
multiple
decision
makers
and
single
valued
neutrosophic numbers. Advances and Applications in
Statistics, 50(4) (2017), 261.
[69] P. Liu, L. Zhang. The extended VIKOR method for
multiple criteria decision making problem based on
neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set, (2014).
[70] J. Hu, L. Pan, and X. Chen. An interval neutrosophic
projection-based VIKOR method for selecting doctors.
Cognitive Computation, 9(6) (2017), 801-816.
[71] K. Selvakumari, and M. A. Priyadharshini. VIKOR
method for decision making problem using octagonal
neutrosophic soft matrix. International Journal of Latest
Engineering Research and Applications, 2(7) (2017),
41-45.
[72] J. R. San Cristóbal. Multi-criteria decision-making in
the selection of a renewable energy project in Spain:
The VIKOR method. Renewable Energy, 36 (2011),
498-502.
[73] J. Ye. Fault diagnoses of steam turbine using the exponential similarity measure of neutrosophic numbers.
Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy System 30 (2016),
1927–1934.
[74] S. Pramanik, S, Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic
multi-attribute group decision making strategy for
logistic center location selection. In F. Smarandache,
M. A. Basset & V. Chang (Eds.), Neutrosophic
Operational Research, Vol. III. Pons Asbl, Brussels,
2018, 13-32.
[75] S. Pramanik, and D. Mukhopadhyaya. Grey relational
analysis based intuitionistic fuzzy multi-criteria group
decision-making approach for teacher selection in
higher education. International Journal of Computer
Applications, 34 (2011), 21–29.
[76] K. Mondal,and S.Pramanik. Intuitionistic fuzzy
multicriteria group decision making approach to
quality-brick selection problem Journal of Applied
Quantitative Methods, 9(2) (2014), 35-50.
[77] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision
making model for clay-brick selection in construction
field based on grey relational analysis. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 9 (2015), 64-71.
[78] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multi-criteria
group decision making in intuitionistic fuzzy
environment based on grey relational analysis for
weaver selection in khadi institution. Journal of
Applied and Quantitative Methods, 10 (4) (2015), 1-14.
[79] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Smarandache, F., &
Chang, V. (2018). Neutrosophic Association Rule Mining
Algorithm for Big Data Analysis. Symmetry, 10(4), 106.
[80] Abdel-Basset, M., & Mohamed, M. (2018). The Role of
Single Valued Neutrosophic Sets and Rough Sets in Smart
City: Imperfect and Incomplete Information Systems.
Measurement. Volume 124, August 2018, Pages 47-55
[81] Abdel-Basset, M., Gunasekaran, M., Mohamed, M., &
Smarandache, F. A novel method for solving the fully
neutrosophic linear programming problems. Neural
Computing and Applications, 1-11.
[82] Abdel-Basset, M., Manogaran, G., Gamal, A., &
Smarandache, F. (2018). A hybrid approach of neutrosophic
sets and DEMATEL method for developing supplier selection
criteria. Design Automation for Embedded Systems, 1-22.
[83] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., & Chang, V. (2018).
NMCDA: A framework for evaluating cloud computing
services. Future Generation Computer Systems, 86, 12-29.
[84] Abdel-Basset, M., Mohamed, M., Zhou, Y., & Hezam, I.
(2017). Multi-criteria group decision making based on
neutrosophic analytic hierarchy process. Journal of Intelligent
& Fuzzy Systems, 33(6), 4055-4066.
[85] Abdel-Basset, M.; Mohamed, M.; Smarandache, F. An
Extension of Neutrosophic AHP–SWOT Analysis for
Strategic Planning and Decision-Making. Symmetry 2018, 10,
116.
Received : April 30, 2018. Accepted : May 10, 2018.
Surapati Pramanik, Shyamal Dalapati, Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, NC-VIKOR Based MAGDM under
Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
109
University of New Mexico
Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi
Attribute Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment:
An Overview
1
3
3
Surapati Pramanik , Rama Mallick , Anindita Dasgupta
1,3
Nandalal Ghosh B.T. College, Panpur, P.O.-Narayanpur, District –North 24 Parganas, Pin code-743126, West Bengal, India.
1
E-mail: sura_pati@yahoo.co.in, 2Email: aninditadasgupta33@gmail.com
2
Umeschandra College, Department of Mathematics, Surya Sen Street ,Kolkata-700012, West Bengal, India, 1Email: ramamallick23@gmail.com
Abstract Multi-attribute decision making (MADM) is a
mathematical tool to solve decision problems involving
conflicting attributes. With the increasing complexity,
uncertainty of objective things and the neutrosophic nature of
human thought, more and more attention has been paid to the
investigation on multi attribute decision making in neutrosophic
environment, and convincing research results have been reported
in the literature. While modern algebra and number theory have
well documented and established roots deep into India's ancient
scholarly history, the understanding of the springing up of
neutrosophics, specifically neutrosophic decision making,
demands a closer inquiry. The objective of the study is to present
a brief review of the pioneering contributions of personalities as
diverse as those of P. P. Dey, K. Mondal, P. Biswas, D. Banerjee,
S. Dalapati, P. K. Maji, A. Mukherjee, T. K. Roy, B. C. Giri, H.
Garg, S. Bhattacharya. A survey of various concepts, issues, etc.
related to neutrosophic decision making is discussed. New
research direction of neutrosophic decision making is also
provided.
Keywords:Bipolar neutrosophic sets, VIKOR method, multi attribute group decision making.
1 Introduction
Every human being has to make decision in every
sphere of his/her life. So decision making should be
pragmatic and elegant. Decision making involves
multi attributes. Multi attribute decision making
(MADM) refers to making selections among some
courses of actions in the presence of multiple, usually
conflicting attributes. MADM is the most well-known
branch of decision making. To solve a MADM one
needs to employ sorting and ranking (see Figure 1).
It has been widely recognized that most real world
decisions take place in uncertain environment where
crisp values cannot capture the reflection of the
complexity, indeterminacy, inconsistency and
uncertainty of the problem.
To deal with crisp MADM problem [1], classical set
or crisp set [2] is employed. The classical MADM
generally assumes that all the criteria and their
respective weights are expressed in terms of crisp
numbers and, thus, the rating and the ranking of the
alternatives are determined. However, practical
decision making problem involves imprecision or
vagueness. Imprecision or vagueness may occur from
different sources such as unquantifiable information,
incomplete information, non-obtainable information,
and partial ignorance.
To tackle uncertainty, Zadeh [3] proposed the fuzzy
set by introducing membership degree of an element.
Different strategies [4-9] have been proposed for
dealing with MADM in fuzzy environment. In fuzzy
set, non-membership membership function is the
complement of membership function. However, nonmembership function may be independent in real
situation. Sensing this, Atanassov [10] proposed
intuitionistic fuzzy set by incorporating nonmembership as an independent component. Many
MADM strategies [11-14] in intuitionistic fuzzy
environment have been studied in the literature.
Deschrijver and Kerre [15] proved that intuitionistic
fuzzy set is equivalent to interval valued fuzzy set
[16], an extension of fuzzy set.
In real world decision making often involves
incomplete,
indeterminate
and
inconsistent
information. Fuzzy set and intuitionistic fuzzy set
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
cannot deal with the situation where indeterminacy
component is independent of truth and falsity
components. To deal with this situation, Smarandache
[17] defined neutrosophic set. In 2005, Wang et al.
[18] defined interval neutrosophic set. In 2010, Wang
et al. [19] introduced the single valued neutrosophic
set (SVNS) as a sub class of neutrosophic set. SVNS
have caught much attention of the researchers. SVNS
have been applied in many areas such as conflict
resolution [20], decision making [21-30], image processing [31-33], medical diagnosis [34], social problem [35-36], and so on. In 2013, a new journal, “Neutrosophic Sets and Systems” came into being to
propagate neutrosophic study, which can be seen in
the
journal
website,
namely,
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/nss. By hybridizing the concept of neutrosophic sets or SVNSs with the various
established sets, several neutrosophic hybrid sets have
been introduced in the literature such as neutrosophic
soft sets [37], neutrosophic soft expert set [38], single
valued neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy sets [39], interval
neutrosophic hesitant sets [40], interval neutrosophic
linguistic sets [41], rough neutrosophic set [42, 43],
interval rough neutrosophic set [44], bipolar neutrosophic set [45], bipolar rough neutrosophic set [46],
tri-complex rough neutrosophic set [47], hyper
complex rough neutrosophic set [48], neutrosophic
refined set [49], bipolar neutrosophic refined sets [50],
neutrosophic cubic set [51], etc.
So many new areas of decision making in neutrosophic hybrid environment began to emerge. Young researchers demonstrate great interest to conduct research on decision making in neutrosophic as well as
neutrosophic hybrid environment. According to Pramanik [52], the concept of neutrosophic set was initially ignored, criticized by many [53, 54], while it
was supported only by a very few, mostly young, unknown, and uninfluential researchers. As we see Smarandache [55, 55, 56, 57] leads from the front and
makes the paths for research by publishing new books,
journal articles, monographs, etc. In India, W. B. V.
Kandasamy [58, 59] did many research works on
neutrosophic algebra, neutrosophic cognitive
maps, etc. She is a well-known researcher in neutrosophic study. Pramanik and Chackrabarti [36]
and Pramanik [60, 61] did some work on neutrosophic related problems. Initially, publishing neutrosophic research paper in a recognized journal
was a hard work. Pramanik and his colleagues
were frustrated by the rejection of several neutrosophic research papers without any valid reasons.
After the publication of the International Journal
110
namely, “Neutrosophic Sets and Systems” Pramanik and his colleagues explored the area of decision making in neutrosophic environment to establish their research work.
In 2016, to present history of neutrosophic theory
and applications, Smarandache [62] published an
edited volume comprising of the short biography
and research work of neutrosophic researchers.
“The Encyclopedia of Neutrosophic Researchers”
includes the researchers, who published neutrosophic papers, books, or defended neutrosophic
master theses or Ph. D. dissertations. It encourages researchers to conduct study in neutrosophic
environment. The fields of neutrosophics have
been extended and applied in various fields, such
as artificial intelligence, data mining, soft computing, image processing, computational modelling, robotics, medical diagnosis, biomedical engineering, investment problems, economic forecasting, social science, humanistic and practical
achievements, and decision making. Decision
making in incomplete / indeterminate / inconsistent information systems has been deeply studied
by the Indian researchers. New trends in neutrosophic theory and applications can be found in
[62-67].
Considering the potentiality of SVNS and its various
extensions and their importance of decision making,
we feel a sense of commitment to survey the
contribution of Indian mathematicians to multi
attribute decision making. The venture is exclusively
new and therefore it may be considered as an
exploratory study.
Research gap:
Survey of new research in MADM conducted by
the Indian researchers.
Statement of the problem:
Contributions of selected Indian researchers to multiattribute
decision
making
in
neutrosophic
environment: An overview.
Motivation:
The above-mentioned analysis describes the motivation behind the present study.
Objectives of the study
The objective of the study is:
To present a brief review of the pioneering
contributions of personalities as diverse as those
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
of Dr. Partha Pratim Dey, Dr. Pranab Biswas,
Dr. Durga Banerjee, Mr. Kalyan Mondal, Shyamal Dalapati, Dr. P. K. Maji, Prof. T. K. Roy,
Prof. B. C. Giri, Prof. Anjan Mukherjee, Dr. Harish Garg and Dr. Sukanto Bhattacharya.
111
Rest of the paper is organized as follows: In section 2,
we review some basic concepts related to
neutrosophic set. Section 3 presents the contribution
of the selected Indian researchers. Section 4 presents
conclusion and future scope of research.
.........................................................................................................................................
For Single
DecisionMa
For Group
king
Decision
Start
Making
Single decision
maker
Multiple decision
makers
Step1. Formulate the decision
matrix
Step1. Formulate the
decisionmatrices
Step2. Formulate
weighted aggregated
decision matrices
Step3. Apply decision
making method
Step2. Apply decision
making method
Step4. Rank the
priority
Step3. Rank the
priority
Stop
Figure 1. Decision making steps
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
112
2. Preliminaries
In this section we recall some basic definitions related
to this topic.
ship
degree of an element x X to some implicit
counter-property corresponding to a bipolar neutrosophic set P.
Definition.2.1 Neutrosophic Set
Definition 2.5: Neutrosophich hesitant fuzzy
set
Let 𝑋 be a fixed set, a neutrosophic hesitantfuzzy set
[39] (NHFS) on X is defined as:
M={<x,T(x),I(x),F(x)>|x ∈ 𝑋 },where T(x) ={ 𝛼|𝛼 ∈
𝑇(𝑥)},I(x) ={𝛽|𝛽 ∈ 𝐼(𝑥)} and F(x) ={𝛾|𝛾 ∈ 𝐹(𝑥)}
are the three sets of some different values in the
interval [0, 1], which represent the possible truthmembership
hesitant
degree,
indeterminacymembership hesitant degree, and falsity-membership
hesitant degree of the element xϵX to the set M, and
satisfies the following conditions:
𝛼𝜖[0,1], 𝛽𝜖[0,1], 𝛾𝜖[0,1]
and
0 ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝 𝛼 +
𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛽 + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛾 ≤ 3
where
𝛼 =
⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼} , 𝛽 = ⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝛽 and 𝛾 =
⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛾} for𝑥 ∈ 𝑋.
The 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑚 = {𝑇(𝑥), 𝐼(𝑥), 𝐹(𝑥)} is called a
neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy element (NHFE) which is
the basic unit of the NHFS and is denoted by the
symbol m={T, I, F}.
Let X be the universe. A neutrosophic set (NS) [17] P
in X is characterized by a truth membership function
TP, an indeterminacy membership function IP and a
falsity membership function FP whereTP, IP and FP are
real standardor non-standard subset of ] -0,1+[. It can
be defined as:
P={<x,(TP(x),IP(x),FP(x))>:xϵX,TP,IP,FP ϵ]-0,1+[}
There is no restriction on the sum ofTP(x),IP(x) and
FP(x) and so 0-≤TP(x)+IP(x)+FP(x)≤3+.
Definition 2.2 Single valued neutrosophic set
Let X be a space of points (objects) with generic element in X denoted by x. A single valued neutrosophic
set [19] P is characterized by a truth-membership
functionTP(x), an indeterminacy-membership function
IP(x), and a falsity-membership functionFP(x). For
each point x in X, TP(x),IP(x),FP(x) [0, 1]. A SVNS
A can be written as:
A = {<x:TP(x),IP(x),FP(x)>, x X}.
Definition 2.3 Interval valued neutrosophic
set
Let X be a space of points (objects) with generic elements in X denoted by x. An interval valued neutrosophic set [18] P is characterized by an interval truthmembership function TP(x)=[𝑇 , 𝑇 ], an interval indeterminacy-membership function IP(x)=[𝐼 , 𝐼 ], and
an
interval
falsity-membership
function
FP(x)=[ 𝐹 , 𝐹 ]. For each point xϵX, TP(x), IP(x),
FP(x) [0, 1]. An IVNS P can be written as:
P = {< x: TP(x),IP(x),FP(x)>x X}.
Definition 2.4: Bipolar neutrosophic set
A bipolar neutrosophic set [45] P in X is defined as an
object of the formP={<x, Tm (x),Im(x),Fm(x),
n
m
m m
T n ( x ) ,I (x), F n ( x ) >: x X}, whereT , I ,F :X
[1, 0] and T n , I n , F n : X [-1, 0] . The positive
membership degree Tm (x), Im(x), Fm(x) denotes
respectively the truth membership, indeterminate
membership and false membership degree of an elecorresponding to a bipolar neutrosophment X
ic set P and the negative membership degree T n ( x ),
In(x), F n ( x ) denotes respectively the truth membership, indeterminate membership and false member-
Definition 2.6: Interval neutrosophic hesitant
fuzzy set
Let X be a nonempty fixed set, an Interval
neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set [67] onX is defined
as :
𝑃 = {〈𝑥, 𝑇(𝑥), 𝐼(𝑥), 𝐹(𝑥)〉|𝑥 ∈ 𝑋}.
Here𝑇(𝑥), 𝐼(𝑥) and 𝐹(𝑥) are sets of some different
interval values in [0, 1], which denotes respectively
the possible truth-membership hesitant degree,
indeterminacy-membership hesitant degree, and
falsity-membership hesitant degree of the element 𝑥 ∈
Ω to the set P. Then,T(x)={𝛼 |𝛼 ∈ 𝑇(𝑥)}, 𝑤here 𝛼 =
[𝛼 , 𝛼 ] is an interval number; 𝛼 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓 𝛼 and 𝛼 =
𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛼 represents the lower and upper limits
of 𝛼 , respectively; 𝐼(𝑥) = 𝛽 |𝛽 ∈ 𝐼(𝑥) , 𝑤here 𝛽 =
[𝛽 , 𝛽 ] is an interval number; 𝛽 = inf 𝛽 and
𝛽 = sup 𝛽 represents the lower and upper limits of
𝛽 , respectively; F(x)= {𝛾|𝛾 ∈ 𝐹(𝑥) , where 𝛾 =
[𝛾 , 𝛾 ]is an intervalnumber; 𝛾 = 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝛾 and, 𝛾 =
𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛾 represents the lower and upper limits of 𝛾,
respectively and satisfied the condition
0 ≤ 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛼 + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛽 + 𝑠𝑢𝑝𝛾 ≤ 3
where
𝛼 = ⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛼 } , 𝛽 =
⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝛽 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝛾 = ⋃ ∈ ( ) 𝑚𝑎𝑥{𝛾} for𝑥 ∈ 𝑋.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
The triplet 𝑝 = {𝑇(𝑥), 𝐼(𝑥), 𝐹(𝑥)} is called an interval
neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy element or simply INHFE,
which is denoted by the symbol 𝑝 = {𝑇, 𝐼, 𝐹}.
Definition 2.7 Triangular fuzzy neutrosophic
sets
Let X be the finite universe and F [0, 1] be the set of
all triangular fuzzy numbers on [0, 1]. A triangular
fuzzy neutrosophicset (TFNS) [68] P with
TP(x):X→ 𝐹[0,1],IP:X→ [0,1] and FP:X→
in X is defined as:
P={<x:TP(x),IP(x),Fp(x)>,xϵX},
where TP(x):X → 𝐹[0,1] , IP:X → [0,1] and FP:X →
[0,1] . The triangular fuzzy numbers TP(x)
=(𝑇 , 𝑇 , 𝑇 ), IP(x)=(𝐼 , 𝐼 , 𝐼 ) and FP(x) =(𝐹 , 𝐹 , 𝐹 ),
respectively, denotesrespectively the possible truthmembership, indeterminacy-membership and a falsity-membership degree of x in P and for every x X
0≤ 𝑇 (𝑥) + 𝐼 (𝑥) + 𝐹 (𝑥) ≤ 3.
The triangular fuzzy neutrosophic value (TFNV)P is
symbolized by
<(l,m,n),(p,q,r),(u,v,w)>where,(𝑇 (𝑥), 𝑇 (𝑥), 𝑇 (𝑥))
= (𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛) , 𝐼 (𝑥), 𝐼 (𝑥), 𝐼 (𝑥) = (𝑝, 𝑞, 𝑟) and
(𝐹 (𝑥), 𝐹 (𝑥), 𝐹 (𝑥)) = (u,v,w).
Definition2.8Neutrosophic soft set
Let V be an initial universe set and E be a set of
parameters. Consider A ⊂ E. Let P( V ) denote the set
of all neutrosophic sets of V. The collection ( F, A ) is
termed to be the soft neutrosophic set [37] over V,
where F is a mapping given by F : A → P(V).
Definition 2.9 Neutrosophic cubic set
Let U be the space of points with generic element in
U denoted by u U. A neutrosophic cubic set [51]in
= {< u, A (u), (u) >: u U} in
U defined as N
which A (u) is the interval valued neutrosophic set
and (u) is the neutrosophic set in U. A neutrosophic
= <A, >. We use
cubic set in U denoted by N
(U ) as a notation which implies that collection of
CN
all neutrosophic cubic sets in U.
Definition 2.10 Rough Neutrosophic Sets
Let X be a non empty set and R be an
equivalence relation on X . Let P be a neutrosophic
set in Y with the
membership function TP,
indeterminacy function IP and non-membership
function FP. The lower and the upper approximations
of P in the approximation (X, R) denoted
113
are respectively defined as
by 𝐿(𝑃) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐿(𝑃)
follows:
L( P ) x,T L( P )( x ), I L( P )( x ), F L( P )( x ) / y [ x ] R ,x X ,
L( P ) x,T L( P )( x ), I L( P )( x ), F L( P )( x ) / y [ x ] R ,x X ,
T L ( P ) ( x ) y [ x ] R T P ( y ),
I L (P ) (x) y [x] R I P (y),
F L( P) (x) y [x] R F P (y),
T L(P) ( x) y [x]R T P ( y),
IL(P)(x) y[x]R I P(y),
FL(P)(x) y[x]R FP(y)
So, 0 sup T L ( P ) ( x ) sup I L ( P ) ( x ) sup F L ( P ) ( x )
3.
0 sup T L ( P ) ( x ) sup I L ( P ) ( x ) sup F L ( P ) ( x ) 3.
Here and denotes “max” and “min’’
operators respectively. TP(y), IP(y) and FP(y) are the
membership, indeterminacy and non-membership
function of y with respect to P and also L (P ) and
L ( P ) are two neutrosophic sets in X.
Therefore, NS mapping L , L :L(X) L(X) are,
respectively, referred to as the lower and the upper
rough NS approximation operators, and the pair
( L ( P ), L ( P )) is called the rough neutrosophic set
[42] in (Y, R).
Definition 2.11Refined
Neutrosophic Sets
LetX be a universe. A neutrosophic refined set
(NRS) [49]A on X can be defined as follows:
x , (T A1 (x), T A2 (x ), ..., T Ap (x )), ( I 1A (x), I A2 (x ), ..., I Ap (x )),
A
p
1
2
( F A (x ), F A (x), ..., F A (x))
Here,
T A1 (x ), T A2 (x ), ..., T Ap (x) : X [0,1],
I 1A (x), I A2 (x), ..., I Ap (x) : X [0,1],
F A1 (x),
T
F
F A2 (x), ...,
2
A
F Ap
(x) : X [0,1] . For any
1
A
(x ),T
1
A
( x ) , F A2 ( x ) , . . . , F Ap
and
x ϵ X
, I ( x ) , I ( x ) , . . . , I ( x ) and
truth-membership
( x ) is the
( x ) , . . . , T Ap ( x )
1
A
2
A
p
A
sequence, indeterminacy-membership sequence and
falsity-membership sequence of the element x,
respectively.
Section 3 The contribution of the selected Indian
researchers
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
3.1 Dr. Partha Pratim Dey
Dr. Partha Pratim Dey was born at Chak, P. O.Islampur, Murshidabad, West Bengal, India, PIN742304. Dr. Dey qualified CSIR-NET-Junior
Research Fellowship (JRF) in 2008. His paper
entitled“Fuzzy goal programming for multilevel
linear fractional programming problem"coauthored
with Surapati Pramanik was awarded as the best
paper in West Bengal State Science and Technology
Congress (2011) in mathematics. He obtained Ph. D.
in Science from Jadavpur University, India in
2015.Title of his Ph. D. Thesis [70] is:“Some studies
on linear and non-linear bi-level programming
problems in fuzzy envieonment``. He continues his
research in the feild of fuzzy multi-criteria decision
making and extends them in neutrosophic
environment. Curently, he is an assistant teacher of
Mathematics in Patipukur Pallisree Vidyapith,
Patipukur, Kolkata-48. His research interest includes
decision making in neutrosophic environemnt and
optimization.
Contribution:
In 2015, Dey, Pramanik, and Giri [71] proposed a
novel MADM strategy based on extended grey
relation analysis (GRA) in interval neutrosophic
environment with unknown weight of the attributes.
Maximizing deviation method is employed to
determine the unknown weight information of the
atributes. Dey et al. [71] also developed linguistic
scale to transform linguistic variable into interval
neutrosophic values. They employed the developed
strategy for dealing with practical problem of
selecting weaver for Khadi Institution. Partha Pratim
Dey, coming from a weaver family, is very familiar
with the parameters of weaving and criteria of
selection of weavers. Several parameters are defined
by Dey et al. [71] to conduct the study.
Dey et al. [72] proposed a TOPSIS strategy at first in
single valued neutrosophic soft expert set
environmnet in 2015. Dey et al. [72] determined the
weights of the parameters by employing maximizing
114
deviation method and demonstrated an illustrative
example of teacher selection problem. According to
Google Scholar Citation, this paper [72] has been
cited by 15 studies so far.
In 2015, Dey et al. [73] established TOPSIS startegy
in generalized neutrosophic soft set environmnet and
solved an illustrative MAGDM problem. In
neutrosophic soft set environment, Dey et al. [74]
grounded a new MADM strategy based on grey
relational projection technique.
In 2016, Dey et al. [75] developed two new strategies
for solving MADM problems with interval-valued
neutrosophic assessments. The empolyed measures
[75] are namely, i) weighted projection measure and
ii) angle cosine and projection measure. Dey et al.
[76] defined Hamming distance function and
Euclidean distance function between bipolar
neutrosophic sets. In the same study, Dey et al. [76]
defined bipolar neutrosophic relative positive ideal
solution (BNRPIS) and neutrosophic
relative
negative ideal solution(BNRNIS) and developed an
MADM strategy in bipolar neutrosophic environemnt.
Deyet et al. [77] presented a GRA strategy for solving
MAGDM problem under neutrosophic soft
environment and solved an illustrative numerical
example to show the effectiveness of the proposed
strategy.
In 2016, Dey et al. [78] discussed a solution strategy
for MADM problems with interval neutrosophic
uncertain linguistic information through extended
GRA method. Dey et al. [78] also proposed Euclidean
distance between two interval neutrosophic uncertain
linguistic values.
Pramanik, Dey, Giri, and Smarandache [79] defined
projection, bidirectional projection and hybrid
projection measures between bipolar neutrosophic
sets in 2017 and proved their basic properties. In the
same study [79], the same authors developed three
new MADM strategies based on the proposed
projection measures. They validated their result by
solving a numerical example of MADM.
In 2017, Pramanik, Dey, Giri, and Smarandache [80]
defined some operation rules for neutrosophic cubic
sets and introduced the Euclidean distance between
them.nThe authors also defined neutrosophic cubic
positive and negative ideal solutions and established
a new MADM strategy. In 2018, Dey, Pramanik, Ye
and Smarandache [81] introduced cross entropy and
weighted cross entropy measures for bipolar neutro-
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
115
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
sophic sets and interval bipolar neutrosophic sets and
proved their basic properties. The authors also developed two new multi-attribute decision-making strategies in bipolar and interval bipolar neutrosophic set
environment. The authors solved two illustrative numerical examples and compared the obtained results
with existing strategies to demonstrate the feasibility,
applicability, and efficiency of their strategies.
Pramanik, Dey and Giri [82] defined hybrid vector
similarity measure between single valued refined
neutrosophic sets (SVRNSs) and proved their basic
properties and developed an MADM strategy and
employed them to solve an illustrative example of
MADM in SVRNS environment.
Pramanik, Dey and Smarandache [83] defined the
correlation coefficient measure Cor (L1, L2) between
two interval bipolar neutrosophic sets (IBNSs) L1, L2
and proved the following properties:
(1) Cor (L1, L2) = Cor (L2, L1) ;
(2) 0 Cor (L1, L2) 1;
(3) Cor (L1, L2) = 1, if L1= L2.
In the same study, the authors defined weighted
correlation coefficient measure Corw(L1, L2) between
two IBNSs L1, L2 and established the following
properties:
(1) Corw(L1, L2) = Corw (L2, L1);
(2) 0 Corw(L1, L2) 1;
(3) Corw(L1, L2) = 1, if L1= L2.
The authors [83] also developed a novel MADM
straegy based on weighted correlation coefficient
measure and empolyed to solve an investment
problem and compared the solution with existing
startegies.
Pramanik, Dey, and Smarandache [84] defined
Hamming and Euclidean distances measures,
similarity measures based on maximum and minimum
operators between two IBNSs and proved their basic
properties. In the same research, Pramanik et al. [84]
deveolped a novel MADM strategy in
IBNS
environment.
In fuzzy environment, work of Dey and Pramanik
[85] obtained the best paper award in Mathematics in
2011 at 18th West Bengal State Science &
Technology Congress Tilte of the paper was:‘ Fuzzy
goal programming for multilevel linear fractional
programming problems’.
In 2015, Dr. Dey obtained “Diploma Certificate”
from Neutrosophic Science InternationalAssociation
(NISA) for his outstanding performance in
neutrosophic research. He was awarded the certificate
of outstanding contribution in reviewing for the
International Journal “Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems“. His works in neutrosophics draw much
attention of the researchers international level.
According to “ResearchGate’’ a social networking
site for scientists and researchers, citation of his
research exceeds 200. He is an active member of
‘‘Indian society for neutrosophic study’’.
Dr. Dey is very much intersted in neutrosophic study.
He continues his research work with great
mathematician like Prof. Florentin Smarandache and
Prof. Jun Ye.
3.2 Kalyan Mondal
Kalyan Mondal was born at Shantipur, Nadia, West
Bengal, India, Pin-741404. He qualified CSIR-NETJunior Research Fellowship (JRF) in 2012. He is a
research scholar in Mathematics of Jadavpur
University, India since 2016. Title of his Ph. D. thesis
is: “Some decision making models based on
neutrosophic strategy”. His paper entiled “MAGDM
based on contra-harmonic aggregation operator in
neutrosophic number (NN) environment’’ coauthored
with Surapsati Pramanik and Bibhas C. Giri was
awarded outstanding paper in West Bengal State
Science and Technology Congress (2018) in
mathematics. He continues his research in the field
neutrosophic multi-attribute decision making;
aggregation operators; soft computing; pattern
recognitions; neutrosophic hybrid systems, rough
neutrosophic
sets,
neutrosophic
numbers,
neutrosophic game theory, neutrosophic algebraic
structures. Presently, he is an assistant teacher of
Mathematics in Birnagar High School (HS) Birnagar,
Ranaghat, Nadia, Pin-741127, West Bengal, India.
Contribution:
In 2014, Mondal and Pramanik [86]initiated to study
teacher selection problem using neutrosophic logic.
Pramanik and Mondal [87] defined cosine similarity
measure for rough neutrosophic sets as CRNS(A, B)
between two rough neutrosophic sets A, B and
established the following properties:
(1) CRNS(A, B) = CRNS (B, A);
(2) 0 CRNS(A, B) 1;
(3) CRNS(A, B) = 1, iff A= B.
In the same study, Pramanik and Mondal [87]
applied cosine similarity measure for medical
diagnosis.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Mondal et al. [88] proposed a rough cotangent
similarity measure in 2015 and studied some of its
basic properties. The authors demonstrated an
application of cotangent similarity measure of rough
neutrosophic sets for medical diagnosis.
Pramanik and Mondal [89] introduced interval
neutrosophic
MADM strategy with completely
unknown attribute weight information based on
extended grey relational analysis.
In 2015, Mondal and Pramanik [90] presents rough
neutrosphic MADM strategy based on GRA. They
also extended the neutrosophic GRA strategy to
rough neutrosophic GRA strategy and applied it to
MADM problem. The authors first defined
accumulated geometric operator to transform rough
neutrosophic number (neutrosophic pair) to single
valued neutrosophic number.
In 2015, Mondal and Pramanik [91] presented a
neutrosophic MADM strategy for school choice
problem. The authors used five criteria to modeling
the school choice problem in neutrosophic
environment.
In 2015, Mondal and Prammanik [92] defined
cotangent similarity measure for neutrosophic sets as
COTNRS(N, P) between two refined neutrosophic sets N,
P and established the following properties:
(1) COTNRS(N, P) = COTNRS (P, N);
(2) 0 COTNRS(N, P) 1;
(3) COTNRS(P, N) = 1, if P = N.
In the same study, Mondal and Pramanik [92]
presented an application of cotangent similarity
measure of neutrosophic single valued sets in a
decision making problem for educational stream
selection.
Mondal and Pramanik [93] also defined rough
accuracy score function and proved their basic
properties. The authors also introduced entropy based
weighted rough accuracy score value. The authors
developed a novel rough neutrosophic MADM
startegy with incompletely known or completely
unknown attribute weight information based on rough
accuracy score function.
Pramanik and Mondal [94] presented rough Dice and
Jaccard similarity measures between rough neutrosophic sets. The authors proposed weighted rough
Dice and Jaccard similarity measures, and proved
their basic properties. The authors presented an application of rough neutrosophic Dice and Jaccard similarity measures in medical diagnosis.
116
Mondal and Pramanik [95] defined tangent similarity
measure and proved their basic properties. In the
same study, Mondal and Pramanik developed a novel
MADM strategy for MADM problems in SVNS
environment. The authors resented two illustrattive
exaxmples, namely selection of educational stream
and medical diagnosis to demonstrate the feasibility,
and applicability of the proposed MADM strategy.
Mondal and Pramanik [96] studied the quality claybrick selection strategy based on MADM with single
valued neutrosophic GRA.The authors used
neutrosophic grey relational coefficient on Hamming
distance between each alternative to ideal
neutrosophic estimates reliability solution and ideal
neutrosophic estimates unreliability solution. They
also used neutrosophic relational degree to determine
the ranking order of all alternatives.
In 2015, Mondal and Pramanik [97] defined a refined
tangent similarity measure strategy of refined
neutrosophic sets and proved its basic properties.
They presented an application of refined tangent
similarity measure in medical diagnosis.
Mondal and Pramanik [98] introduced cosine, Dice
and Jaccard similarity measures of interval rough
neutrosophic sets and proved their basic properties.
They developed three MADM strategies based on
interval rough cosine, Dice and Jaccard similarity
measures and presented an illustrative example,
namely selection of best laptop for random use.
In 2016, Mondal and Pramanaik [47] defined rough
tri-complex similarity measure in rough neutrosophic
environment and proved its basic properties. In the
same study, Mondal and Pramnaik [47] developed a
novel MADM strategy for dealing with MADM
problem in rough tri-complex neutrosophic
envioronment. Mondal, Pramanik, and Smarandache
[48] introduced the rough neutrosophic hypercomplex set and the rough neutrosophic hypercomplex cosine function in 2016, and proved their
basic properties. They also defined the rough
neutrosophic hyper-complex similarity measure and
proved their basic properties. They also developed a
new MADM strategy to deal with MADM problems
in
rough
neutrosophic
hyper-complex
set
environment. They presented a hypothetical
application to the selection problem of best candidate
for marriage for Indian context.
Mondal, Pramanik, and Smarandache [99] defined
rough trigonometric Hamming similarity measures
and proved their basic properties. In the same study,
Mondal et al. [99] developed a novel MADM
strategies to solve MADM problems in rough
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
117
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
neutrosophic environment. The authors provided an
application, namely selection of the most suitable
smart phone for rough use.
In 2017, Mondal, Pramanik and Smarandache [100]
developed a new MAGDM strategy by extending the
TOPSIS strategy in rough neutrosphic environment,
called rough neutrosophic TOPSIS strategy for
MAGDM. They also proposed rough neutrosophic
aggregate operator and rough neutrosophic weighted
aggregate operator. Finally, the authors solved a
numerical example to demonstrate the applicability
and effectiveness of the proposed TOPSIS startegy.
Mondal, Pramanik, Giri and Smarandache [101]
proposed neutrosophic number harmonic mean
operator (NNHMO) and neutrosophic number
weighted harmonic mean operator NNWHMO and
cosine function to determine unknown criterion
weights in neutrosophic number (NN) environment.
The authors developed two strategies of ranking NNs
based on score function and accuracy function. The
authors
also developed two novel MCGDM
strategies based on the proposed aggregation
operators. The authors solved a hypothetical case
study and compared the obtained results with other
existing strategies to demonstrate the effectiveness of
the proposed MCGDM strategies. The significance of
these stratigies is that they combine NNs with
harmonic aggregation operators to cope with
MCGDM problem.
In 2018, Mondal, Pramanik and Giri [102] inroduced
hyperbolic sine similarity measure and weighted
hyperbolic sine similarity measure namely,
SVNHSSM(A, B) for SVNSs. They proved the
following basic properties.
1. 0 SVNHSSM(A, B) 1
2. SVNHSSM(A, B) = 1 if and only ifA = B
3. SVNHSSM (A, B) = SVNHSSM(B, A)
4. If R is a SVNS in X and A B R then
SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(A, B) and
SVNHSSM(A, R) SVNHSSM(B, R).
The authors also defined weighted hyperbolic sine
similarity
measure
for
SVNS
namely,
SVNWHSSM(A, B) and proved the following
basicproperties.
1. 0 SVNWHSSM(A, B) 1
2. SVNWHSSM (A, B) = 1 if and only ifA = B
3. SVNWHSSM (A, B) = SVNWHSSM(B, A)
4. If R is a SVNS in X and A B R then
SVNWHSSM (A, R) SVNWHSSM(A, B)
and SVNWHSSM (A, R) SVNWHSSM (B,
R).
The authors defined compromise function to
determine unknown weight of the attributes in SVNS
environment. The authors developed a novel MADM
strategy based on the proposed weighted similarity
measure. Lastly, the authors solved a numerical
example and compared the obtained results with the
existing strategies to demonstrate the effectiveness of
the proposed MADM strategy.
Mondal, Pramanik, and Giri [103] defined tangent
similarity measure and proved its properties in
interval valued neutrosophic environment. The
authors developed a novel MADM strategy based on
the proposed tangent similarity measure in interval
valued neutrosophic environment. The authors also
solved a numerical example namely, selection of the
best investment sector for an Indian government
employee. The authors also presented a comparative
analysis.
Mondal et al. [104] employed refined neutrosophic
set to express linguistic variables. The authors
proposed linguistic refined neutrosophic set. The
authors developed an MADM strategy based on
linguistic refined neutrosophic set. The authors also
proposed an entropy method to determine unknown
weight of the criterion in linguistic neutrosophic
refined set environment. They presented an
illustrative example of constructional spot selection to
show the feasubility and applicability of the proposed
strategy.
Mr. Kalyan Mondal is a young and hardworking
researcher in neutrosophic field. He acts as an area
editor of international journal,“Journal of New
Theory” and acts as a reviewer for different
international peer reviewed journals. In 2015, Mr.
Mondal was awarded Diploma certificate from
Neutrosophic
Science
InternationalAssociation
(NISA) for his outstanding performance in
neutrosophic research. He was awarded the certificate
of outstanding contribution in reviewing for the
International Journal “Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems’’. His works in neutrosophics draw much
attention of the researchers at international level.
According to “Researchgate’’, citation of his research
exceeds 430.
3.3 Dr. Pranab Biswas
Pranab Biswas obtained his Bachelor of Science
degree in Mathematics and Master degree in Applied
Mathematics from University of Kalyani. He obtained
Ph. D. in Science from Jadavpur University, India.
Title of his thesis is “Multi-attribute decision making
in neutrosophic environment”.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
He is currently an assistant teacher of Mathematics.
His research interest includes multiple criteria decision making, aggregation operators, soft computing,
optimization, fuzzy set, intuitionistic fuzzy set, neutrosophic set.
Contribution:
In 2014, Biswas, Pramanik and Giri [105]
proposed entropy based grey relational analysis
strategy for MADM problem with single valued
neutrosophic attribute values. In neutrosophic
environment, this is the first case where GRAwas
applied to solve MADM problem. The authors
also defined
neutrosophic relational degree.
Lastly, the authors provided a numerical example
to show the feasibility and applicability of the
developed strategy.
In 2014, Biswas et al. [106] introduced single –valued
neutrosophic MADM strategy with incompletely
known and completely unknown attribute weight
information based on modified GRA.The authors also
solved an optimization model to find out the
completely unknown attribute weight by ustilizing
Lagrange function. At the end, the authors provided
an illustrative example to show the feasibility,
practicalitry and effectiveness of the proposed
strategy.
Biswas et al. [69] introduced a new strategy called
“Cosine similarity based MADM with trapezoidal
fuzzy neutrosophic numbers”.The authors also
established expected interval and the expected value
for trapezoidal fuzzy neutrosophic number and cosine
similarity measure of trapozidal fuzzy neutrosophic
numbers.
In 2015, Biswas et al. [107] extended TOPSIS
strategy
for
MAGDM
in
neutrosophic
environment. In the study, rating values of
alternative are expressed by linguistic terms such
as Good, Very Good, Bad, Very Bad, etc. and
these terms are scaled with single-valued
neutrosophic numbers. Single-valued neutrosophic
set-based weighted averaging operator is used to
aggregate all the individual decision maker’s
opinion into one common opinion for rating the
importance of criteria and alternatives. The
authors provided an illustrative example to
demonstrate the proposed TOPSIS strategy.
Biswas et al. [108] further extened the TOPSIS
strategy for MAGDM in single-valued
neutrosophic environment. The authors developed
a non-linear programming based strategy to study
118
MAGDM problem. In the same study, the authors
converted the single valued neutrosophic numbers
into interval numbers. The authors employed
nonlinear programming model to determine the
relative closeness co-efficient intervals of
alternatives for each decision maker. Then, the
closeness co-efficient intervals of each alternative
are aggregated according to the weight of decision
makers. Further, the authors developed a priority
matrix with the aggregated intervals of the
alternatives. The authors obtained the ranking
order of all alternatives by computing the optimal
membership degrees of alternatives with the
ranking method of interval numbers. Finally, the
authors presented an illustrative example to show
the effectiveness of the proposed strategy.
In 2015, Pramanik, Biswas, and Giri [109]
proposed
two new hybrid vector similarity
measures of single valued and interval
neutrosophic sets by hybriding the concept of Dice
and cosine similarity measures.The authors also
proved their basic properties. The authors also
presented their applications in multi-attribute
decision making in neutrosophic environment.
Biswas et al. [110] proposed triangular fuzzy
number neutrosophic sets by combining triangular
fuzzy number with single valued neutrosophic set
in 2016. Biswas et al. [110] also defined some of
its
operational rules. The authors defined
triangular fuzzy number neutrosophic weighted
arithmetic averaging operator and triangular fuzzy
number
neutrosophic
weighted
geometric
averaging operator to aggregate triangular fuzzy
number nuetrosophic set. The authors also
established some of their properties of the
proposed operators. The authors also presented an
MADM strategy to solve MADM in triangular
fuzzy number neutrosophic set environment.
In 2016, Biswas et al. [111] defined score value,
accuracy value, certainty value, and normalized
Hamming distance of single valued neutrosophic
hesitant fuzzy sets.The authors also defined positive
ideal solution and negative ideal solution by score
value and accuracy value. The authors calculated the
degree of grey relational coefficent between each
alternative and ideal alternative. The authors also
determined a relative closeness coefficient to obtain
the ranking order of all alternatives. Finally, the
authors provided an illustrative example to show the
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
validity and effectiveness of the proposed grey
relational analysis based MADM strategy in single
valued neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set environment.
Biswas, Pramanik, and Giri [112] proposed a class of
distance measures for single-valued neutrosophic
hesitant fuzzy sets in 2016 and proved their
properties with variational parameters. The authors
applied weighted distance measures to calculate the
distances between each alternative and ideal
alternative in the MADM problems. The authors
developed a MADM strategy based on the proposed
distance functions in single valued neutrosophic
hesitant fuzzy set environment.
The authors
provided an illustrative example to verify the
proposed strategy and to show its fruitfulness. The
authors also compared the proposed strategy with
other existing startegies for solving MADM in single
valued neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set environment.
Biswas et al. [113]
introduced single-valued
trapezoidal neutrosophic number (SVTrNN), which is
a special case of single-valued neutrosophic number
and developed a ranking method for ranking
SVTrNNs. The authors presented some operational
rules as well as cut sets of SVTrNNs. The authors
defined the value and ambiguity indices of truth,
indeterminacy, and falsity membership functions of
SVTrNNs. Using the proposed ranking strategy and
proposed indices, the authors developoed a new
MADM strategy to solve MADM problem in which
the ratings of the alternatives over the attributes are
expressed in terms of TrNFNs. Finally, the authors
provided an illustrative example to demonstrate the
validity and applicability of the proposed MADM
strategy with SVTrNNs.
In 2016, Biswas et al.[114] introduced the concept of
SVTrNN in the form:
𝐴 = 〈(𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑎 ), (𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑏 ),
(𝑐 , 𝑐 , 𝑐 , 𝑐 ) 〉 ,where 𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑎 ,
𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑐 , 𝑐 , 𝑐 , 𝑐 are real numbers
and satisfy the inequality
𝑐 ≤𝑏 ≤𝑎 ≤𝑐 ≤𝑏 ≤𝑎 ≤𝑎 ≤𝑏 ≤
𝑐 ≤𝑎 ≤𝑏 ≤𝑐 .
The authors defined some arithmetical operational
rules. The authors also defined value index and
ambiguity index of SVTrNNs and established some
of their properties. The authors developed a ranking
strategy with the proposed indicess to rank SVTrNNs.
The authors developed a new MADM strategy to
solve MADM problems in SVTrNN environment.
Biswas et al. [115] extended the TOPSIS strategy of
MADM problems in single-valued trapezoidal
neutrosophic number environment. In their study, the
attribute values are expressed in terms of single-
119
valued trapezoidal neutrosophic numbers.
The
authors deal with the situation where the weight
information of attribute is incompletely known or
completely unknown. The authors developed an
optimization model using maximum deviation
strategy to obtain the weight of the attributes. The
authors also illustrated and validated the proposed
TOPSIS strategy by solving a numerical example of
MADM problems.
Biswas et al. [116] introduced a new neutrosophic
numbers called interval neutrosophic trapezoidal
number (INTrN) characterized by interval valued
truth, indeterminacy, and falsity membership degrees
and defined some arithmetic operations on INTrNs,
and normalized Hamming distance between INTrNs.
In the same study, Biswas et al. [116] developed a
new MADM strategy, where the rating values of alternatives over the attributes and the importance of
weight of attributes assume the form of INTrNs.
Biswas et al. [116] employed the entropy strategy to
determine thr attribute weight and then used it to calculate aggregated weighted distance measure and determined ranking order of alternatives with the help of
aggregated weighted distance measures. Biswas et al.
[116] also solved an illustrative example to show the
feasibility, applicability and effectiveness of the proposed strategy.
Dr. Biswas’s work [117] obtained outstanding paper
award at “Second Regional Science and Technology
Congress, 2017’’ held at University of Kalyani,
Nadia, West Bengal, India. His resesrch interest
includes fuzzy, intuitionistic fuzzy and neutrosophic
decision making.
Dr. Pranab Biswas is a young and hardworking
researcher in neutrosophic field. In 2015, Dr. Biswas
was
awarded
“Diploma
Certificate”
from
Neutrosophic Science International Association
(NISA) for his outstanding performance in
neutrosophic research. He was awarded the certificate
of outstanding contribution in reviewing for the
International Journal “Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems’’ in 2018. According to “Researchgate’’,
citation of his research exceeds 375. Research papers
of Biswas et al. [105, 112] received the best paper
award from “Neutrosophic Sets and Systems’’ for
volume 2, 2014 and volume 12, 2016. His works in
neutrosophics draw much attention of the researchers
in national as well international level. His Ph. D.
thesis entilted:“Multi-attribute decision making in
neutrosophic environment” was awarded “Doctorate
of Neutrosophic theory” by Indian Society for
Neutrosophic Study (ISNS) with sponsorship by
Neutrosophic Science International Association
(NSIA).
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
3.4 Dr.Durga Banerjee
120
Association (NSIA). According to “Researchgate’’,
citation of his research exceeds 55.
3.5 Shyamal Dalapati
Durga Banerjee passed M. Sc. from Jadavpur
University in 2005. In 2017, D. Banerjee obtained Ph.
D. Degree in Science from Jadavpur University. Her
research interest includes operations research, fuzzy
optimization, and neutrosophic decision making. Title
of her Ph. D. Thesis [118] is: “Some studies on
decision making in an uncertain environment’’. Her
Ph. D. thesis comprises of few chapters dealing with
MADM in neutrosophic environment.
Contribution:
In 2016, Pramanik, Banerjee, and Giri [119]
introduced refined tangent similarity measure.The
authors presented an MAGDM model based on
tangent similarity measure of neutrosophic refined set.
The authors also introduced simplified form of
tangent similarity measure. The authors defined new
ranking method based on refined tangent similarity
measure. Lastly, the authors solved a numerical
example of teacher selectionin in neutrosophic refined
set environment to see the effectiveness of the
proposed strategy.
In 2016, Banerjee et al.[120] developed TOPSIS
startegy for MADM in refined neutrosophic
environment. The authors also provided a numerical
example to show the feasibility and applicability of
the proposed TOPSIS strategy.
In 2017, Banerjee, Pramanik, Giri and Smarandache
[121] at first developed an MADM strategy in
neutrosophic cubic set environment using grey
relational analysis. The authors discussed about
positive and negative grey relational coefficients,and
weighted grey relational coefficients, Hamming
distances for weighted grey relational coefficients and
standard grey relational coefficient.
Her Ph. D. thesis [118] entilted:“Multi-attribute decision making in neutrosophic environment” was
awarded “Doctorate of Neutrosophic theory” by the
Indian Society for Neutrosophic Study (ISNS) with
sponsorship by Neutrosophic Science International
Shyamal Dalapati qualified CSIR-NET-Junior
Research Fellowship (JRF) in 2017. He is a research
scholar in Mathematics at the Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology (IIEST), Shibpur,
West Bengal, India.Title of his Ph. D. thesis is:“Some
studies on neutrosophic decision making”. He
continues his research in the field of neutrosophic
multi attribute group decision making; neutrosophic
hybrid systems; neutrosophic soft MADM . Curently,
he is an assistant teacher of Mathematics His
research interest includes decision making in
neutrosophic environemnt and optimization.
Contribution:
In 2016, Dalapati and Pramanik [122] defined
neutrosophic soft weighted average operator.They
determined the order of the alternatives and identify
the most suitable alternative based on grey relational
coefficient. They also presented a numerical example
of logistics center location selection problem to show
the effectiveness and applicability of the proposed
strategy.
Dalapati,Pramanik, and Roy [123] proposed modeling
of logistics center location problem using the score
and accuracy function, hybrid-score-accuracy function of SVNNs and linguistic variables under singlevalued neutrosophic environment, where weight of
the decision makers are completely unknown and the
weight of criteria are incompletely known.
Dalapati, Pramanik, Alam, Roy, and Smaradache
[124] defined IN-cross entropy measure in INS
environment in 2017. The authors proved the basic
properties of the cross entropy measure. The authors
also defined weighted IN- cross entropy measure and
proved its basic properties. They also introduced a
novel MAGDM strategy based on weighted IN-cross
entropy. Finally, the authors solved a MAGDM
problem to show the feasibility and efficiency of the
proposed MAGDM strategy.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
121
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, and Roy [125] defined
TODIM strategy in bipolar neutrosophic set
environment to handle MAGDM. The authors
proposed a new strategy for solving MAGDM
problems. The authors also solved an MADM
problem to show the applicability and effectiveness of
the proposed startegy.
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, and Roy [126] introduced
the score and accuracy functions for neutrosophic
cubic sets and prove their basic properties in 2017.
The authors developed a new strategy for ranking of
neutrosophic cubic numbers based on the score and
accuracy functions. The authors first developed a
TODIM (Tomada de decisao interativa e
multicritévio) stratey in the neutrosophic cubic set
(NCS) environment strategy. The authors also solved
an MAGDM problem to show the applicability and
effectiveness of the developed strategy. Lastly, the
authors conducted a comparative study to show the
usefulness of proposed strategies.
In 2018, Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, and Roy
[127]extended the traditional VIKOR strategy to NCVIKOR strategy and developed an NC-VIKOR based
MAGDM
strategy in neutrosophic cubic set
environment. The authors defined the basic concept
of neutrosophic cubic set. Then, the authors
introduced neutrosophic cubic number weighted
averaging operator and applied it to aggregate the
individual opinion to one group opinion. The authors
presented an NC-VIKOR based MAGDM strategy
with neutrosophic cubic set. They also presented a
sensitivity analysis. Finally, the authors solved an
MAGDM problem to show the feasibility and
efficiency of the proposed MAGDM strategy.
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, and Roy [128] extended
the VIKOR strategy to MAGDM with bipolar
neutrosophic environment. The authors introduced the
bipolar neutrosophic numbers weighted averaging
operator and applied it to aggregate the individual
opinion to one group opinion. The authors proposed
a VIKOR based MAGDM strategy with bipolar
neutrosophic set. Lastly, the authors solved an
MAGDM strategy to show the feasibility and
efficiency of the proposed MAGDM strategy and
presented a sensitivity analysis.
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, and Roy [129] studied
some operations and properties of neutrosophic cubic
soft sets.The authors defined some operations such as
P-union, P-intersection, R-union, R-intersection for
neutrosophic cubic soft sets (NCSSs). The authors
proved some theorems on neutrosophic cubic soft
sets.The authors also discussed various approaches of
internal neutrosophic cubic soft sets (INCSSs) and
external neutrosophic cubic soft sets (ENCSSs) and
also investigated some of their properties.
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, Smarandache, and Roy
[130] defined a new cross entropy measure in SVNS
environment.The authors also proved the basic
properties of the NS cross entropy measure. The
authors defined weighted SN-cross entropy measure
and proved its basic properties. At first the authors
proposed an MAGDM strategy based on NS- cross
entropy measure.
Pramanik, Dalapati, Alam, Roy, Smarandache [131]
defined similarity measure between neutrosophic
cubic sets and proved its basic properties. They
developed a new MADM strategy basd on the
proposed similarity measure. They also provided an
illustrative example for MADM strategy to show its
applicability and effectiveness.
Mr. Dalapati’s neutrosophic paper [132] was awarded
as the outstanding research paper at the “1st Regional
Science and Technology Congress, 2016 in
mathematics.
Mr. Shamal Dalapati is a young and hardworking
researchers in neutrosophic field. In 2017, Mr.
Dalapati was awarded “Diploma Certificate” from
Neutrosophic
Science
InternationalAssociation
(NISA) for his outstanding performance in
neutrosophic research. His research articles receive
more than sevent citations.
3.6 Prof.Tapan Kumar Roy
Prof. T. K. Roy, Ph. D. in mathematics, is a
Professor of mathematics in Indian Institute of
Engineering
Science and Technology (IIEST),
Shibpur. His main research interest includes
neutrosophic optimization, neutrosophic game theory,
decision making in neutrosophic environment,
neutrosophy, etc.
Contribution:
In 2014, Pramanik and Roy [133] presented the
framework of the application of game theory to
Jammu Kashmir conflict between India and Pakistan.
Pramanik and Roy [20] extended the concept of game
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
122
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
theoretic model [133] of the Jammu and Kashmir
conflict in neutrosophic environment.
At first, Roy and Das[134] presented multi-objective
non –linear programming problem based on
neutrosophic optimization technique and its
application in Riser design problem in 2015.
Roy, Sarkar, and Dey [133] presented a multiobjective neutrosophic optimization technique and its
application to structural design in 2016.
In 2017, Roy and Sarkar [135-138] also presented
several applications of neutrosophic optimization
technique.
In 2017, Pramanik, Roy, Roy, and Smarandache
[139] presented multi criteria decision making using
correlation coefficient under rough neutrosophic
environment. The authors defined correlation
coefficient measure between any two rough
neutrosophic sets and also proved some of its basic
properties.
In 2018, Pramanik, Roy, Roy, and Smarandache
[140] defined projection and bidirectional projection
measures between interval rough neutrosophic sets
and proved their basic properties. The authors
developed two new MADM strategies based on
interval rough neutrosophic projection and
bidirectional projection measures. Then the authors
solved a numerical example to show the feasibility,
applicability and effectiveness of the proposed
strategies.
In 2018, Pramanik, Roy, Roy, and Smarandache [141]
proposed the sine, cosine and cotangent similarity
measures of interval rough neutrosophic sets and
proved their basic properties. The authors presented
three MADM strategies based on proposed similarity
measures. To demonstrate the applicability, the authors solved a numerical example. Prof. Roy did research work on decision making in SVNS, INS, neutrosophic hybrid environment [124-132, 139-141]
with S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam and Rumi
Roy.
His paper [142] together with S. Pramanik and S.
Chackrabarti was awarded as the best research paper
in 15th West Bengal State Science & Technology
Congress, 2008 held on 28th February-29th February,
2008, at Bengal Engineering and Science University,
Shibpur.
Prof. Roy is a great motivator and a very hardworking
person. He works with Prof. Florentin Smarandache.
According to “Googlescholar” his research gets citation over 2635.
3.7Prof.Bibhas C. Giri
Prof. Bibhas C.Giri is a Prof. of mathematics in
Jadavpur University. He did his M.S. in Mathematics
and Ph. D. in Operations Research both from
Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India. His research
interests include inventory/supply chain management,
production planning and scheduling, reliability and
maintenance.
He was a JSPS Research Fellow at Hiroshima
University, Japan during the period 2002-2004 and
Humboldt Research Fellow at Mannheim University,
Germany during the period 2007-2008, Fulbright
Senior Research Fellow at Louisiana State University
in the year 2012.
Contribution:
Prof. Giri works with S. Pramanik, P. Biswas and P. P.
Dey in neutrosophic environment. His neutrosophic
paper [143] coauthored with Kalyan Mondal and
Surapati Pramanik received the outstanding research
paper award at the“1st Regional Science and
Technology Congress, 2016 in mathematics. His
neutrosophic paper [144] together with Kalyan
Mondal and Surapati Pramanik received the best
research paper in 25 th West Bengal State Science
and Technology Congress 2018 in mathematics. His
neutrosophic research work and vast contribution can
be found in [71-80, 82, 101-119].
Prof. Giri is a great motivator. According to
“Googlescholar’, his research receives more than
4920 citations having h-index-31 and i-10 index-78.
3.8 Prof. Anjan Mukherjee
Anjan Mukherjee was born in 1955. He completed
his B. Sc. and M. Sc. in Mathematics from University of Calcutta and Ph. D. from Tripura University.
Currently, he is a Professor and Pro -Vice Chancellor
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
123
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
of Tripura University. Under his guidance, 12 candidates obtained Ph. D. award. He has 30 years of research and teaching experience. His main research
interest includes topology, fuzzy set theory, rough
sets, soft sets, neutrosophic set, neutrosophic soft set,
etc.
Contribution:
In 2014, Anjan Mukherjee and Sadhan Sarkar [145]
defined the Hamming and Euclidean distances
between two interval valued neutrosophic soft sets
(IVNSSs). The authors also introduced similarity
measures based on distances between two interval
valued neutrosophic soft sets.The authors proved
some basic properties of the similarity measures
between two interval valued neutrosophic soft sets.
They established an MADM strategy for interval
valued neutrosophic soft set setting using similarity
measures.
Mukherjee and Sarkar [146] also defined several
distances between two interval valued neutrosophoic
soft sets in 2014. The authors proposed similarity
measure between two interval valued neutrosophic
soft sets. The authors also proposed similarity
measure between two interval valued neutrosophic
soft sets based on set theoretic approach. They also
presented a comparative study of different similarity
measures.
Mukherjee and Sarkar [147]defined several distances
between two neutrosophoic soft sets.The authors also
defined similarity measure between two neutrosophic
soft sets.The authors developed an MADM strategy
based on the proposed similarity measure.
Mukherjee and Sarkar [148] proposed a new method
of measuring degree of similarity and weighted
similarity between two neutrosophic soft sets and
studied some properties of similarity measure. Based
on the comparison between the proposed strategy
[148] and existing strategies introduced by Mukherjee
and Sarkar[147], the authors found that the proposed
strategy [148] offers strong similarity measure. The
authors also proposed a decision making strategy
based on similarity measure.
Prof. Anjan Mukherjee evaluated many Ph. D. theses.
Among them, the Ph. D. thesis of Durga Banerjee
[118] dealing with neutrosophic decision making was
evaluated by Prof. Anjaan Mukherjee. Research of
Prof. Mukherjee receives more than 700 citations for
his works. Prof. Mukherjee is working with his group
members with neutrosophic soft sets and its
applications.
3.9 Dr.Pabitra Kumar Maji
Dr. Pabitra Kumar Maji, M. Sc., Post Doc., is an
Assistant Professor of mathematics in Bidhan
Chandra College, Asansol, West bengal. He works on
soft set, fuzzy soft set, intuitionistic fuzzy set, fuzzy
set, neutrosophic set, neutrosophic soft set, etc.,
Contribution:
In 2011, Maji [149] presented an application of
neutrosophic soft set in object recognition problem
based on multi-observer input data set. The author
also introduced an algorithm to choose an appropriate
object from a set of objects depending on some
specified parameters.
In 2014, Maji, Broumi, and Smarandache [150]
defined intuitionistic neutrosophic soft set over ring
and proved some properties related to this concept.
They also defined intersection, union, AND and OR
operations over ring (INSSOR). Finally, the authors
defined the product of two intuitionistic neutrosophic
soft set over ring.
In 2015, Maji [151] presented weighted neutrosophic
soft sets. The author presented an application of
weighted neutrosophic soft sets in MADM problem.
According “Googlescholar’’, his publication includes
20 research paper having citations 5948.
Maji [152] studied the concept of weighted
neutrosophic soft sets. The author considered a multiobserver decision-making problem as an application
of weighted neutrosophic soft sets. We have
considered here a recognition strategy based on
multi-observer input parameter data set.
3.10 Dr. Harish Kumar Garg
Dr. Harish Garg is an Assistant Professor in the
School of Mathematics, Thapar Institute of
Engineering &Technology (Deemed University)
Patiala. He completed his post graduation (M.Sc) in
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
124
Mathematics from Punjabi University Patiala, India in
2008 and Ph.D. from Department of Mathematics,
Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Roorkee, India in
2013. His research interest includes neutrosophic
decision-making, aggregation operators, reliability
theory, soft computing technique, fuzzy and
intuitionistic fuzzy set theory, etc.
environment.The authors proposed some prioritized
weighted and ordered weighted averaging as well as
geometric aggregation operators for a collection of
linguistic single-valued neutrosophic numbers and
established their basic properties. The authors also
proposed MADM strategy and solved a numerical
example.
Contribution:
Dr. Garg research receives more than 2000 citations.
Dr. Garg acts an active reviewer for reputed
international journals and received certificate of
outstanding in reviewing from “Computer &
Industrial Engineering’’, “Engineering Applications
of
Artificial
Intelligence’’,
“Applied
Soft
Computing’’, “Applied Mathematical Modeling’’, etc.
Dr. Garg acts as editor for many international journals.
In 2016, Garg and Nancy [153] defined some operations of SVNNs such as sum, product, and scalar multiplication under Frank norm operations. The authors
also defined some averaging and geometric aggregation operators and established their basic properties.The authors also established a decision-making
strategy based on the proposed operators and presented an illustrative numerical example.
3.11 Dr.Sukanto Bhattacharya
In 2017, Garg and Nancy [154] developed a nonlinear programming (NP) model based on TOPSIS to
solve decision-making problems. At first, the authorsconstructed a pair of the nonlinear fractional programming model based on the concept of closeness
coefficient and then transformed it into the linear programming model.
Garg and Nancy [155] defined some new types of
distance measures to overcome the shortcomings of
the existing measures for SVNSs. The authors
presented a comparison between the proposed and the
existing measures in terms of counter-intuitive cases
for showing validity. The authors also demonstrated
the defined measures with hypothetical case studies
of pattern recognition as well as medical diagnoses.
Garg and Nancy [156] studied the entropy measure of
order α for single valued neutrosophic numbers. The
authors established some desirable properties of
entropy measure. The author also developed a
MADM strategy based on entropy measures and
solved a numerical example of investment problem.
Nancy and Garg [157] proposed an improved score
function for ranking the single as well as intervalvalued neutrosophic sets by incorporating the idea of
hesitation degree between the truth and false degrees.
The authors also presented an MADM strategy based
on proposed function and solved a numerical example
to show its practicality and effectiveness.
Garg and Nancy [158] introduced some new
linguistic prioritized aggregation operators in the
linguistic single-valued neutrosophic set (LSVNS)
Sukanto Bhattacharya is a faculy member and
associated with Deakin Business School, Deakin
University.
Sukanto Bhattacharya [159] is the first researcher
who employed utility theory to financial decisionmaking and obtained Ph. D. for applying
neutrosophic probability in finance. His Ph. D. thesis covers a substantial mosaic of related concepts
in utility theory as applied to financial decisionmaking. The author reviewed some of the classical notions of Benthamite utility and the normative utility paradigm. The author proposed some
key theoretical constructs like the neutrosophicnotion of perceived risk and the entropic utility
measure.
Khoshnevisan, and Bhattacharya [160] added a
neutrosophic dimension to the problem of
determining the conditional probability that a
financial misrepresentation of the data set.
Prof. Bhattacharya is an active researcher and his
works in neutrosophics are found in [159-163].
His research receives more than 380 citations.
4. Conclusions
We have presented a brief overview of the
contributions of some selected Indian researchers who
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
125
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
conducted research in neutrosophic decision making.
We briefly presented the contribution of the selected
Indian neutrosophic researchers in MADM. In future,
the contribution of Indian researchers such as W. B.
V. Kandasamy, Pinaki Majumdar,Surapati Pramanik,
Samarjit Kar, and other Indian mathematicians in
developing neutrosophics can be studied. The study
can also be extended for mathematicians from other
countries who contributed in developing neutrosophic
science. Decision making in neutrosophic hybrid
environment is gaining much attention. So it is a
promising field of research in different neutrosophic
hybrid environment and the real cahllenge lies in the
applications of the developed theories. Since some of
the selected researchers are young, it is hoped that the
researchers will do more creative works and new
research regarding their contributions will have to be
conducted in future.
Acknowledgements
The authors would like to acknowledge the
constructive comments and suggestions of the
anonymous referees.
References
[1] C. L. Hwang, and K. Yoon. Multiple attribute decision
making: methods and applications: a state-of-the-art
survey. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1981.
[2] G. Cantor. On infinite, linear point-manifolds "Uber
unendliche, lineare
Punktmannigfaltigkeiten,
"Mathematische Annalen , published separately as
Grundlagen
einer
allgemeinen
Mannigfaltigkeitslehre,Mathematische
Annalen,
Leipzig, 21(5) (1883), 545–591.
[3] L. A. Zadeh. Fuzzy sets. Information Control, 8(3)
(1965), 338–356.
[4] S. J. Chen, and C. L. Hwang. Fuzzy multiple attribute
decision-making, methods and applications. Lecture
Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems,
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg; vol. 375(1992).
505-536
[5] C. T. Chen. Extension of the TOPSIS for group
decision-making under fuzzy environment. Fuzzy Sets
and System, 114 (2000), 1–9.
[6] E. Cevikcan, S. Çebi and I. Kaya. Fuzzy VIKOR and
fuzzy axiomatic design versus to fuzzy TOPSIS: an
application of candidate assessment. Multi Valued
Logic and Soft Computing, 15 (2009), 181–208.
[7] R. A. Krohling and V. C. Campanharo. Fuzzy TOPSIS
for group decision making: A case study for accidents
with oil spill in the sea. Expert Systems with Applications, 38(2011), 4190-4197.
[8] R. A. Krohling and T. T. M. De Souza. Combining
prospect theory and fuzzy numbers to multi-criteria
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
decision making. Expert Systems with Applications,
39(2012), 11487–11493.
S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Weighted fuzzy
similarity measure based on tangent function and its
application to medical diagnosis. International Journal
of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and
Technology, 4 (2) (2015), 158-164.
K. T. Atanassov. Intuitionistic fuzzy sets. Fuzzy Sets
and Systems, 20 (1986), 87-96.
S. Pramanik, and D. Mukhopadhyaya. Grey relational
analysis based intuitionistic fuzzy multi-criteria group
decision-making approach for teacher selection in
higher education. International Journal of Computer
Applications, 34 (10) (2011), 21-29.
X. He, and W. F. Liu. An intuitionistic fuzzy multiattribute decision-making method with preference on
alternatives. Operations Research and Management
Science, 22 (2013), 36–40.
K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Intuitionistic fuzzy multi
criteria group decision making approach to qualitybrick selection problem. Journal of Applied
Quantitative Methods, 9 (2) (2014), 35–50.
P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multi-criteria
group decision making in intuitionistic fuzzy
environment based on grey relational analysis for
weaver selection in Khadi institution. Journal of
Applied Quantitative Methods, 10 (4) (2015),1–14.
G. Deschrijver and E. E. Kerre. On the relationship
between some extensions of fuzzy set theory. Fuzzy
Sets and Systems, 133 (2) (2003), 227–235.
L. Zadeh. The concept of a linguistic variable and its
application to approximate reasoning-I. Information
Sciences ,8(1975), 199–249.
F. Smarandache. A unifying field of logics.
Neutrosophy: neutrosophic probability, set and logic.
American Research Press, Rehoboth, 1998.
H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Q. Zhang, R. Sunderraman. Interval neutrosophic sets and logic, Hexis, Arizona, 2005.
H. Wang, F. Smarandache, Y. Zhang, and R.
Sunderraman. Single valued Neutrosophic Sets. Multispace and Multi-structure, 4 (2010), 410-413.
S. Pramanik, and T. K. Roy. Neutrosophic game
theoretic approach to Indo-Pak conflict over JammuKashmir. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 2 (2014) 82101.
M. Sodenkamp. Models, methods and applications of
group multiple-criteria decision analysis in complex
and uncertain systems. Ph. D. Dissertation, University
of Paderborn, Germany (2013), 1-312
J. Ye. Multi criteria decision-making method using the
correlation
coefficient
under
single-valued
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[23]
[24]
[25]
[26]
[27]
[28]
[29]
[30]
[31]
[32]
[33]
[34]
neutrosophic environment. International Journal of
General Systems,42 (2013), 386–394.
J. Ye. Single valued neutrosophic cross-entropy for
multi criteria decision making problems. Applied
Mathematical Modelling, 38 (3) (2013), 1170–1175.
A. Kharal. A neutrosophic multi-criteria decision
making method. New Mathematics and Natural
Computation, 10 (2014), 143–162.
P. Liu, Y. Chu, Y. Li, and Y. Chen. Some generalized
neutrosophic number Hamacher aggregation operators
and their application to group decision making.
International Journal of Fuzzy System, 16(2) (2014),
242–255.
P. Liu, and Y. Wang. Multiple attribute decisionmaking method based on single-valued neutrosophic
normalized weighted Bonferroni mean. Neural
Computing and Applications, 25(7) (2014), 2001–
2010.
R. Sahin, and P. Liu. Maximizing deviation method
for neutrosophic multiple attribute decision making
with incomplete weight information. Neural
Computing
and
Applications,
(2015),
doi:
10.1007/s00521-015-1995-8.
P. Ji , J. Q. Wang, and H. Y. Zhang. Frank prioritized
Bonferroni mean operator with single-valued
neutrosophic sets and its application in selecting thirdparty logistics providers. Neural Computing and
Applications, (2016). doi:10.1007/s00521-016-2660-6.
J. Peng, J. Wang, H. Zhang, and X. Chen. An
outranking approach for multi-criteria decision-making
problems with simplified neutrosophic sets. Applied
Soft Computing, 25 (2016), 336–346.
P. D. Liu, and H. G. Li. Multiple attribute decisionmaking method based on some normal neutrosophic
Bonferroni mean operators. Neural Computing and
Applications, 28 (2017), 179–194.
H. D. Cheng, and Y. Guo. A new neutrosophic
approach to image thresholding. New Mathematics and
Natural Computation, 4 (2008), 291–308.
Y. Guo, and H. D. Cheng. New neutrosophic approach
to image segmentation. Pattern Recognition, 42 (2009),
587–595.
Y. Guo, A. Sengur, and J. Ye. A novel image
thresholding algorithm based on neutrosophic
similarity score. Measurement, 58 (2014), 175–186.
J. Ye. Improved cosine similarity measures of
simplified neutrosophic sets for medical diagnoses.
Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 63 (2015), 171–179.
126
[35] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. A study on problems of
Hijras in West Bengal based on neutrosophic cognitive
maps. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 5(2014), 21-26.
[36] S. Pramanik, and S. N. Chakrabarti. A study on
problems of construction workers in West Bengal
based on neutrosophic cognitive maps. International
Journal of Innovative Research in Science.
Engineering and Technology, 2(11) (2013), 6387-6394.
[37] P. K. Maji. Neutrosophic soft set. Annals of Fuzzy
Mathematics and Informatics, 5 (2012), 157–168.
[38] M. Şahin, S. Alkhazaleh, and V.
Uluçay.
Neutrosophic soft expert sets. Applied Mathematics, 6
(2015), 116-127.
[39] J. Ye. Multiple-attribute decision-making method
under a single-valued neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy
environment. Journal of Intelligence Systems,
24(2015), 23–36.
[40] P. D. Liu, and L. L. Shi. The generalized hybrid
weighted average operator based on interval
neutrosophic hesitant set and its application to multiple
attribute decision-making. Neural Computing and
Applications, 26 (2015), 457–471.
[41] J. Ye. Some aggregation operators of interval
neutrosophic linguistic numbers for multiple attribute
decision-making. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy
Systems, 27 (2014), 2231–2241.
[42] S. Broumi, F. Smarandache, and M. Dhar. Rough
neutrosophic sets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
3(2014), 60-66.
[43] H. L. Yang, C. L. Zhang, Z. L. Guo, Y. L. Liu, and X.
Liao. A hybrid model of single valued neutrosophic
sets and rough sets: single valued neutrosophic rough
set model. Soft Computing, (2016) 1-15,
doi:10.1007/s00500-016-2356-y.
[44] S. Broumi, and F. Smarandache. Interval neutrosophic
rough sets. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 7 (2015),
1-15
[45] M. Deli, and F. Smarandache. Bipolar neutrosophic
sets and their application based on multi-criteria
decision making Proceedings of the 2015 International
Conference on Advanced Mechatronic Systems,
Beiging, China, August, 20-24, 2015, 249-254.
[46] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Rough bipolar
neutrosophic set. Global Journal of Engineering
Science and Research Management, 3(6) (2016),71-81.
[47] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Tri-complex rough
neutrosophic similarity measure and its application
in multi-attribute decision making. Critical Review,
11(2015), 26-40.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[48] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache. Rough
neutrosophic hyper-complex set and its application to
multi-attribute decision making. Critical Review, 13
(2016), 111-126.
[49] S. Broumi, and F. Smarandache. Neutrosophic refined
similarity measure based on cosine function.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6 (2014), 42-48.
[50] Y. Subas, and I. Deli. Bipolar neutrosophic refined
sets and their applications in medical diagnosis. In
Proceedings of the International Conference on
Natural Science and Engineering (ICNASE’16), Kilis,
Turkey, (2016), pp. 1121–1132.
[51] M. Ali, I. Deli, and F. Smarandache. The theory of
neutrosophic cubic sets and their applications in
pattern recognition. Journal of Intelligent and Fuzzy
Systems, 30 (2016), 1957-1963.
[52] S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic linear goal programming.
Global Journal of Engineering Science and Research
Management, 3(7) (2016), 01-11.
[53] K. Georgiev. A simplification of the neutrosophic sets.
Neutrosophic logic and intuitionistic fuzzy sets. Notes
on Intuitionistic Fuzzy Sets,11(2) (2005), 28-31.
[54] U. Rivieccio. Neutrosophic logics: prospects and problems. Fuzzy Sets and Systems 159 (14) (2008), 18601868.
[55] F. Smarandach. Neutrosophic overset, neutrosophic
underset, and neutrosophic offset similarly for
neutrosophic over-/under-/offlogic, probability, and
statistics. Pons Editions, Brussels, 2016.
[56] F. Smarandache. Introduction to neutrosophic measure,
neutrosophic
integral,
and
neutrosophic
probability.Sitech and Education Publishing, 2013.
[57] F. Smarandache. Introduction to neutrosophic statistics.
Sitech & Education Publishing , Culumbus, 2014.
[58] W. B. V Kandasamy, F Smarandache. Basic
neutrosophic algebraic structures and their application
to fuzzy and neutrosophic models. Hexis, Frontigan,
2006.
[59] W. B. V Kandasamy, F Smarandache. Fuzzy
cognitive maps and neutrosophic cognitive map. Xiquan, Phoenix, 2003.
[60] S. Pramanik. A critical review of Vivekanada’s
educational thoughts for women education based on
neutrosophic logic. MS Academic 3 (1), 191-198.
[61] S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic multi-objective linear
programming. Global Journal of Engineering Science
and Research Management, 3(8) (2016), 36-46.
[62] F. Smarandache. The encyclopedia of neutrosophic
researchers. Pons Editions, Brussells, 2016.
[63] F. Smarandache, M. A. Basset, and V. Chang (Eds),
Neutrosophic operational research volume I.: Pons asbl,
Brussels, 2017.
[64] F. Smarandache, M. A. Basset, and V. Chang (Eds),
Neutrosophic operational research volume II, Pons
asbl,Brussels, 2017.
127
[65] F. Smarandache, M. A. Basset, and V. Chang (Eds),
Neutrosophic operational research volume III. Pons
asbl, Brussels, 2018.
[66] F. Smarandach, and S. Pramanik. New trends in
neutrosophic theory and applications. Pons Editions.
Brussels, 2016.
[67] F. Smarandache, and S. Pramanik. (Eds). New
trends in neutrosophic theory and applications, Vol. II.
Pons Editions. Brussels, 2018.
[68] J. Ye. Correlation coefficients of interval neutrosophic
hesitant fuzzy sets and its application in a multiple
attribute decision making method. Informatica, 27(1),
2016, 179-202.
[69] P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Cosine similarity measure based multi-attribute decision-making with
trapezoidal fuzzy neutrosophic numbers. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 8(2014), 46-56.
[70] P. P. Dey. Some studies on linear and non-linear bilevel programming problems in fuzzy environment.
Unpublished Ph. D. Thesis, Jadavpur University, 2015.
[71] P. P Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. An extended
grey relational analysis based interval neutrosophic
multi-attribute decision making for weaver selection.
Journal of New Theory, 9 (2015),82-93.
[72] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik and B. C. Giri.TOPSIS for
single valued neutrosophic soft expert set based multiattribute decision making problems. Neutrosophic Sets
and Systems,10 (2015), 88-95.
[73] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B.C. Giri. Generalized
neutrosophic soft multi-attribute group decision
making based on TOPSIS. Critical Review, 11(2015),
41-55.
[74] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Neutrosophic
soft multi-attribute decision making based on grey
relational projection method. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 11 (2016), 98-106.
[75] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B.C. Giri. Extended
projection based models for solving multiple attribute
decision making problems with interval valued
neutrosophic information, In: F. Smarandache, S.
Pramanik (ed.), New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory
and Applications, Pons asbl, Brussels, 2016, pp. 127140.
[76] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS for
solving multi-attribute decision making problems
under bi-polar neutrosophic environment, In: F.
Smarandache, S. Pramanik (ed.), New Trends in
Neutrosophic Theory and Applications, Pons asbl,
Brussels, 2016, pp. 65-77.
[77] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Neutrosophic
soft multi-attribute group decision making based on
grey relational analysis method. Journal of New
Results in Science, 10 (,2016), 25-37.
[78] P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. An extended
grey relational analysis based multiple attribute
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[79]
[80]
[81]
[82]
[83]
[84]
[85]
[86]
[87]
decision making in interval neutrosophic uncertain
linguistic setting. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 11,
(2016), 21-30.
S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, B. C. Giri, and F.
Smarandache. Bipolar neutrosophic projection based
models for solving multi-attribute decision making
problems. Neutrosophic
Sets
and
Systems, 15
(2017),70-79..
S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, B. C. Giri, and F.
Smarandache. An extended TOPSIS for multi-attribute
decision making problems with neutrosophic cubic
information. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,17(2017),
20-28.
P. P. Dey, S. Pramanik, J. Ye, and F. Smarandache.
Cross entropy measures of bipolar and interval bipolar
neutrosophic sets and their application for multiattribute decision making. Axioms,7(2)(2018).
doi:10.3390/axioms7020021
S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, and B. C. Giri. Hybrid vector
similarity measure of single valued refined
neutrosophic sets to multi-attribute decision making
problems. In F. Smarandache,& S. Pramanik (Eds),
New trends in neutrosophic theoryand applications,
Vol II. Pons Editions, Brussells, 2018, 156-174.
S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, and F. Smaradache.
Correlation coefficient measures of interval bipolar
neutrosophic sets for solving multi-attribute decision
making problems. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 19
(2018), 70-79.
S. Pramanik, P. P. Dey, and F. Smarandache. MADM
strategy based on some similarity measures in interval
bipolar neutrosophic set environment. Preprints. 2018,
2018040012.doi:10.20944/preprints201804.0012.v1.
S. Pramanik and P. P. Dey. Fuzzy goal programming
for multilevel linear fractional programming problems.
Presented at 18th West Bengal State Science &
Technology Congress held on 28th February -1st
March, 2011, Ramakrishna Mission Residential
College, Narendrapur, Kolkata 700 103.
K. Mondal and S. Pramanik. (2014). Multi-criteria
group decision making approach for teacher
recruitment in higher education under simplified
neutrosophic environment. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 6, 28-34.
S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Cosine similarity
measure of rough neutrosophic sets and its application
in medical diagnosis. Global Journal of Advanced
Research, 2(1) (2015), 212-220.
128
[88] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Cotangent similarity
measure of rough neutrosophic sets and its application
to medical diagnosis. Journal of New Theory, 4(2015),
90-102.
[89] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Interval neutrosophic
multi attribute decision-making based on grey
relational analysis. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 9
(2015), 13-22.
[90] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Rough neutrosophic
multi-attribute decision-making based on grey
relational analysis. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
7( 2015), 8-17.
[91] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision
making model of school choice. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 7(2015), 62-68.
[92] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic refined
similarity measure based on cotangent function and its
application to multi attribute decision making. Global
Journal of Advanced Research, 2(2) (2015), 486-496.
[93] K. Mondal, and S.Pramanik. Rough neutrosophic
multi-attribute decision-making based on rough
accuracy score function. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 8(2015), 16-22.
[94] S. Pramanik, and K. Mondal. Some rough
neutrosophic similarity measure and their application
to multi attribute decision making. Global Journal of
Engineering Science and Research Management,
2(7)( 2015), 61-74.
[95] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic tangent
similarity measure and its application to multiple
attribute decision making. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 9(2015), 92-98.
[96] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Neutrosophic decision
making model for clay-brick selection in construction
field based on grey relational analysis. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 9(2015),72-79.
[97] K. Mondal, and S.Pramanik. Neutrosophic refined
similarity measure based on tangent function and its
application to multi attribute decision making. Journal
of New Theory, 8(2015), 41-50.
[98] K. Mondal, and S. Pramanik. Decision making based
on some similarity measuresunder interval rough
neutrosophic environment. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 10(2015), 47-58.
[99] K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and F. Smarandache . Several
trigonometric hamming similarity measures of rough
neutrosophic sets and their applications in decision
making. New Trends in Neutrosophic Theory and
Applications, 2016,93-103.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
[100]
K. Mondal S. Pramanik and F. Smarandache,
Rough neutrosophic TOPSIS for multi-attribute group
decision making Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
13( 2017), 105-115
[101]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, B. C. Giri, and F.
Smarandache. NN-Harmonic mean aggregation
operators-based MCGDM strategy in a neutrosophic
number environment. Axioms, 7(1) (2018).
doi:10.3390/axioms7010012.
[102]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Single
valued neutrosophic hyperbolic sine similarity measure
based strategy for madm problems. Neutrosophic Sets
and Systems, 20(2018). Accepted for publication.
[103]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik and B. C. Giri. Interval
neutrosophic tangent similarity measure and its
application to MADM problems. Neutrosophic Sets
and Systems, 19 (2018), 47-56.
[104]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multicriteria group decision making based on linguistic refined neutrosophic strategy. In F. Smarandache,& S.
Pramanik (Eds), New trends in neutrosophic theoryand
applications, Vol II. Pons Editions, Brussells, 2018,
125-139..
[105]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Entropy
based grey relational analysis method for multiattribute decision making under single valued
neutrosophic assessments. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 2(2014), 102–110.
[106]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri,. A new
methodology for neutrosophic multi-attribute decision
making
with unknown weight information.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 3(2014), 42–52.
[107]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS
method for multi-attribute group decision-making
under single valued neutrosophic environment. Neural
Computing and Applications, (2015),1-22, doi:
10.1007/s00521-015-1891-2.
[108]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Nonlinear programming approach for single-valued
neutrosophic TOPSIS method. New Mathematics and
Natural Computation. (In Press)
[109]
S. Pramanik, P. Biswas, and B. C. Giri. Hybrid
vector similarity measures and their applications to
multi-attribute decision making under neutrosophic
environment. Neural Computing and Applications, 28
(2017), 1163–1176.
[110]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri.
Aggregation of triangular fuzzy neutrosophic set
information and its application to multi-attribute
decision making. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 12
(2016), 20-40
[111]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. GRA
method of multiple attribute decision making with
129
single valued neutrosophic hesitant fuzzy set
information. In F. Smarandache,& S. Pramanik (Eds),
New trends in neutrosophic theoryand applications,
Pons Editions, Brussells, 2016, 55-63.
[112]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Some
distance measures of single valued neutrosophic
hesitant fuzzy sets and their applications to multiple
attribute decision making. In F. Smarandache, & S.
Pramanik (Eds), New trends in neutrosophic theory
and applications). Pons Editions, Brussels, 2016, 27-34.
[113]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Value and
ambiguity index based ranking method of singlevalued trapezoidal neutrosophic numbers and its
application to multi-attribute decision making.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 12 (2016), 127-138.
[114]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Multiattribute group decision making based on expected
value of neutrosophic trapezoidal numbers. In F.
Smarandache,& S. Pramanik (Eds), Vol-II. Pons
Editions, Brussells, 2018, 103-124.
[115]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. TOPSIS
strategy for MADM with trapezoidal neutrosophic
numbers. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 19 (2018),
29-39.
[116]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Distance
measure based MADM strategy with interval
trapezoidal neutrosophic numbers. Neutrosophic Sets
and Systems, 19 (2018), 240-46.
[117]
P. Biswas, S. Pramanik, and B. C. Giri. Students’
progress reports evaluation based on fuzzy hybrid vector similarity measure. Presented at Second Regional
Science and Technology Congress, 2017, held at University of Kalyani, December 14-15, 2017.
[118]
D. Banerjee. Some studies on decision making in
an uncertain environment. Unpublished Ph. D. Thesis.
Jadavpur University, 2017.
[119]
S. Pramanik, D. Banerjee, and B.C. Giri. Multi–
criteriagroup decision making model in neutrosophic
refined setand its application. Global Journal of
Engineering Scienceand Research Management, 3(6)
(2016), 12-18.
[120]
S. Pramanik, D. Banerjee, and B.C. Giri. TOPSIS
approachfor multi attribute group decision making in
refinedneutrosophic environment. In F. Smarandache,
& S. Pramanik (Eds), New trends in neutrosophic
theory and applications). Pons Editions, Brussels, 2016,
79-91.
[121]
D. Banerjee, B. C. Giri, S. Pramanik, and F.
Smarandache. GRA for multi attribute decision
making
in
neutrosophic
cubic
set
environment. Neutrosophic
Sets
and
Systems, 15(2017), 60-69.
[122]
S. Pramanik, and S. Dalapti, GRA based multi
criteria decision making in generalized neutrosophic
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
soft set environment. Global Journal of Engineering
Science and Research Management, 3(5 ( 2016),153169.
[123]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Logistics
center location selection approach based on
neutrosophic multi-criteria decision making. In F.
Smarandache, & S. Pramanik (Eds), New trends in
neutrosophic theory and applications). Pons Editions,
Brussels, 2016,161-174.
[124]
S. Dalapati, S. Pramanik, S. Alam,T. K. Roy, and
F. Smaradache IN-cross entropy function for interval
neutrosophic set and its application to MAGDM
problem. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 18( 2017),
43-57.
[125]
S. Pramanik , S. Dalapati , S. Alam, and T.K.Roy
TODIM method for group decision making under
bipolar neutrosophic set environment. In F.
Smarandache,& S. Pramanik (Eds), New trends in
neutrosophic theoryand applications, Vol II. Pons
Editions, Brussells, 2018, 140-155.
[126]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati , S. Alam and T. K. Roy.
NC-TODIM-based MAGDM under a neutrosophic
cubic set environment. Information, 8(4), (2017), 149;
doi:10.3390/information.
[127]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy.
NC-VIKOR based MAGDM under Neutrosophic
Cubic Set Environment.Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 20 (2018). Accepted for publication.
[128]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy.
VIKOR based MAGDM strategy under bipolar
neutrosophic set environment. Neutrosophic Sets and
Systems, 19( 2018), 57-69.
[129]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K.Roy.
Some operations and properties of neutrosophic cubic
soft set. Global Journal of Research and Review,
4(2),2017, 1-8. doi: 10.21767/2393-8854.100014.
[130]
S.
Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, F.
Smarandache, and T. K. Roy. NS-Cross entropy-based
MAGDM under single-valued neutrosophic set
environment.
Information,
9(2)
(2018).doi:10.3390/info9020037.
[131]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, S. Alam, and T. K. Roy,
and F. Smarandache. Neutrosophic cubic MCGDM
method based on similarity measure. Neutrosophic
Sets and Systems, 16, (2017), 44-56.
[132]
S. Pramanik, S. Dalapati, and T. K. Roy. Logistics
center location selection approach based neutrosophic
multi criteria decision making. Presented at
1st
Regional Science and Technology Congress-2016,
130
Presidency Division, West Bengal Organized by
Department of Science & Technology, Government of
West Bengal & National Institute of Technical
Teachers’ Training & Research (NITTIR), Kolkata,
held during November 13-14, 2016.
[133]
S. Pramanik, and T. K. Roy. Game theoretic
model to the Jammu-Kashmir conflict between India
and Pakistan. International Journal of Mathematical
Archive, 4(8), 162-170.
[134]
P. Das, and T. K. Roy. Multi-objective non-linear
programming problem based on neutrosophic
optimization technique and its application in riser
design problem. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 9
(2015), 88-95.
[135]
M. Sarkar, S. Dey, and T. K. Roy. Multi-objective
neutrosophic optimization technique and its
application to structural design. International Journal
of Computer Applications, 148 (12), 2016,31-37.
[136]
M. Sarkar, S. Dey, and T. K. Roy. Multi-objective
welded beam optimization using neutrosophic goal
programming technique. Advances in Fuzzy
Mathematics,12 (3) (2017), 515-538.
[137]
M. Sarkar, S. Dey, and T. K. Roy. Truss design
optimization
using
neutrosophic
optimization
technique. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,13(2017)
63-70.
[138]
M. Sarkar, and T. K. Roy. Truss design
optimization with imprecise load and stress in
neutrosophic environment. Advances in Fuzzy
Mathematics, 12 (3) (2017), 439-474.
[139]
S. Pramanik, R. Roy, T. K.Roy and F.
Smarandache. Multi criteria decision making using
correlation coefficient under rough neutrosophic
environment. Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,
17( 2017), 29-36.
[140]
S. Pramanik, R. Roy, T. K. Roy and F.
Smarandache. Multi attribute decision making strategy
based on projection and bidirectional projection
measures of interval rough neutrosophic sets.
Neutrosophic Sets and System, 19 (2018), 101-109.
[141]
S. Pramanik, R. Roy, T. K.Roy and F.
Smarandache. Multi-attribute decision making based
on several trigonometric Hamming similarity measures
under interval rough neutrosophic environment.
Neutrosophic Sets and System, 19 (2018), 110-118.
[142]
S. Pramanik, Sourendranath Chakrabarti and T. K.
Roy, Goal programming approach to bilevel
programming
in
an
intuitionistic
fuzzy
environment.Presented at 15th West Bengal State
Science & Technology Congress held on 28th
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, Vol. 20, 2018
February-29th February, 2008, Bengal Engineering
and Science University, Shibpur.
[143]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, B. C. Giri. Intervalvalued tangent similarity measure and its application in
money investment decision making. Presented at 1st
Regional Science and Technology Congress-2016,
Presidency Division, West Bengal Organized by
Department of Science & Technology, Government of
West Bengal & National Institute of Technical
Teachers’ Training & Research (NITTIR), Kolkata,
held during November 13-14, 2016.
[144]
K. Mondal, S. Pramanik, B. C. Giri. MAGDM
based on contra-harmonic aggregation operator in
neutrosophic number (NN) environment. Presented at
the 25th West Bengal State Science and Technology
Congress, 2018.
[145]
A. Mukherjee, and S. Sarkar. Several similarity
measures of interval valued neutrosophic soft sets and
their application in pattern recognition problems.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 6( 2014), 55-61.
[146]
A. Mukherjee, and S. Sarkar. Similarity measures
of interval-valued fuzzy soft sets., Annals of Fuzzy
Mathematics and Informatics, 8(3) (2014), 447 − 460.
[147]
A. Mukherjee, and S. Sarkar. Several similarity
measures of neutrosophic soft sets and its application
in real life problems, Annals of Pure and Applied
Mathematics, 7(1) (2014), 1−6.
[148]
A. Mukherjee, and S. Sarkar. A new method of
measuring similarity between two neutrosophic soft
sets and its application in pattern recognition problems.
Neutrosophic Sets and Systems, 8( 2016), 63-68.
[149]
P. K. Maji. Neutrosophic soft set approach to a
decision-making problem. Annals of Fuzzy
Mathematics and Informatics, 3 (2) (2012), 313–319.
[150]
P. K. Maji, S. Broumi, and F. Smarandache.
Intuitionistic neutrosphic soft set over rings.
Mathematics and Statistics, 2(3) (2014), 120-126.
[151]
P. K. Maji. Weighted neutrosophic soft sets
approach in amulti-criteria decision making problem.
Journal of New Theory, 5 (2015), 1-12.
[152]
P. K. Maji. An application of weighted
neutrosophic soft sets in a decision-making problem.
Facets of Uncertainties and Applications, Springer,
New Delhi, 215-223.
[153]
Nancy, and H. Garg. Novel single-valued
neutrosophic decision making operators under frank
norm operation and its application. International
Journal for Uncertainty Quantification, 6(4)(2016),
361-375.
[154]
H. Garg and Nancy. Non- linear programming
method for multi-criteria decision making problems
under interval neutrosophic set environment. Applied
131
Intelligence, 2017, 1-15. doi:10.1007/s10489-0171070-5.
[155]
H. Garg, and Nancy. Some new biparametric
distance measures on single-valued neutrosophic sets
with applications to pattern recognition and medical
diagnosis.
Information,
8(4)
(2017),
doi:
10.3390/info8040162.
[156]
H. Garg, and Nancy. Single-valued neutrosophic
entropy of order . Neutrosophic Sets and Systems,14
(2016), 21 – 28.
[157]
Nancy, and H. Garg. An improved score function
for ranking neutrosophic sets and its application
to decision-making process. International Journal for
Uncertainty Quantification, 6(5) (2016), 377 – 385.
[158]
H. Garg, and Nancy. Linguistic single-valued
neutrosophic prioritized aggregation operators and
their applications to multiple-attribute group decisionmaking. Journal of Ambient Intelligence and
Humanized Computing, Springer, 2018, 1-23.
doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s12652-018-0723-5.
[159]
S. Bhattacharya. Utility, rationality and beyond from finance to informational finance [using
Neutrosophic Probability]. PhD dissertation, Bond
University, Queensland, Australia, 2004.
[160]
M. Khoshnevisan,and S. Bhattacharya. A short
note on financial data set detection using neutrosophic
probability. Proceedings of the First International
Conference on Neutrosophy, Neutrosophic Logic,
Neutrosophic Set, Neutrosophic Probability and
Statistics, 2001, 75-80.
[161]
M. Khoshnevisan, and S. Bhattacharya.
Neutrosophic information fusion applied to financial
market.In Information Fusion, 2003. Proceedings of
the Sixth International Conference of (Vol. 2, pp.
1252-1257). IEEE.
[162]
F. Smarandache, and S. Bhattacharya. To be and
not to be–an introduction to neutrosophy: A novel
decision paradigm. Neutrosophic theory and its
applications.
Collected
Papers,1,
424-39.
http://fs.gallup.unm.edu/ToBeAndNotToBe.pdf
[163]
M. Khoshnevisan, and S. Bhattacharya.
Neutrosophic information fusion applied to the options
market. Investment management and financial
innovations 1, (2005),139-145.
Received : March 2, 2018. Accepted : April 30, 2018.
Surapati Pramanik, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta, Contributions of Selected Indian Researchers to Multi Attribute
Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview
Abstract
Contributors to current issue (listed in papers' order):
Kalyan Mondal, Surapati Pramanik, Bibhas C. Giri, Seon Jeong Kim, Seok-Zun Song, Young Bae Jun, G.
Muhiuddin, Hashem Bordbar, Florentin Smarandache, Mehmat Ali Ozturk, Tuhin Bera, Nirmal Kumar
Mahapatra, Emad Marei, M. Lellis Thivagar, Saeid Jafari, V. Sutha Devi, V. Antonysamy, Shyamal Dalapati,
Shariful Alam, Tapan Kumar Roy, Rama Mallick, Anindita Dasgupta.
Papers in current issue (listed in papers' order):
Single Valued Neutrosophic Hyperbolic Sine Similarity Measure Based MADM Strategy; Hybrid Binary
Logarithm Similarity Measure for MAGDM Problems under SVNS Assessments; Generalizations of
Neutrosophic Subalgebras in BCK/BCI-Algebras Based on Neutrosophic Points; Further results on (∈,
∈)-neutrosophic subalgebras and ideals in BCK/BCI-algebras; Commutative falling neutrosophic ideals in
BCK-algebras; On Neutrosophic Soft Prime Ideal; Single Valued Neutrosophic Soft Approach to Rough
Sets, Theory and Application; A novel approach to nano topology via neutrosophic sets; NC-VIKOR Based
MAGDM Strategy under Neutrosophic Cubic Set Environment; Contributions of Selected Indian
Researchers to Multi-Attribute Decision Making in Neutrosophic Environment: An Overview.
$39.95